Loading...
16200 SW Pacific Highway (2) 16200 S.W. PACIFIC HIGHWAY 1 OF 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL./TIGARD TOWN SQUARE rillIMENIMINIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMINIMENIIIIPmel — I 11 ,,,, oe.r..4 ® _9).(C.A-kP. _ 0:::) z N ,, ,,x---,., _.,---V- - f2 /-'6 ' -N,C12; ..,. .i.' ! :ww.t\.. qop ________ - - - _- --- - \ 1 r i' ) u KA1 �..)A. - c)J!'� ` ., �=-'A rte. r4\. --- -�L. l''' r' r v, \t\' i__ _,-1-7 .. Ai; ---0.,c--7 --if-. ...,„ . , i Washington ......i,k ' 4. ________ Mutual --- -- _ ._—_ -_ _r_ -_- 4- - — Z �.T'` G Qom• 1 \ I I f i - I. x 1 rile._ `��c...r— , I ' Imo; ).._.. TTe...Vms-1 F =A' GA %TSL 4-C7 I I \ ( LL'‘A M J4ts►'7.101..x, ...... . i...._.=:_iimmmumminimniamm (,_aaiiiiraimuiimmimliii. i.,,_._.. — _ ......._ 1 ,_______ r f 5 a w '� 1%'/>#..) Ain Mcg 17., ` ro tJ�1.._ Cf I� r'� ..it 4 I ,Z 11 ;_C a 5 l'fl ..LJ ft.1_..,C.� -1/=k1_(C ( i....i.'.,k`M ‘ p.),:=..---' 0 r_..) , ! II 1 ' rb-- w- -I � _.,_ 1 I - ' 4 u.1 l ,, s� o Nw t� --o r� y 1 to o w-�rT . . 1 i _ , t .._________.________ , .. _ __,________L __ _ . ...I- ...„ ,:), , 4..:7,-1-2. , ,,._ ..,c4, 40 ,---, , , , , ., ._ L ............................ _ . ._________ , , .........___ _____ ki. ,. ,,,,,,, ,,L,,,. f:--,--_,-1- 1„ -----ri , \I.cy V.), AA , IES1- '.d( .__ , 1 0,0 _� Washington ll�utc�al , FP4c--. .. . .1•_) z_ y ii •F=brA --._ 2_ . ±) . •k 1 1 o . . ________ .... I I I 55541; 1 quid41 . 11-:._,,,./ ---------afr't — '. . 2 ' i ' l,,..) —C.A.-C `S e.‘,C; c-,--::, 't , — , . "3/1— E- --- I )6' /4" '--4, 1 iv- ......._.4 ,____ ,_____ ,,, oi, , 4 (-0 7 ' /7 740/7: .\ , .... .T....... ... ....... ....•••••• Mo..-- I ,,, I ,1 . -.. he5Ydeal - • l'A C__11;; (C'__ CtIL*)_: 51/L: . ..'', ; 1 . cl ) 1 1 -- \......... / ELECTRODE 1-;/...i.,I T14RU--` ALL. I Qiii0 aAdRIG-Are...0 rCGMpTGr Z-RANM>iROlit MlS'C ~T SV..1.41 G, vvC OR KAMTAL CONDVIT WI-n/ —a� II S ILCLmrr vN 0 �, ____. � ----.-.---.. ._._'-.+."._ _ i `-� —_ � -TVLSG NCO1�1I � 13L ASS 9LC�V■ OvCR G'I.GCTrIOD! AOQ-'1(d) t r I 1 ` I r `r Q ti j ` - -� •}, .. ^-M1 I r. I N 1'jj." 9PACt. bOe- ( Washington . sot_ceR NIGH Vot_TAO CONotJCrOR �� ��� 11 r.,MutualWashington OFC JOIN WIT► C!'VrC>C R/�TI�D h / ----- I1 FOR VOLTAGE. 110-4(b) i - , FLyTIvr4NpDG► y {Sk�Dt-�►SINrPEJ 1r0000_sillif 6)_ TVes � S ►KO SPGUYti- 9)1 WdATHCRU 00 1c Pc►OSwV -rF ;'t : . . , p::/d }} G 112L.4/I r -0 N O L JTZ7 U.S. ' I c.a�pv/vuey Gor•aovlT' 11 r G ��f�� r..- L___,-1,1ScouNwir-T coon-2__ 1. rT !I PPROVEO BY--ern-oto- ��. J -.'"71C) k) ,I - 6v ) ! `"--- 1� )e,�`�" L. __KJ/cTi o'er 1"itll P;1ti. Ab , , 'Iltlibellirit ,,,A ,-11--.i ,J ,t c.)tJ t A U 1 �\z-- -7--7-za I )a- J Design Desi n No: -�-��,,-1 , G Z- T / �-�� I Oes. - �01..1 Sheet ( of Date: 7 r 1 - G Z- �+(.. „'. / (47 r = t I- oI Revision: Designer: � lC Salesperson: \JA�-T (.D= i.._:, © Orlgln(JI arlWOrk is DrOtected u nde r Federal Copyright Laws Make No reproductions Of this design concept � baAt 16c00 CW PACIFIC HIGHW( 1 WASHINGTON MUTI..IAI.. •! 111:: IF TNIS DOCUMENT IS LESS iiiiiiTivilliTilitiliTillilllipliti • LEGIBLE EGIBLE TNAN THIS NOTATION , IT IS DUE TO THE QUALITY OF _E 1 --- II "IIIItitllIIIIII I I11111411111.11 II IIII { T rW1111111111 IIIIIIItIIIII 1111111 111I111 1111111 IIIIIII V1{ 10 11. No a .�...�.. OCTOBER 6 i99 3 we THE ORIGINAL DOCUMENT . Z II II tI6 -8- IL 9 4 1 IC I Z INUN , i{ll (III {lliZIII ILI81111-11111{z11-1111'111z111111.1211z111-11-1111111111 IIEII II-IIIZIIII 111Z III {111IIII IIIIllll1ilgl 1II1T111I'1 �I 1111111IIIIlIIIl111111IlillllIIIIIIIIIIII 11111i1u111illll111illlo , . r /I 19 01" 64440r .�S i Wim' ` ' ° f Wig _ 7______,..47-17.404 77,..:;-- 17 / t • , a . • g: o 40 / ottl:er-13, I / - V ....i.. : g . -1-49 ., /1 I A udmoiasi 00 s9 0 in 1 8 ; lill . : . - str-4 (� ` I 1,,. �, 1 ,,s,„, i.,i. •,,, i J ir‘-. 1 *. . ________i i --- ;01‘• - 0's'o ,-.1 =.tt -=.;s: isilli - c"- os,- *''' q - • ICI;) CP C91 f ) 5.? EP, .. ... . 0 , . , ii ....,...........„,,... .,.... , 1 •=j ii,r ( -.,0.- ,,,,, 0', .-, ,2 ,,, , , ,,0 0,- - ,- ! _0 :-. . Pet*, , 9,,,-, ," ,-- p,, _._ . ,, -To* 90 -0.-- -i ' . --v- i 8 i 60.04) P.,L....11E_ P'Poi-5 Cr?Z. i 6tii- t . g 1 g t e ,,, ; .v P-,, ," 16)1 k) '� ✓ ,0 Ao !� , 0 '—�•�� .1 Mtr ?M 34, t Ft 1000 !Calf 1 s t rM� r.7,7-. shot SCCTIoN ®/ co W (9 ..4vs /1"---‘ iAclA - , , , , . : . l iliL --- / / CN> SAAB, / 1N/11�/ •AT��ON � III _ o cu Z �/� VTZ�-1J/1. I LLA W.1 J.M I(•J la"ZA I al,I...) r / OAT c.&. OJ I -I CSA w� / 1 • r \ z � .- ....e.014^‘.., Fc-G �Al 1.1T S F-tl�►.� �c.IR�C�C 5'•'A r.1D A.IG'D -00110 ^lam R� / VMS SP Z / 1 �� ^- - '�IC)tt.�" f ,a4-Wn 11.Ju m C. M 11.��'''; C / SULW i .�� 4--- SKIN .Al11NR T _ imps I ^-c.. /? V r 't a� �+or�'c' , ���� cal.:7- a M r► '-10 uJ� L.�G.�+.T . I F�� S 11.r� AC_ 'c..�C_ 1/! l/I) '� r'ihI ,ate MQT'T L'7 M OM 5 l�►kJ ..1••M.%IJ�T FO IG :�1 �/ J G1 T I/vii. - a fit`. o� �:f .-"CPO ta' I �) 7 i11AM! '�N�'C TAS \ , - rf.o1D at. , I. 11 r ' - A: &:`,.. ` • \ _vim a �� C. ) . , I I ',(r ]f4' Aa ________ ,---, / L;x.) - 0 - __44:e_e...r— 5.-fi * ir /-/- 6) 4 1 I 1 2 ". 41C8/& :.) 0-1 0 11 . ' . CE::7‘‘. .% . :.%:.‘4i-7.re // • 1 a"4 a. Itz. _ =..... ______ _ _____ _ _ :Lc) / rad 0 0 _,II 1? f; (g-,,,,i3. :;.‘.. ,4_4,iit,..i:_. ,A1 ,;„ i -I -- ....-t-•I ii . I ei .., .....„ 4 rewal I O� t�1 '� iniC.7/al STIOIA) -,.- :,. -,,,;i--;. 3 L___ . i I71 4114.,%.:.0, `‘, \;. \.41; 0 ! 1 ,ice .I ra// L:k.)'- " co t :-..5?_--: _ _ _ _ _ ,e,,„,____--- DURI.W.4 00660 --------- Ir 12c2csPierr'Y ;J►Je i 7 - -- - _ Q� p ,a �_,_.— - 4 / +o'er C'ANA0P-i' o.-o" D tni -- i ..........................N 4 lr sr K I If --7 — - — 1 - lexi .1" z 75 Q f 41.0.1.- , , 7A--) — stl ....,g% L2 SY Ft.--4, , . riocciefitt . e ii .\./3# I -6 -474— -1 - - - ..- I ••••\ •MD ..M.0.O ) 1 :1.1 °IP uocznii.HT1.. /T- \ 9 ieiti il i. 7151-�ve . V '� � 49I I. j. =1-41 ein cilraij 1,j2f — GQ:Ni 1 ce ty. „,o, 1,_c_ /4 z-, -/i---- taaai' sit T © ;.Y /i�-` Li� Vie 4 PLAtoJnoJes ��r- 1 , , I . i M -Z 7 � - - 251-0 " . - 4/ 4, ) -Iwo s r.A.oN 'o> �-cw v' SNS. I ��'�' 1, f1 -O d •6rI •� 4 T \ 1 _ Ff*d. Mt-�.,i c.4 5i. *� •+•c, r3T=ol✓z.� i! cciwcI , ���� . 45TOW , *IA to.4, 7 1 - GAM jt v I 10P O� �,�� O I-o N - I - v��-1 cac, r�.�oc,cr 11 /A I . r c4 g —+ ptA+�lT1�..� 1 I1 N . AThei Mk.C.LiCeirze 1 ,0r- 9 1 . I - - --- -- /--- - b I S L A1:r t; 4 aiiiii: - 16- - -* I _ ::410, / __ eliRtkikiesoo,1 jailjr5 Aoly- 1_4 ' . D. ) ' - L___ . �.��. - __/ 5 0 c'OLC w . -J` GEE Co/A1 .3 - A -a ird. �roP' 6 A 1.3 ' = c. -7/k I, 3 1 0 \`uOe D T1204)t_... =46.J05,4 II ' 5 ' l'i , F. arcetaC..e vin4 Appizovvp �►D0 NI - I1C�:�ItI7 2-d 2.a JC�►.l*`,, Citi. U 1 / / 1 / ic;o '> 0A/'t' 0114 itItt5T1Ll5 C�U� R4 t� — /(/0,e7/�— ,/� r1t11Ly 7 ' ,/ 2 130,i,‘ /41 - 2- 71-- , .. . 1 1LibeArt 44e. ..-_,<",,u4. 7-0,t / ,),v ,7•_,Jove______ Design No: Date: Revision: Designer: ,AP1rederol COpynght lows Make No hls original artwork Is protected under / ./..4,0 -k/• �,/.,-%� . 4c i -'. -j/ ,p, , ex, Sheet 0 .-- of �— 7-41,-- So esperson: reproductions of thts design concept 1. 620o SW PACIFIC HIGHWAY WASHINGTON NGTON MI.JTU L 1 2 (I F. 7, 7 OF I F THIS DOCUMENT I S LESS - I I I ! ( I I I I I r 1 r l l l l l t l l I I I I �I I I I V I I illy I I I I ! I I I t 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I Illllllllrl� II III TII I � I ISI I � I � I I I I I� Ili311 1 1 II 11ice' 111�.111111111Illlltllllllll LEGIBLE THAN THIS NOTATION , ( 1l i1 ,, 11 I .IT IS DUE TO THE 4 ' I 11 1 k OitaiTZEtaaialifavaiiglit QUALITYOF -- No.36 e" 'rr..THE ORIGINAL DOCUMENT . OE 61Z 8Z LZ Z Z S L t L _TILT ' 1 t S T I TT t _ 4 le 1 bong IIlIL �IIII IIII IIII 1111 11111 IIII II IIII II:I,IIII IIIIII IIII IIII IIII IIII IIII IIII IIIIIII IIII IIII IIII 1111 11111 1111 11111 11111111111 IIIIIIIIVIII IIIIIIII illlli1 111111111 it11!1111 IIIIIIII IIIIIII111111111111211111111111111111111llullIllilgl I r _______ . _ 16200 SW PACIFIC HIGHWAY 'WASHINGTON MUTUAL/TIGARD TOWN SQLAREAir 4- b Ul N sgH j Y H '*1 n r � m H iK 1 `,yam crio TIRD C:l:RTiFMATE. 01 I leas`'><1NC V COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT owoNt-,r.kM1 I M B11P9, 0117 t e l as SW►Wt Blvd. P 0 Ba,23347.T19rd.() )fl 97721 PK'l 430-4 VA — I"►rrrr I-,;,rrrh[ tc1,,-11r`lr' "31 I E ADDRESS. . . t l b c_•00 SW PACIFIC NWY MD , PARCF I s ,;',115011-03101 s(ll E,IVISION. . . . t l01. 1Nt'': 1,1 , 1CK s 1.._O1 . 1.LASS OF WORK. s NEW rYPE OF USE. . . sCOM OCCUPANCY GRP. i 0._' OCCUPANCY I.OAfe r't6 IF NANI N(IML. . . s Wtl;i 1 1 NI i I I IN MUTUAL t+emarltt : Conatrt.trt view hank branch bldli. Owner. * .._ -... ._ __ WASH I NUT ON M111.11141 I I rat WA ltd GROW t 141 ?NP AVE. £UL 11 400 :,E-141 TLE WA 913101 -t.t,t,ne *e ._'0b _46.1 - Pit, t ,ttractors - " rWlxl[t CON"-.iMit 111111 + :,0 SW MOODY AVE.NI It F'CoRII.ANlt OR '/1..01 Phone IS s ?2.3-: 0Nth Pe ti it. . : 03339 pant y o1 the stows, reit et pit( t.d bite Itie nu 1t hpr Nttv pi yen, and C. Pr 1 11 , e4. t., \\ ot�pllance with the St;tete tat Oregon Spec eat* Curley fret the p,''>'tlt. tc"t it ", ,tin,! lit-.0ttntilr whit It i lie rpf tent ptl trer'el t wet , skied. . 1/4" -al .,..e., I IRV DI F'Mk TI•ll NT . BM! D.1 NI' 4_71t t tit,' i 'll 1 I 114101N(.1 It C I l,i 141(.. 1 III i.t.i II t tie r. 1,1 1.1 1. ......_, _ /1 totL' IRi71 M211 1101CL City of Tigard Building Dapartv_.__ - 13125 SW Hall Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Lina (Rec-O-Phona►: 639-4175 Businaas Phone: 639-4171 InspectLont — -- — --- — Footing Plbg. Undarslab Mach. Rough-in Apptr/Bdv1R Pound. P111. Top Out Gas tine Ie11 Post/Ream 3truct. San. Sewer Praainq -Bldg. goat/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -PluMb. P1Dc underfloor Water Lim Gyp. 8d.Data Raquestadi)�le) l -9,152 Thies AM A' MI wddrass: /"a' VU '3/51C l� K.' r revolt 1s ♦ 2 S 7 Bulldert /14'5744-100z) TNI POLLOMIRO o)PPB TIOMs ABB MUIMBDI C9fer /&19 Inspectors Date! -.?il-f _ 1 itrnioysm - DISAPPM)V1D -- - APPROVRn sUB.TSCT TO ABOVE J•� Call Por Rsinsp. illirjCTIoN NOTICE w City of Tigard *wilding Department 13125 SEI Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line -O-Phone i X397-�4J1755 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspection:_ 4[ '^ daeiz,-,Y -- Footing Plbg. U rilab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found, Plbg. Top Out Cas Line FINAL: Prost/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beard .tach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Nater Line Gyp. Bd. -Mach. Date Requested: /D ,moi ;sZ Time: `.t - 7N1 PM '' Address: "42=P? (� 0 Air/ (7t_ /=�'`��- Pattlait l�/ems [ 2 /�L Builder: / jl 2CL�/ “Zi TM= FOLLOInINO CORRECTIONS ABB REQUIRED: 2 '' l! Inspecto Date: T� AI'PROVPD DISAPPROVED _ APPROVED SUBJECT To BROW Call Por Reinap. L_ 11 III _____________ CITYOF TIGARD ---7-‘ , „-- co CO swMiUNr BlvdP DEVELOPMENT DEPAF TMENT 7 T161, Sat 23307.Tliord.Oregon 07223(503)0304175 PLUIMBING I-'ERM11 FERMI I N 639-4171 : P'LM92-0162 SITE ADDRESS. . . : 16200 DATE ISSUED: 10/19/92 SUBDIVISION. . , , ; SW PACIFIC HWy M5 BLOCK. . . . . . . , PARCELS 2S1150q-0J101 � ----__ ___ " ' LOT. . . , . , IONINGa OF WORK. . _ ------------_----__' . . . s CLASSL 'ADD GARBAGE DISPOSALS, , ; -~ _ USE. . . . :COM .___---------- T PE OFFCU GRF�. , _ WASHING MACH, , . , _ MOBILE HOME SPACES. : ` O STORIES. . , . . . Bc FLOOR DRAINS. . . . . . . BACKFLOW F• . : 1 RE VNfRS, , l FIXTURES--- -.._____--_ WATER HEATERS. . . . . . TRAYS. . . . . SINKS, . . LAUNDRY TRAYS. . CATCH BASINS. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAVATORIES. . , , URINALS. . . . , . SF RAIN DRAINS. . . . . ; TUB/SHOWERS. . . , s OTHER FIXTURES . " s GREASE ?RAGS. . . , . . . . . a WATER CLOSETS, : a SEWER LINE (f t ) . . . , s ' WATER LINE (ft ) . . , , a UISHWASFtERS. . , , RAIN DRAIN ( ft ) , , , , Remarks : Owners __________ .................... ..... WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ____ __ __ FEES 1 191 SND AVE. type amount by date- _-- _ _ _ SEATTLE SUITE 4002.,. 00 recpt P'RM1 $ Phone 0: 206-461-2421 98101 SP'CI $ JH 10/]9/92 - 06-461-24c1 1• 25 `1H 10/19/92 - Contractors ........ L_ANDGRAPHICS, INC ------- ----- . • 1.,409-D SE INTERNATIONAL WAY MILWAUKIE OR 9722 ?'hone Ns $ 26. 25 TOTAL This perait is issued subject to the regulations contained in the Top—out— - _— Tigard Kuniripal Code, State e/ pr — REUU I RED INSPECTIONS Tiga daMu ]ares. All Mata "ill bre. S ecialty Codes nceand all other final I Ince in Final Inspection applapproved plans. This wait will expire if within 181 days of issuance, or ifwork i'> nott started rd than 180 day!. work is suspended for sore ZAiAtz t'oi mittop `, iylial iii f, : Pailio _._j___—___ ____________ 1 g.,.1e 1 Pv : 7./ Lall for inspection - 639-4175 CITY OF TIBORD -- RECEIPT OF PAYMENT RECEIPT NO. :92-232842 CHECK AMOUNT s 26.25 NAME : CANDGRAt•H[CS, INC CASH AMOUNT : 0.00 ADDRESS PAYMENT DATE : 10/19/42 SUBDIVISION : ( PURPOSE OF PAYMUNT AMOUNT PAID PURPOSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID PLUMBING PERM 5.00 ST. BUILD CHER 1.25 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAi HANK 1b2011 SW PACIFIC HWY TOTAI AMI 1UNT PAID — - 2b.C5 111 S City of Tigarldieq Deps + r l 13125 SN Ball 91rd. Tigard, �/ _ Ors Inspection Line (Rk-O 1: gos 9 -Phone 639- 175 Aueineee phot 6 Inspectlonc •0 :>y I t ;a: c—, /tel/ e•--. Footing Plbg. Underslab Neth. Rough-in J1ppr/Sdvlk Pound. Plbq. Top out Cas Line FINAL: Post/Ream Stru-t . San. Sever Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Pibg. UnderI`loor Mater Line Gyp. Bd. -Mach. Date Requestederr`/ __ y - 9 /, _Tice. AM PM Address: /' .2 11 /1 � ti // ' i l' Prrmit 1, Builder: rRi FO[1.OMI Na ellon ARE RJQU I RiD: ��, AO111... ____4________ _______ 1 Inspector MVP' APPRONtD _` DISAPPROV=D vlD B,y APPROiUA/OVi Call For Reinsp. SIGN PERMIT PERMIT SGN92-0141 DATE ISSUED • 10/06/92 EXPIRATION DATE: /J'./06/ 9A PARCEL : 28115RA-00101 BUSINESS NAM:C. . : WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK ZONE : C—G SIGN LOCATION. . : 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY APPLICANT/AGENT: PAM COMBS BUSINESS TAX NO: ============================== ___!_=iii=___=ii=____!_____==!! SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING TEMPORARY ( ) WALL ( ) FREEWAY ( ) (X) OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD EL ( ) ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . , . s 7' X 8.9' TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . , . ; WALL AREA. . . . . . . . 11 eq•ft . WALL FACE (DIRECTION): N114 eq.ft. SIGN HEIGHT PROJECTION FROM WALL : 56 in. ILLUMINATION : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 7' X 8.9' = 61.25 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . : STEEL FXTSTING SIGNS s 0 FlECTRICAI. PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT RPr•JIRED. . : NO ADMINISTTt,•11'IVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT Mt $ 25.00 APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/06/92 wpm., uu(, l ill UI 11i,.11t11 ll_ 1I �1 (,x.111.1 V1 ( 1-.11 - 11;1 111 • • • • perWat No. Silk V -141 Cm OF TIGARD SIGN PERMIT APPLICATION 'Me rppl.icai>tr hereby applies for a mit for the vntk indicated or as shown in tax accravanyin:I plans and specificatiorr;- 1 ON MINIMS: t, ) y. iii ..1 i G - c/ ; ZONING: G-- sxc� incA1"t Ax NAME OF BUSIN»s: _ �J`� c >(2 AtTLiCANT/fir= —�le_- jCOMPAYTl1A"'> — _ - pHowl •) 3'1 w Y T City of Tigard j an aIwaial fusiness Tax tic' must be kept current on all I3�,tca dVhlsiness in the Gity• x> you ' Y liminess tax? YES ( NO ( ) U.I, Label f. _ s_ -- tee` - - -- �-t�J��-, ��' I+Iar1fcSED S7f>N: (Cheek as many as apply) 112E SFANDING ( )S FREEWAY ( ) PERI ' ( � V ELECTRONIC ( s _.__rZ U V� Trrltr�o'l/�lTY ( ) moi' BALLOON ( ) OTHER ( ) ��aARD ( 1 '/K �i 9/: EXPIRATION DATE: gra, ortietts-uxts: , RECN AREA (S9- -)= RAIL / ., NAIL EACE: _Mc'. au11 WAIL AREA (Sq- Ft ) 9 RECEIVED PLANNING PIxu>7c-t10U n11 waw. �— 4c_.•i../>� SEP 4 - 199? IIIIMflvrKIN: YES ( ✓) Nle ( ) - — ,O/,v4trt'S M411'FRIAiS: --- -- EXISTING s i( S: d -- AMMJNZSTitATIVE EXC1P1sCV: N/A ( X) APPROVF1) ( ) MO NMI_ ____-1 AMA ( ) ItEIGICr ( ) czxa ls: _---- ---- permits truest be aczacn>Eni� by a scalp rt_Al ALL sign - authorized is �axler Mu eL — drawing and plot plan. Lf work 1°it._ ; �` _ 0 - a sign permit has not been ocavleted within ninety ReoeiPt �t°_4�"� days after the isslranoe of the permit., the permit' l �--" c shall tm tv null tinct void. Dek�e� — d Z - x I ( 'ITY 11tl1T I MI TRE RQTIRDEJ) OWNER or 'DIF REQUI LICAL YES( / VsoPE71 K;E1.T AM-MIMED BY THE °writ _WELDING Zy — 111171 /11 CE ES ( ) NO (y,), App Ii cant's Signatitre Address 1N1 I ec2.1o:• U:\1r?11i elc :1' �yctr \I i`imme► • SIGN PERMIT PERMIT #: SGN92-0142 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 10/06/92 EXPIRATION DATE: /.i /OC/9„)., PARCEL. . . . . . . . . : 28115BA-00101 BUSINESS NAME. . : WASHINGTON MUTUAL ZONE. . . . . . . . : C-G SIGN LOCATION. . : I620r BANK APPLICANT/AGENT: PAM COMBS PACIFIC HWY BUSINESS TAX NO: ffiif iif ............................... ffliifff if iili!!fflifffiliifff SIGN: sif=.,======-,===.=========,=,===.. .aalaez=a_ _____ PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING -_=____-=�-f=l=fif "EMPORARY ( ) WALL ( ) FREEWAY ( (X) OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . . 1 TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . . 2 2' X . WALL AREA. . 4 •Qft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : E78 eQ'ft. SIGN HEIGHT. . . . . . PROJECTION FROM WALL. : 165 in. ILLUMINATION. . . . . . • • • • INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 2.2' X e 4.36 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . , . EXISTING SIGOP. . . . • . . : STEEL ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 10.00 APPROVED DY: DATE: 10/J6/92 11111 tip ul :I: 11 . :, t.)11.) U.11 ,1ai 4 III 'U I I'. II' IQrnu., uuj • . fbrmit No. SI64 TA- NA cm OF TIGARD SI( 4 PF3iMIT APPLICATION The appLAcent IwIteby applies for a permit C..r the 'antic. incliCat d or as shown in the aocxiopanyinq plans and specification,. SrGN LOCATION ADDRESS: _ /fi• !H•, rI.!-/E'. A/7''ZOorkr:- ey NN'tf: OF IIUSINF SS: /L ' '7 , _ APPI YCANT/ GENT: 7'4 /4/r/44 CIINPANY: y•&-- 4C1 PHONFcl'e/)C2 -//' - The City of Tigard lope-nes an annual Business Mx which oust be kept current on al pcssorts do' liminess in the City. Da you pr .ently have a current business tax? YES (A No ( ) U.L_ Label I - --€- ---- PROPOSFI) SIGN: (Check as nanny as apply) %5'494.,,,r,3) ie PE NF'NT ( ✓) FREFSI?1NDING ( 11/...- FREEWAY ( ) TE MPJPARY ( ) WAIL ( VELECTRON 1 C ( ) OTEt ( ) RIII.BOARD ( ) BALL[X)N ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS: ao ii"f i/D E)G'IIiAT1CX' 11/111:: IMAM SIGN AREA (Sq. Ft.): j-V' 1-- SQ4LL ARM (Sq. Ft.) : 77 . 7 / WAIL ) : 1' ietc- , 1�''-e ' TA(M: IIELQIr (Ft): /0= ' PRIIIIMION FIVIM WLL.: S RECEIVED PLANNING r���.�r� Vim. y `1n,-_/ �l- IIMITNATICN: yrs ( V) NO ( ) TYPE: /4160,-.0 f/-7ait- •.'/Yds' ) COPY: _ '�-__•;,_, SEP 4 - 1992 F]USI1NG SL(?(_S: AfMLNISTRATIVE ID(CFO:TC(I1: N/A (k) APPROVED ( ) IttM Mr/Cif , I AREA ( ) MIGHT T ( ) CITI EMS: Yfr !- - T.,1AG.._[ _' All. sign permits trust be ac-xxxopartied by a scale P�rrni.t Fee: 0 drawirq aid plot plan. It work artthorired under IleoeiptNo: 0 " 1F70 a sign permit his not been completed within ninety I p yv I : days after the issuance of tate permit, the permit Date:__ 1fa�L—�s_ shall baaomr_ null aril void. EI.EJI`IItICAL PF1 1rrI CERTIFY s , 1 nit MIMED OWNER of THE REWIRED: YrS (IG' No ( ) PROPFi • ANI• ► Atmi)nIZF.0 BY 'INF; aelmt. OUIIUI](G I'E*tiTl• /,ii / �s_--_"— ___ REom m Yrs ( ) NO 041 Apel is tit' • Signature 335 ( c h�J7 --7'_ 1' \I ri 71\1"1'7^•)=�'1 A1C 7'1.(It---k//f 7,//." X435 1 SIGN PERMIT PERMIT t: SGN92-0143 DATE ISSUED • 10/06/92 EXPIRATION DATE: /,t /oG/ 9 1 PARCEL : 28115BA-00101 ZONE : C-G BUSINESS NAME. . : WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK SIGN LOCATION. . : 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY APPLICANT/AGENT: PAM COMBS BUSINESS TAX NO: SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY ( ) TEMPORARY ( ) WALL (X) ELECTRONIC ( ) OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS • 7' X 8.9' TOTAL SIGN AREA • 61 eq.ft. WALL AREA 1114 eq.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : S SIGN HEIGHT : 16 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL : 5 in. ILLUMINATION : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 7' X 8.9' - 61.15 SQ.FT MATERIALS : STEEL EXISTING SIGNS • 0 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 25.00 Ert-?"14 -°14•11 APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/C6/92 1 1 1 1 • • Permit No_ 7 CITY OF TIC/TO SI(? PFP11IT APINACATION The at-pliraiithereby applies for a permit for the uritle. hrlicetert or as shoran in the Riorryvanyinq plans and specif iastiom. SX( I 1.(x7T1(14 AlINUMS: • /: 7,0nI PC 7 C-epo tn‘ttr. OF ROSINESS: A APPLIC.ANT/AnatT: crimpANy: / ru-1NE! ?--4.) "/"---- The City of Tigard imposes an annual Rosiness '110c which tart be kept cirreht on all pessores cloiw Ihtisiness in the City. Do you pmserill.y have a current tAx? YES (..„K 1k/ ( ) Label 1. ritorns.cp IC24: (Check as many as apply) PERWIFTIT ( ) FPFT.s*. ANOTTIG ( ) FREFJAY ( ) TritrOPAttY ( ) ( - ) EGErtilattle ( ) rrturrt ( ) tmartuvrt) ( RAILOOR ( ) SIC44 01/TERSTORS: e • rxrutiorir.titv'ii-. ICTIAL SIGH ARCA (Sq. Ft.): _ WALL APO% (Sq. Ft.) : 1-U1L fACE: .'t 11ELGRIC (It): tvalrL-Tiott rpm wikt,t,! RECEIVED PLANNING 11XLIATITATION: YRS ( k) N/0 ( ) TYPE: COPY: '• SEP 4 - 1992 _ tfiNTFRIALS: amm.— rem. FXISTItY; stms: Art1IK.S7PATTVE riccrrrtati: tift% ) ( ) 1,XJ ntrit 1 APFT ( ) lIF1( rT ( ) critinn_s: ----------- --------------- --------------- - --- ----------- -- --- Pt.AtiolPq DVAlttlier Ail. i.grt permits enta.:1-. hi acxx•apanieri by A Trete arriwitr4 no, plot Oen: If 1..ritIr. nitthrotized n der Receipt 14o: 7;4 2b R icrt perintt- kis not hPoll conI)leted ujtltjn ninety Appkoved 13y: /AI days Af ter 1:1w, it or the permit, the pRrmit ()ale: 7.76 722- _ sheLt 'worw nitt vc/td. .11.1I11C.A1. FFRPTV r i crstrtry *1)1/vt T NI •111C ITEFDR.019) 014NFII or um ttrwrpm: YTS (or ) MONTI AN NF/fl' Att111012Y7SO RY 111F (1410.1.1 .• Ll/J11,011C l'FRILFt YF'S ( ) 1FT ()Q • - 4 (-7)M-1'0'117:1 1.A1r . r Thi t.V.10-%:* I \ \ srP) "• ' J - IL- - SIGN PERMIT PERMIT I: SGN92-0144 DATE ISSUED : 10/06/92 EXPIRATION DATE: 41/o6/9,,p— PARCEL ,1/06/9rPARCEL • 2S115BA-00101 ZONE • C-G BUSINESS NAME. . : WASHINGT(`h MUTUAL BANE SIGN LOCATION. . : 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY APPLICANT/AGENT: PAM COMBS BUSINESS TAX NO: ��f�act Tt=fllL.4=C3vsllif = ============ t' SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FRP F.STAND I NG ( ) FREEWAY j ) TEMPORARY ( ) WALL (X) ELgCTRONIC ( OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN UTMENSIONS • 1.2' 15' TOTAL SIGN AREA : 17 eq.ft. WALL AREA : 778 .q.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : E SIGN HEIGHT : 16 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL : 5 in. ILLUMINATION. . : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 1..2' X 15' .• 17.7 SQ.FT MATERIALS : STEEL EXISTING SIGNS : 0 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 10.00 I � ' APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/06/92 1 Permit No_ SGattI 902- 14 ct _ CITY OF T IGARD — — _. SIGN PERMIT APDGIC7 TIC>,'1 Tuts aFppticattt hereby app]iss for at permit-. roc the work irrlicstted or rt shown in the preparrying plans and spectiCicati.otr,. /, SI(71 LOCAT1 CIN NX'AI 'SS: .' , � • k � 3' ' /1f #-y /A- " zoti l t C:- `' _ ohm OF eusrmFSS: if/'. r •• " f At,74, 'ae____. AFPt,tognyN:FRr: `rn: <'/%f%'' _ (X lP!NY: '2'/ ' ,e,/17 Fltl7Nq�, •)j. ''-7,,�- 1 The. City of. Tigatrtl i ipr>r s an mann.).t.). nusittt s Tax which mist: be kept ttnre_nt. on all tlel-q(Itcang httsit SS in the City. lio youprxiserttl.y have a current Ixtsiltm tax? YES ( NU ( )vit U.[,_ Lahti I. £PIW 1SED 51GN: (O'er* as twiny as apply) ._•- r. PtPtiAti Tnr ( ✓f FRFFSITNtlTM:. ( ) FPE •tAY ( ) TOTOPAIUY ( ) WAIL ( i t' EtF _TROi4.LC ( ) OTNFTt ( ) WTI/50A1I) ( ) r3AGT_001.4 ( ) , SICc f)l71'EN.SIQNS: ,//- '.) i /'� t?KPt72ATION L T•E: 1Cl1TI. SIQI NWT (Sq. Ft.) /;1K` ,,'• .,/ WALJ. ARFT (Fel. Fr-) -_._._.._LZ.As• '.) '4 WAIL )•ArE: ei - I ` IIEIQTr (ft): 1 _ 1(1(12pIpNNING rPri t7C'CIC1N rum 'WALL: _ -1 RECEIVE 1111 TNATICIN: YTS (,. ) NJ ( ) TYPE:: y( .- ^--__ i,/k9s ,.'� �,F-�` (71PY: it 4/;.,,4 l? 7.4 /'•. • rrtCk FXI STING St( 9S: NTt NIS PATIVE E FI'I 1(1 t: t4/A ( ) At-TIMED ( ) NOtJ I1r1C1t I ARM ( ) IIFIt1Cr ( ) critiENTS: ---_------ v Att1J1kUCPART.wr AU s i•gn permits rust Ix± acrximpaitied by a cr:a.le ^'./;tgi'.t_lee7-__/„ Eden_ dramiry airl plot plait. If uratk attthnrized index Rene No: 12-irt3/r.7o 2t sign permit has not bottini (xtttpleterl vitldii ninety A twed i//- days miter the isslranx or the Hermit., the permit OMtr- : a - L -S1. _ SJvll_l h?rxnv, rill l.l :vv1 'tn,Srt. )'11]Mil CJIL Pato-/c 1 CERT ITY '11(7T T MI "I I IC ItEII1POFT) C14NF7t or 'DIE U4111TREI): YTSel NO ( ) RPOPF_TOY (1R AN A(:IT'r AutmoItr7 u RY 11iE Otd•1ER- I>tJI11)I.14G PER WV , )•Q12...!..-:--.2-.1.1. ------ -� turArntll- YTS ( ) NO (it Applicant's signatttsr' - crtmltt'i t::1• /.-tress 11-•leirhon. I. \1!'r11\i1'l'?)t.,1 r•-l) / Ii .'I i• , ,4 A w w IIIc I SIGN PERMIT PERMIT ;: SGN92-0145 DATE ISSUED • 10/06/92 EXPIRATION DATE: 4t/oE/73. PARCEL • 2S115BA-00101 BUSINESS NAME. . : WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK ZONE : C-G SIGN LOCATION. . : 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY APPLICANT/AGENT: PAM COMBS BUSINESS TAX NO: SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY TEMPORAPY ( ) WALL ( ) OTHER (X) ELECTRONIC ( ) ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS : 1.2' X 15' TOTAL SIGN AREA : 17 eq.ft. WALL AREA WALL FACE (DIRECTION): W78 �q.`t. SIGN HEIGHT : 16 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL : 5 in. ILLUMINATION : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 1 .2' X 15' - 17.7 SQ.FT MATERIALS : STEEL EXISTING SIGNS : 0 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 10.00 APPROVED BY: / AI a•P DATE: 10/06/92 -111 Pet mit No. ,s4•J 9d- /(45 CITY OF "IIGN?D SIM PERMIT APPLICWIlav aocrmpanying plans and�sper_i.t cati« nrri.t for fig t.ut k Lxii.etal or es r,cx n i n tl ie sraI LOCATION N)Ofl ZONING! NAIIE OF BUSINESS: / i '----� API'`LTCTNrrn;l ,•: /7..- n,' �L'//l 7_ CCJMt7wy: — The City of TI. td imposes_ an annual 9�.esu . -- persons cb'/q business i11 the p(ty. `O� Tax ull.idi mist he kept au-rent «t all YES ( R ( ) U_E._ LaheX you pt>presently have a current tusitK•_ss tax? Uter* E'Ft17FtlS(I.1 SIC,N: ---— ( as 'twiny as aiply) `FyvU l - PllitIAN NT ( FSE-mNDTM TFITOPARy ( ) WALL ( � FREEWAY ( ) ( ) I3L4 VU ) ( ) I- Ic ( ) SY(Tt Ol?(ENcIONS: ' / 9I1[a 00N ( ) 5101 , sm.( - /� a EXPIRATIM FATE: q. vo►u ARM (-Sq. Ft') ` IVSD PLANNING WALL 'ACE: �7.�5. 7a -- ttErGcr (Ft)__________k—T4—_____:_t_:, _— --�t_ cm�_�r ,., IIX PsziaIXl iIMI• 4 Fft1i U, ___St SEP 4 - 1992 ) NO ( ) ME: /•,4 -, ) COPY: , F7C14I im SiC7dS- ';t.C•I�.u[urs �y ICL - �-- r., ACfiT,NISTItATIVf �C.FP.CIaN: NSA ( ) APPtaf1VF1) ( ) WO flOCIL,____; QX4iENC$: AREA ( ) Irrwtr ( ) kwylAn by t Eee• e 1U...1. sign penniis mwt t� Ncnoeilpt� drawifq aid plot plat- f wick j rtitauthorized a scale PSti �y� da a g E"'- .t has not toren completed vititln ninety De t____�p — ____ __ _ shall of ter the i . arci a of the tern,i t, the pec mi h hemline null. arcf void. QLF1'Til[CAt, Pt?4q-I' REWIRED: I evd Y� (II I ( ) �'• MY •• AN T I At/11110 T AN lltr t (AVER OF 'D[E DOW)E1 c PF*Z LIT t.Fv fjy ��+� t�ca+tgt. K=4 IC=4/=:=0110=1 ICT K=01 ICS 101 PC==pI 1=4 K==X IC.=.11C==>1 li STATE OF OREGON CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS BOARD THIS CERTIFIES THAT THE PERSON NAMED HEREON IS fitt,I TRAI IDN 0 PE(ISTERED BY LAW ASA NUMBER 10956 SPECIALTY CONTRACTOR () CORPORATION(I EXPIRES 01/03/93 EMPLOYER STATUS: NON-EXEMPT TUBE ART DISPLAYS INC 0 808 ALOHA STREET SEATTLE WA 98109-0000 SIGNATURE OF REGISTRANT uey ' 1CK==•11=/0=4IC"�/1 '71 K:==.1 10==X 1=.1 K==>11G=>//01101 { ll i 4. /-21s-fe`C.i?.. _ ' 414J ‘A-i44-1 tJ �'Is.l�r.a�,.�_ RECEIVED p w - z (ANNI NC V f5.tom. f-��► Vf 7091 (e e .0 ) * ( . ,T .37- Ste-/- CLS (Czec,. Co..)i e.oe cJ XV i -- - - Eimmmoimmk 111gP149N II City of Tigard Building Department 1312S BM Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 972 Inspection L/in�e,1Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639- 71 Inspect Lon[ f/G .s'/ 11 Footing Plbq. UkderelabMech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Focnd• Plbq. Top Out Ga Line FINAL: Poet/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Mater Line Gyp. Bd. -Mech. Date Requ.etedt ���l TLMt AM „ MI C �� cc 7/ Addr.ut�� �if �,(� rt �t Builder: �j/�R _{��d� • � TRP FOLLOWING OOIIRBCTIONB ARE RIQUIRBDI Inspector: ider Date: Of/I! APPROVED DIIAPP11OVBD APPROVED SMOOT TO ADM "" Call Por Reinsp. I s CITY OF T I CARD - RECEIPT OF PAYMENT RECEIPT NO. 19e NOWs TUBE ART DISPLAYS, INC. CHECK AMOUNT s 60. 0,, CASH AMOUNT s 0. 00ADDRF �;S s PO BOX 34333 iEATTI.E, WA P'AYME'NT DATE : 09/Z)2;9P 461. 4- SUBDIVISION PURPOSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PA 11? Pl.IRP0M [I(- PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID E I IBN PF PMI"T F 92- 141 -._._.___ ...__. cin. N0 L,II;N PERMIT F Sit-142 _...._..__ SIGN PERMIT F 92-143 ?'x. 00 3II,N PERMIT F 9c'-144 10. 00 S I VN PERMIT r 9P -145 10. 00 10. Ido TOT Al. AMOUNT PAID - - r H0. 00 F,7 , Cc_1 OSPEcTloo NOTI¢ City of Tigard Building Department 1312S SB Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Roc-o-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspection: Footing Plbg. Underslab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk P ound. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Bean Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Neo Mach. Rain Drain Insulati ' -Plu b. Plbg. 011dsrtloor ) Water Line Gyp. Bd. --Mech. / K D ate Rsduestsd: X7 /� — 9 £ Time: AM PM Address, /6 L #6.7f2 C Ni4./y Permit #: r 2 -U/3 . Builders L /e s,/ CtiCJd Q TEX FOILOMIND CORRECTION/ ARE REQUIRED: Inspector: _•414 Deter / /M ------ ------ -.` -- �J APPRO : DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinsp. 01 t7 City of Tigard Building Dwplrtamet 11115 SW Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 11 Inspection Line (Rer-O-Phone)+ 639-4175 Business P 639-4171 Inspections _ — — ______-__ Footing Plbg. Underalab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Pound. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL+ Post/Beam Struct. Ban. Sewer ?rasing -Bldg Post/Beam Mach. Rain Drain 111171_71.:2 aulat -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Nater Line Q91s• h. air— - Late Aequaateds Timet I/c AM PM .. - -- Address+ . - JP /if _ �, . it 01�� - D/3 7 Or Builders / ms' THE roLIAl/I NG cXRRR(T I ONa Alla RaQU I RED$ + /%SJ / >• iiic ,y// ,-/c T e i Inepectnr ---- Date+ ci li_ 1 9 APPROVED tISAPPROVRI1 APPRoVRD SIIB.1RfT TO ABOUT Call Por Relnap City of Tigard cl 9nd 11 d: 13125 a>. Bell Blvd. � Ttq. ,IlaWrtasnt Inspection Line (164c-0-Phone): 639_ Oregon 972231 Business Phone; 639- 171 Inspection; or rooting .._� Plbg. Undsrelab Mech. Rough-in Pound. Apps/Sdwlk Plbg. Top Out Oas Lina Post/Ream StrurSewer PINALt �•n. Freeing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Inauletton Plbg. Underfloor Plumb. Mater Lina OYP Rd. Date Mich. �aqueateds G Tina! Ar AM St-, / /' - _ PN Rudder, TIIt POI COMING MRRSCTIORs ARE REQIIIREDI 4.7p40 fp- Inspectors Data: APPROVED DISAPP11py/D APPROVED Am/ROT TO MOVE - Call Por Reiner,. City of Tigard Building Department 13126 SN Hall Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (R.c-O-Phone): 639-4175 Rosin... Phone: 639-4171 Insp.ct:on: 11`•�e'31 ` „ 1G,1�jti[X �11� 77 cz Footing Plbg. Undereleb Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbq. Top Out ' Gas Lino FINAL: Post/Beau St r-uct. San. Rarer Framing -Bldg. Post/team Mach. Rain Drain insulation _Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Nater Line gyp. Dd. -Koch. Date R.gueated: `% -mss Tairialfregge7aitint Addr ess:-14; dL Peewit I r j c/L 5' aders TIN FOLLOWING CONNECTIONS NIS RSplIRSO: Inspeetcr, '� oate:• oIS APrNO'VSD DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ASOVS Call Por Reinap. City of Tigard Balld/sq Department 1312S w 411 Blvd. Tigard, Oregon •'/ Inspection Line (Rac-O-Phone): 6)9-41175 ��Sus:nea . 'lhon 171 Inspection: %4/ ) ] Lc.4! Footing Plhq. Undarslab NSW'. hough-ln Appr/sdwl k Pound. Plbg. Top Out Oas Lina FINAL: Post/Beata Struct. San. Santer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plutab. Plbg. Underfloor Neter Line OYP• Bd. -Mech. Data Requested' lS �yL_ nee, �( / aa' 11M l\ PN Address' Qz21(1 L;74,, L —�1 f' r.tt G!J 1 euilde,t �' TIIS POLIAIIINO CORRECTIONS ARE REQOIRED' _ I napnctor Air -, - Datet,� ` APPROVED DiSAPPRt7VSp APPROVED ltUBJECf TO ABOVE Call Por Rslnep. infA T OM WINS City of Tigard wilding Deportment 13123 SW Sall Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97221 Inspection Line (Sec-0-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phones 639-4171 / Inspections i . Pooling Plbq. Undecslab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbq. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Bess 5!ruct. ban. Bawer ?rasing -Bldg. Fust/Bess Poch. Rain Drain Insulation Plumb. Plbg. Under "loor Mater Line Gyp. Bd. -Mach. Date Requwa.adi Tialet AN PM Address o_ / t: Z-4:00 Pdt h ''`� Permit 1 s L- 4' / 3 1 Builders TR, POLIAMIBO ODRRICTIOMB AAE P3QDIRII)I Inspector:___ / Date: 11_.2�� 110"...APPROygp DISAPPROVED APPROVRD SUBJECT TO AIIOVI Call For Reinsp. CITY CSF TINA RQ cnYa narRu COMMUNITY DEVELODMErIT DEPARTMENT o •oie 13 t 26 SW Her Blvd. P O.Bol 23347.Piped,Oregon 47223 (603)630-4176 PARCEI ZONING: r . . LU I WOO . . :t FLUOR F"URN. . . . : EVAF' COOLERS: r I'E:. 1 iF l.l',F. • UNIT HEATERS. . : VENT FANS. . . il,l.t►►- -INt.Y GRP. . : VENTS W/O APP1_ a VENT SYSTF..MS:2 1P'(I Fa011. F. .'r:f1Mf''PESSOR9 HOODS • 0-3 HP. , . . s UC)ME.S. INC I N: 1 5 HP. . . . : 1 COMMI_.. INC 1 N: vr-u i • 11e1o+ri N T l_I 15--30 HP. . . . s PEPA I R UN I Tt.i I +I 1 1 llriC-'L(<<,?. . . i SIT.) 5kh 1 if'„ . Wr)f1)Dc1 OVE5. . : r`Rf . . ",<T+ HP. . . . . CLO DRYERS. . e Ir! I + ! ,{ H Ihiiai. 1116 t,NI T`'3 OTHER UNIT'S. s 100010+ r 1 on GAS OUT,..ETS. : 1 It i Z!i r•fm '. I ..fir t r. ,'r,l .,t°t•, t ll+ t t• l till, ti' , r ! „ 11 t 'V ttH c�mC��.1/-�t r + rt,, R hl t' ) 1/1111 i I (. i.i. 4 H. V .+1 i e I . t.„. • +i '.L'NV Ili..I UR 4 /0 IV _.. I I r;, r', N f.lir' -454 t r31. E,r I[J ' r, h. . . E, __ - _..,.._... ifEDUIRF1) INbF-'Ei i ii.lty ofre)t .s issued subject t: the ••eauiatsero ccntained in the bias L. ine Inop ttoare.. Mon Ic14a1 Coot, State of fare, 5otrikltr Ccdes and al i other I, • *col icabie Imes. ut l work mil i "e done in accordance with approved et ani. This neruit wilt •eal,re if work is not :tette r...t,v i t ., , trtit roil, Rlthin 1811 oars of issuance. Or tf tetwk :4 suspende'l for eort Diu. t 1 nnet t L on IIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIII City of Tigard MECHANICAL PERMIT PlancWRec. # i- 1C_ 13125 SW Hall Blvd. APPLICATION Permit #/ rriZ-(, / PO Box 23397 Tigard, OR 97223 (503) 639-4171 rel esu_ a cription , r • r iTable 3A Mechanical Code CITY PRICE AMT 1..1xnic IAL Guour 31iAN c_i-r 30, Job I � (OCA S• / P cl FrC nvy. .1-2- I 1) Permit Fee -0 -0• , 1000 AddroSS r'+rs.+. no `riclAp-a 'rn'CC,ON 977.24 2) Supplemental Permit i00 anovo els. s.i '— Furnace to 100,000 BTU 1 - A ..r. il. ,VAS hlNCat r.' tdluT- T` 1) incl ducts&vents 6 OC aM... .14ie Furnace 100,000 BTU + Owner I oc)m 2•"4 r°"1. 64-04"\ 51.7 3417 2) incl duds&vents 50 CAMAY re Flow romance e A'7't LtE „,//e, 18,04 3) incl vent 600 N.1.[ �,r7 U't„fir_ r r r•/4PJGIAt. Suspended heater,wall heater r✓^5� 14i u„-I'S; -31R41.1c,t, �V„l< 4) or floor mounted heater 6 CO WEN Alla* r Vent not inci in Occupant ,GLt ) r Vt/. "PAc(PIC .+wj' 7 ' J_).. 5) appliance permit 300 womb no Repair of heating, relrig Z',G,AR T), oRA>i•6io.' 1'7114. 6) cooling, absorption unit 600 "aim- Boiler or comp,heat pump, air co- ,1,e. ..,o.. T•-MtLIEF R. 7) to 3 HP absorp unit to 100K BTU 6 00 +k / u.b.o xr+i«. Phar. Boiler or comp heat pump, air cond Se 5 v_', 1111.11 S'J T� 1(.5 8) 3 IS HP absorp unit to 5(K)K BTU 1 100 /�Q(J Contractor — as Boiler or comp,heat pt.mp, air cond +✓tt-'nr7'1 ILLC (3M. 17 07( 9) 15 30 HP absorp unit 5 1 mil BTU 15 00 I +^^N. t•*w Tom h' Boder or comp,heat pump,air cond •-,•-1-.3 til '8-2 -45 i 10) 30 50 HP ahsorp unit 1 1 75 ml BTU 22 50 1 hereby acknowledge d'iatI hairs read this application, that the Boder or comp,heat pump,air coed '- .rdormation given is correct, that I am the owner or authonzed agent 11) > 50 HP absorp u.nt 1 75 and BTU 31 50 of the owner, that plans submitted are in cc,mpl�xnce with Slate Air handing unit to laws,that I am registered with the Construction Contractor's Board, 12) 10,000 CFM 450 that the number given is correct (If exempt from State registration, Air handing unit \�/ please give feasor•below) 13) 10,000 CTM+ X 7 50 Non portable / , 14) evaporate cooler 4 50 �— _ • Vent Tan connected 15) to a single duct 3 00 Ventilation system not 16) included in appliance permit _ 4 50 (/D,, 1 `� T^ '7'..n., ,,,r=--' Hood served by /r 17) mechanical exhaust 4 50 1Tescrihe worknr+:•' '' r1'ition Q al,eratw 0 repair 0 Commercial or industrial to be done rr� Jeno„ "9 non residential 18) type incinerator 30(10 Tristing use of— Other i e,woodstove,water building or pr,no , ..,l,t —__ __ 19) heater, solar,clothes dryers,etc 4 50 Proposed use of 20) Gas piping one to four outlets / 2 00 1 W building or property L0.1.•„/<._ 21) More than 4 pr?r outlet Type of fuel oil Q natural gas LPG Q electric Q NOTICE i Minimum Fee$25 00 _ SUBTOTAL r Ob _ PERMITS BECOME VOID IF WORK OR CONSTRUCTION �n AUTHORIZED IS NOT COMMENCED WITHIN 180 DAYS,OR 5%SURCHARGE /, 60 IF CONSTRUCTION OR WORK IS SUSPENDED OR - ABANDONED FOR A PERIOD OF 180 DAYS AT ANY TIME PLAN REVIEW 25%OF SUBTOTAL g,U! AF TER WORK IS COMMENCED TOTAL 4/b) Special Conditions A' — Date ic,uod by ..Mrll1AJ1 •.owl o..••.. IMP— N. . ,.: ., //' ..,, ,,,,, .,,,.., .1N CITY OF TIGARD OREGON __— August 19, 1992 Joseph J. Higgins Macdonald-Miller 27501 SW 95th Avenue, Suite 965 Wilsonville, OR 9707( rrojects washangtor Mutual, MSC 92-0091 16201 SW Pacific Highway Dear Mr. Higg'-n• s The plans for this project were reviro-,d for compliance with applicable codes and a• e approved. Structural si,plw•rts for the roof-top unit shall be in place .nd inspected prior to the ,it being inetrlled. All required insulatie+n, flashing and roofing material shall be in place ae per building plane n•.d specifications. You may get the mechanical permit for this pro ect at your convenience. If you have questions, or if we may be of assistance, please contact us. ..incerely, } 1 fitkl _A__--• t2 f . • ri is Jaqua / v Plans Examiner PA.. 503-684-7297 I 13125 SW Nall Blvd., Tigard, OR 97223 (503) 639-4171 TDD (503) 684-2772 - RECEIPT or PnYMUNT WI-EMIT NO. $4) .3048i'" CHECK AMOUNT t 41 60 NOW:: z MACOONAID MILIER CASH AMOUNT : o. oco ADDRE PnYMENT DATE , 17401 /4/W: SUBDIVISION : PORPOSV OF PI4YMENT AMOUNT PAr0 PORPOSF OF PAYMTNT AMOUNT PAID MILHANILOL PF 3e. oPLAN COI-CK tE PPP 1. i,k1 MU1HAL 01/1 I I11141 0440i4,: i)OID ,4 ! I L/PKTu* optics4....N....,,/ City of Tigard !Fehling Department 1312$ IN Ball Blvd. ?lgard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Lin. (Nap-O-Phos.): 639-4175 Bu.ina.. Phonal 639-4171 Inspections - _i ' i . ,I / . t. _ -mai. Footing 4lbq: Ond.rsl.b ') N.oh. hough-in Appr/Sdwlk @-� Pound. Plbg. Top Out Gas Lino FINAL, Post/Bwaa Btruct. son. /ewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. underfloor Mater Lin. Gyp. Bd. -Nech. ,n,,, Dat. Nsqu..t.ds 7 a,F -94e—.- Times vv7r / PM Addrse.s J 'L Up i%t� �. t t is �1c� Builders 1/lv .Z„i� / - Lc ..-3'r - > 71)/ TM POU..cMING COMMOTIONS AM RIQOIRiD, —I ,./ . Inspectors /7/ v e-7. '7 er", Dates .04"." APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROV.iD SDBJSCf 7b ABOt/B Call Por R.in.p. I IMIPICTION MOTICI City of Tigard Building Department 1]1128 aN Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Lina (Rac-O-Phone►: 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspection: Pouting Plbq. 0nd:vulab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Pound. ^lbg. Top Out Oa• Lina FINAL: Post/Bwam struct. San. Sews! Framing -Bldg. Pout/Beam Mech. ,<6--- in Drat Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water LinGyp. Bd. -Mech. 7 Bata Requested: ./L -4,1.- Timet AM � PK Addr•ee: # all ./ .r..4 edit I: f//a'7�55- Builder:_ `:72..ZL�P�- i i. -r' -��� THE POI.LBIDIMO CORRSCfIOMB ARE RIQOIRBDs -- ' _ 7_,,,, if w 6 ..iiie,e--7f - ---/)-5 'i9- frer'l-- .t- . a-a- , -- /4„,"„.„..._ ... Insp:sctor:_ l00► (� _. _- Dates / 41111.24 ./ APBVID _ UISAPPROVRt _ APPROVED Q7SJDS Ci TO AS ���iiirrr--- PRCall For Reinsp. City of Tigard Me11diag Ompartmmet 13123 BM Mall Blvd. Tigard, Dragon 97223 Inapectlon L1 -v-Phone •175 Busineaa Phonal 629- Inapectlon:_` �j 1171 Pibq. Undereiab Mach. Rough-in Pound. APPr/Welk Plbq. Top Out Gam Line Poet/Beam Struct. FINAL: San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/:aaa Mech. al� in Dr Insulation 312 1141111i= -Plumb. Nater Llan Gyp. Bd. -Meeh. Date Raquasted��/_ 9 Thai AN Addrwu v C / PM Permit 4z 9t"n/ 7 Builder: TW FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: .S/ // • _ rt,,,c S — Cao,,, /F'1F iirE Inspector -- APPROVED _---- DTRAPPROVRD APPROVED SUBJECT TO MOTE Call ror Reins2. CflYOF TWARD c(,:4,.. ..._.- "- COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GARCEL: 2 11A0--413111 S>Hdl SkHd P.O.Ilei23317.T .Capon sr7 (I )a3S-417t(_ _ �'1BING PERMI PERMI $ : Pi 0S1-4171 DATE ISSUED: 07/09/9.L AGOFESS. . . 1!� 00 sW PACIFIC HWv 11:771 ZONING:EL rAD! VISION • WILLOWBROOK FARM LOT •. 18 • _.A':3 OFWOPK. . :NEW ~+a GARBAGE DISPOSALS. . : MOBILE HOME SPACES. : YPE OF USE. . . . :COM WASHING MACH • BACKFLOW PRE VNT RS. . : 'I:CIJPANCY GRP. . :BE FLUOR DRAINS 1 RAPS 1URIES sl WATER HEA'ERS 11 CATCH BASINS 1 X i -- - -- -- - - LAUNDRY- - LAUNDRY TRAYS. . . . . . SF FAIN DRAINS INKS. . . . . . . . . : URINALS ,, . 1 GREASE TRAPS -;vNfl)RII:`7- . . . - ` OTHER FIXTURES t UN/SHUWEN`' SEWER LINE tft ) . . . . : 4A- ER CLt.SE1'S. . IE WATER LINE ft ) . :HWASHERS. . . . 11 RAIN DRAIN (ft ) . . . . 110O 1',,1,+r (,y : Cor tr.,tr.:t rew h.a1.4i h, anr.,h bldg. FEES .. WASHINGTON MU1UAL FINANCIAL Owner: ----�- ---- - type ,�,rno,,,,r t?v ct ,tp r 105, 0@ JLH 07 /0.1/ 191 cND AVE- SUITE 400 1.-0.7, t , o. , 5 .4.1 , 0, /0 ,/ ;EATTLE WA 9A1O1 :Alone $: , Ot,--4F 1 L.ant ratct nr a !+IOT')EPN PLOMN I Nfi i-'U BOX ..i..1N 7 hone 1 N0r1 M. . . % i t...4'. KE(AU IrF U IN:.>rt.1. i AUNu' TI.is ce +•t is :slued subject to the regulations contained in the rcough--ir, Inst 'igard Municipal Cede. State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other •Top-out Insp apoi1^atle lois. Al; wo$ mill be done in accordance with NiinriA 1D Riti IneInst arc owed Mars. Skis Welt «ill expire if work is not started i on within op days of issuance, or if work is suspended for lore then ISO days. , in It t PO '-‘ 1 UT', 044.4, 711,&% - • 1 „ . 4.?..A0tvie 1 1 .W 4 tie • ' I , • CITY OF T IGARD RECEIPT lIE PAYMENT RECEIPT No. tr04 CHECK AMOUN I t • NAME I MODERN PLUMBING CO CASH AMUUN i0. 00 ADDRESS t PO BOX .7:3301 PAYMENT DAT% TIGARD, OR 5URDIVISION PURPOSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PA I D IF4POSt. OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PA I D • . _ . PLUMB I NU PERM 105. 00 PI AN CHECK FE ST. BUILD PEP 9.2-0'7', 5. • • f'• 1(11 AL AMOUNT PA I D - 111.- • IftiPiSrr•I C-!L CS City of ?►yard Building Department 1312S B11 Ball Blvd. Tigard, oiogon 97223 Inspection Line iR//ec-O-Phoney 619-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspection,_ t_lil_-_ /'I I /r `--, i, c:1(-1,'/LC -,....-: rooting Plbq. Under.lab N.ch. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Pound. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line PINAL: './i ),7 Post/Beam Struct. MM. Sewer truing -Bldg. Post/Ream Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Lln. Gyp. Bd. -Nisch. yepDate Requested: / it Ti.., — AN _PM Address: _w_( _ _ ( _ / / 1i.e.._ /Ji Permit O: /t) G/LI,.. Rul hier: • I; Cc L C . % .e..�./ '/s L e/t 1 U TNT POLLOWIND CORRECTIONS ARE REWIRED: L-' SJ L,-•°•e, i,.t . ,-.},4_,� /0',./C_ ,,` ,` „i, ic., -'l <:71,7t,tI11 --_ ( i? (" ;,rc 1 z_. C'Air- c , , ,f C --/ - -- Inspectors , if Dat.: ? / fd APPROVED DliAIPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE --call Por Reln.p. I SPECTION MOTICi r V IN City of Tigard Belldimg Department 1111!11 We Sall Bled. Tigard, Oregon 97221 Inspectiotl Line (Sec-O-Phones 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspections_ ��, looting ( Plbq. Bedsore Lab *tech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk ------------ Found. Plbq. Top Out Gap Line IINALI Poet/Bean Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbq. Ondertloor /, Mater Lille GypPed. -fir' 6 -r)'---2- Date Rmqueetedt Time: AN —____ PM Address t i r GG are -. s'C -3 _ Permit ft TT - - Builders 4.._."7-41,‘W.,....., 41 ^41W. TBI FOLL01IINO OOSUCTIONS ABB RBQOIRBDs - .,,, _, ,,,,,../ 4x-i---2, -f-i-z 1 f ./7( ___ 1 _ Inspectors 'ViiI ;;;;?.- Dater -32e-432., i, APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVBD BDSJNCf TO ABOVE I� Call for Retnap. A ly 111111 1 _ _ _ CI1YOFTIE4RD „---. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT \uTY TIMID o.i ) 1 1;5 Sw ran Bad P 0 BON 27307,I .Oregon V7 (607)130.41 T6 \ r. NLurth..SS. . 16.7:00 SW PACIFIC HIv orrip • WIL_t_ijWBROOK FARM iONIEL : .: i 1,LK • LOT • ZONING: " i r+ r �-'t OF WORK:NEW � • • E'AVING . . . iv RLSO. NO. : !r:v ',')LUMF . ry (iRE�OIP.r,h . . : v . VOLUME.. : CV LANDSCAPING' :Y VALUE. . . : 1 I. ' ILL ' :hr SITE PRET r.E, ROT RERU7 :ru . y, STORM URAINS". , , : v IMr'ErrV SUr7FAf-r_•. . , ir (4) r x•111->tr�t�l r orirf -,Irt Dad, Orlywways, stpYr • ,—Ar, t r- nr•w G<,rt+H branch • 1 I NttN I Nt t YPP 3►mu _rirt by date PRM T $ 3. 5Kr .JL_11 V r'. ( K $ 60. 13 JLH ac,i�C ♦ 1 1.='0. 00 .1I H / 1q • 10?77. s petit Is mod subject tc -^e •'equletruns rentalW sn the — - REGO1 t kt..i) rv:,► tL i 1uN:, Ticard Wunieipal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all otre' E K c ooi a t i on n I aoc1icabie laws. All work will be done :n accordance with lir approved plans. This rd sng perNt will eMplrt if work is not started 5tt Drat a , i git0.1, 1M 1$11 ^f Issuance. Dr if work rs suspended for Bore dart. Sin ,ewer In •, L Antis c'fip nrj lnsp 11 1fA�1A11X11- r t n ai J n'i p v c:t i on kWV1 • • CITYOFTIE4RD -• F TIMID COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT BUILDING PERMIT I 13126 SW _Rt 1. P.O.B 23657 Thad,Oregon 972M(603)639-4176 \ $ : B IJ • 639-41 /1 DATE ISSUED: 0E,/ l9/9c' PARCEL. : c7'7,11"-: : PLUUk WO-1W) - Er TERIOR WALL. IN r - IRS1 . . . . : 3390 sf N: S: ' ' F BOND. . . : s f PROTECT OPEN I Ni THIRD. . . . sf N: Si E : W TOTAL - -- -- „T , f ROOF '_ONST :B FIRE F7I BASEMENT. : cf AREA SEP. RATED! • (3(-IRF4rir. . . . s f OCCU SEP. RATFI- • w ' : N ME : , REOD SETBACKS_- REQUIRED-------- -------- ..0010 EQUIRED--------_. ---__.-.._v...L.00Fr LOAD ( LEFT : ft PGHT : Ft FIR .V.L :N OM(Jk. GE r DWELLING UNITS: FRNT: ff REAR: ft FIR ALRM:N HNDICC' At • DATI IMP SIJRFACE : I0'-•rvl PRO CORP:N P( P+ JL. : 330000 nnstrl.lct r iW bank branchi b1dt� t11 , Ei6.�c. 0N �!�. 47,.1 Gc•mm •. �,:-i . 9 .40/10!1'0. bV d-t ! f 1 I A65. QI@ .Tl t-+ AF, i ! c+ t i V1'.15. 4'10 687. 712: I. b , . , .N Ii ,. P4 H 0'/ 1-1i + -�..w.—.._.-.«_ +.» �--FSM-•/F fir t•— • +t r ; I t w p y . . •ill � [1' < < we. .. 'I h 1 'ft• CI [mg!) 1 NNW J CITY OF TUFA RD OF 7111011 . COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DUIARTMENT , 4 n i3iswod Hialvd PO Bax233e7.Tigard.()mac 97223 (603)631)-41,5 N. • , . • . _ . . . •: . ,N; • • • ' a • .ti t ..••• , * "• ". •1'f'd 0"1 •, p5 aro.. - - ..,a. itil'r• :01 ve" "'7't SC :Cr.-. - •,. 4"1 7.1m0 7-twor ;Awl!' efl kyr , 1 !!:. r Y/IP tt ,‘, ,Y CITY OF T 1 ORD - RECEIPT ('F PAYMENT REI:F: 1 P1 NO. $9.--; ,-11711 CFIF"CK AMOUNT i 160'::i. le, NAME : WESTWOOD CORPORATION LASH AMOUNT : 0. 00 ADDRESS 1 PAYMENT vrl fF : of, SUIV I V r t 1')N PURPOSE 1W PAYMFN1 AMOUNT PAID PURPOSE OF 41YMENT OMOIJN1 PAID fIJILDINU PERM F311P1,= v11,1/ 1056. 00 OT. ?UII.t) PE:R JO '. E WE W USA 3800. 00 C;OMMF RC:I AI. 1 1 F FEES 64 '9. 00 MASS TRANSIT lir FEES '.390. 00 RUT' DINO PERM SIT'3r'- 0 1 f 5 I . BUIL D PF F 4. 6:'. rl.Ti.. CHECK FF hN. 1 STORM DRAIN '>f)i i ii'EII WH ;H I NIi 1 ON IMI I f IAl 1 AN cit., I f11 1 F If AW‘ IPIA1 AMOUNT PAID , 180") 6'./4" 91 )41‘;,). ."-^ 00 (171. 61.' June 2, 1992 Mr.Jim Jaqua Planning Department 13125 S.W. Hall Boulevard P.O. Box 23397 Tigard,Oregon 97223 Re: Washington Mutual Saving; Bank BUP92-0137 162(X)SW Pacific Higt way 'ad "D" Tigard,Oregon 97223 Subject: Tigard Building Department( ommet s Dear Mr. Jaqua: The following are responses to your architectural comments concerning the permitting of subject project. Response numbers correspond to items on correction sheet which is attached. Respoi.se#1 Roof truss design will be stamped by an engineer registered in State of Oregon. Response#2 Drawings showing pipe sizes and other pertinent data will be furnished by the design/build contractor and approval obtained prior to installation Response#1 Layout,design and component information for mechanical system will be submitted and approved prior to installation. Structural calculations will also be provided. Response#4 Toilet rooms will have ceramic the wainscot per attached drawings. The city will be inforrn:d prior to pre-construction meeting for the roof application. The alar'n s.•:tem which will be installed in the building, is already indicated on our electrical plans Also enclosed is a letter to the Beaverton Fire Department in response to t wir letter. ►n edn..n• lue Idf A,Mv. ►roof srwrr,.p s_7M rlo..r,.o s.«+1. W.a...r.... Wit nu NMn.r Dos,Aw 'MIpn eat Gnre., iA11 ISI)WI ANS 16200 S.W. PACIFIC HIGHWAY 2 OF 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL/IIGARD TOWN SQUARE iitokivki I EOUIPMENT SCHEDULE MacDonald Miller Company, Inc AL I ROOFTOP M' /ELECTRIC A C UNIT 7717 Detroit Ave SW MAKE MODEL CARRIER y8 DJD v► Seattle, Wa 98106-1903 Phone: (206) 163- 9400 EER. . S b NOMINAL COOLING : 17. 5i WIN TO'AL Fox' (206) 767-6773 HEATING : 125 M6' DutPUT wash .,,c, N+c, 113 -(j1 -MA t... . UM ..•G../ LEC*RICAL : 20Q/Z30 - 3) -,,0, 52 . 1 MLA , 53 3FLA BLOWER :46COCFr1, 0I,' ESP, 863RFM, 3.0P P. A WNrRoL, : 6Y ALERTON OPERATING wt ; 1325 L.15 ACCESSORIES SSOR ES ; CAVA8 ft WEK Ex►+AuST ECowoeiZER ( s CF.iESO DTJOS- 1 i _ . _ — — ; MASON SPRING ISOLATION CURB , TYPE RSC _ _ _ -` l - ..4VURA7 "JE =;.Ex18LE DUCT CONNECT JNS i VAJ J I I 0110 ; { �/ A IDI IJ frrril EF I ROOFTOP BELT DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL EXHAJST SAN 300 C.Fr i / I A 300 GFH A I /10 MAKE ; M-1DEL :ENN ;AN NBCR SERIES 120 A 1 I 1 i II - -- I I 3,.JWER /v H P Z40 CFM '/u' ESP, 570 RPM '- ELECTRICAL 110 V/ I _ �I _ - I �, 0 1 ' 1.4-7\ CON'ROL. LIME C�JCK ( gY ALERTON) (ZC �\ / ti '`._ �- - --� — _ l�(�(+0 - OPERATING WT 70 if; r• .�.� 1 1I I,' 1 • 1 .____-_-=.__L �T�R�►GEI‘:JPY I I�` 2g5 �M ACCESSORIES BACKDRAFr pAMPER , giRDSCREEN , sC/I 1><ecif_fi/142./2,4E:.• o --10 ►Ar:.TOR Y ROOF WKS[ErZ- ROOFTOP BELT DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL EXHAUST FAN 51�1�1RE p AREA 1 b 1(0.0 ; i '� -�.I.QS�dL: I I t r AC• ZD-; IW t Zo' MAKE 4, MODEL ' TENN FAN NCR SER,ES 120A 11 28/1G ./1Z� lJ(4 ROOF) t • r _ I SLOWER ' '/i, H P , 400 CFM Q '/w' ESP 50 RPM • • - — --4 Cr. � _ `, ��►1/jy ' 1 z� .��1� Z$/1(. 74/Ly © ' ELECTRICAL 1W V/ I(p I _ f- ---� E - N ` / [(3D-I� /2B/�6 E�: C I.J1 QL . U-30 Mlle MARK TIME SWITCH (F5Y ALE2roN) 1i �+ ►( , I I OPERATING WT 701 . - / , �/ ��-' 2`/Ie �-- - /I ' . . - . • . Ec 12 ACCESSORIES ' 6ACKO ZAFr DAMPER , 31RGSc.KEE� ©95C�r1 r'r, .4044 - .. __ .i I ;+ FACTORY RocF CU23 f illi* �' ' IO �M 1e ,r , _ . - - ! - - - ---. • - I , , �� ( 62-1 BYvA55 DAMPER TYPE , C� I `. T PITINB �( - ...,,,,,,,,j i \ I - t' I I \ ! i \ Z4/I2 MAKE. ! M)DEL ' BUSKIN CO-- 50 EF - I 10/10 UI a ��~ • _ t �r-c _-fi- •• • ___ - - -- - ,� E.. CONTROL BY ALERTOIJ _ - li %,.k („N R,;� ) TO EP-1 " I ( I `\ , \ • \ Ic -. •- WOMEN, - .1\ , _ I' \ I--1 - 1 I t �_..__\\ ` ZD-2 _ r — 8 10, /1v O IJI/loOI-/IZ - E�( OIZ/12 PIFFUSEr� / GRILLE SCHEDULE 1 _ j. 1 INF 2 5 GFH i CFr11 31S CFH F 1 T TI NG i5 CFM�/ 8 ► _. . . eC �'D I \ SYM3OL HAND, ACTuRER MOpEL NOTES -- 100 CFM I ! ► M Y\� ; �� 12"o ' SAN TOR 5 'CLJSEII I I I i }� O KRUEGER 12yO, SQ NECK , FRAME Z3 T-5A7, 7 cFUSER I ` KRUEGER 1240, SQ. NECK , FRAME ZZ SURF NIT CE!L DIFFUSEW I I EF Z - ' I I O KRUEGER 5- EOH, FRAME iZS SURF MT E01 GRILLE LJ • _ (ON RJ. F) 2 m ly 'D I --� IZ/Z+� + . ..-_ ," -._ ... . . « LE _ ? �- 1 { l�F 24/12 M/M METAL EGGCRATE T• 3AR URIC 1212 UP ��� �isp / E . I I d I,t ` _ TD E Z • I 1 i •. 24/211 M/M METAL EGGCPATE T r3AR GRILLE 1 l • - \, f ( L Q Z , • 1 - I 12/24 • P NI � �� 1 I I I PAT~ RM » - - I ALL SIZES ARE NOTE, - t I — .yO L.:M 1 I f I I , v 30 CFM I I ~ , `C-?j i I i im. gawr. _ . 4, to , 1 . ' • 1 - . • ___ >r 1 1 II �; �� •i 0 Z/iz LONE DAMPER SCHEDULE 1473 r } — f 31 :0 GFM ` 43 r I , _.. I - t- -- - .------}--- . - -� :: : zc IZE NOTES It... H' IMF 0 CFH I tt , 17`0 �, •�. , .. ,_. + �_.. �____ . _ _ �-- j� `� m I -__... t- t-• Z-D- 2 110" • i It i IC I EG I , I l iJ` } I ZD- y IC t0 REVISIONS, DATE I --------- -- 1 - . t 7D-4, 14'(f1 I I , I I V/ASHINGTON MUTUAL C [1..- -�-- - N �T • • 1 i :I _ ..�� ;�. FINANCIAL GROUP ��.. 1_-,j A1.1K BRANCH &E N E SAL NOTES. TII.ARP, C ZEG()N 0 ALL DUCTWORK. TO BE DUCTBOARD CONSTRUCTION, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED L; ALL CONTROLS INCI ()DING ZONE EAM PER / BYPA,. - D/•MPLR BY ALEQT� ' 3) ELECTRICAL TO PROVIDE A 120Y RECEPTICAL IJITHIN 25 FT. OF ROOF TDP EQUIPMENT , AS PER UMC. 41 GENERAL TO COORDINATE THE ,NSTALLATION OF A DEPILATED PHONE LINE AT I - MASTER CONTROL PANEL AS RSEQJESTE7 6 ' AVAC ( - ti HVAC PLAN HVAC HVAC PLAN atE i,, I 0 _Z _ _ Cl212/5F TN)ARO - 4t7."vRI ... ENGINEER: LAST REVISED, . /n .-C7 9.2-- 1- CHECKED BY: DATE PLOTTED, ' • Jo. ddre /6200 SGt/AC./1.14./ DRAFTERI CAD REFERLNCE. RK O /x BY i • 8/09�/ ISSUE DATE, DRAWING NUMBER ', ,.,- - r PACIFIC HIGHWAY - 1 b�'-�c' .7W P ___- — y1ASH i Mil ON MLITI 1IaL y OF ( T.1 SHEET NUMBER II NOT ISSUED FOR M aill 1 CONSTRUCTION I - IF THIS DOCUMENT IS IES ' (' 'Ir`'I ' ' I' 'I' I' 'Ir 1 1 II . 111 111 III III IIIPr111 11. 111 I I III III III 11 III III Ilf 11i T�T711 III Ill ill III III I 1111 111 111 T T 111 111 1111111 III 111 II ' LEGIBLE THAN THIS NOTATION, ( I 11 I ( � I I ( 4 I ( �I ( I I I I I I I I . I I �b 11 I I OCTOBER 26 ? 19 � 1 i i i i 1 I �� 6 _ �1 8I I I_ __I _ I T I S DUE TO THE QUALITY OF No st t•-!xr- .� THE ORi)NAL DOCUMENT. £ �+ �S 1 rilliIIII IIIIIII IIaIIIlilIII'IiI IIIlil '� I'1IIII (lf-.11llIIII`IIItIIIIIIIIIIIII�I� IIIIIII [IIIIIIILItIIIIIIItIII �)IIIV � IIIIIII£1I �IIII�Il�iitIIIIIIIItI1tIII(IIIII1IIII IIIIIIIII -II�IIII1ILIIII IIIIl19III1 11s1i111 IIII IIII IIIIIIIIIzli l ! I1IIIY-1111 Mr. Jim Jaqua Planning Department June 2,1997 Page 2 It you have any questions concerning these responses or any other ques ions concerning the project,please call. Sincerely, TMlison Partnership-'1. 4,4 .J 41,4444•GO.4/14,17 01 jamnes C.Norman / Project Architect Attachments c: Washington MutuA' Vent Wiegel Falkin & Associate!. Harlan Falkin Callison: Chris Hamilton, Joe Webber, File Itr/paqua/)r/6-2 ______— I F A X TRANSMITTAL MEMO T0:_ _�C�llClrYt 140.0f DEPT:Gte. r vOcW Mx, ,Z73-0220 PAGES FROM cJlci gaga PHONE 11.6.5?-0/7/ CO any of Tirane FAX# 684-7297 I I Post-it-brand tax tra nh mittai memo 767t L 1 4" CITY OF TIGARD Nay 18, 1992 OREGON Jia Woman Callison Architecture 1420 Pifth Avenue Suite 2400 Seattle, WA 98101 Projects Washingon Mutual, BUP92-0137 16200 SW Pacific Highway, Pad D Dear Mr. Norman: Plans for this project have been reviewed for conformity with applicable oodes and are conditionally approved, subject to submittal of revisi.ona to satisfactorily address the following items. 1. Roof trues designs shall he stamped by an engineer registered with the Oregon State Board of Engineering Examiners. 2. Isometric drawings showing pipe nixes end other pertinent data shall be submitted for the building plumbing system. 3. Layout, design and component information shall be submitted for the mechanical system. Please include structural calculations. 4. Toilet roots walls are required to have a 48-inch high wainscot within 24-inches of water closets and urinals. USC Sec. 510(b). Moisture-resistant gypsum board is specified for toilet rooms and other damp locations, but not so noted on wall details. We wish to be informed prior to the meeting with the roof applicator. Our project inspector will attend the meeting. We also request that plans be suLmi`ted for any alarm or detection systems to be installed. The building permit for this project may be obtained at your convenience. If you have questions or if we may be of assist-ince, pleaee contact us. Sinvornly, Jir, Ja Plans aminer PAZ S03-684-7297 13125 SW Noll Blvd,PO Box 23397.Tigard Oregon 97223 (503)639-4171 - --V/19/91-- •/ IN BJP (((� TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE r'n► AND ,c f 7(,, BEAVERTON FIRE DEPARTMENT J 4755 S.W. Griffith Drive• P.O. Box 4755• Beaverton,OR 97076• (503)526-2469• FAX 526-2538 / 8 RESG May 8, 1992 James C. Norman Callison Partnership .1420 5th Avenue, Suite 2400 Seattle, Washington 98101 Re: Washington Mutual Financial Group Tigard Town Square 16200 S.W. Pacific Hwy. 6288A-097-019 Dear Mr. Norman: This is a Fire and Life Safety Plan Review and is basr:d on the 19813 editions of the Uniform Fire Code (UFC) and those sections of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) and Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) specifically referencing the fire department, and other local ordinances and regulations. Plans submitted to the City of Tigard and forwarded to this office are acceptable with the following conditions: 1 . Address Required; The tenant space number must be prominently displayed on the street front where it is readily visible to drivers and officers of responding fire apparatus and other emergency vehicles. UFC Sec. 10.208 2 . Fire Extinguisher Requirements: Not less than one (1) approved fire extinguisher(s) with a rating of not less than (*) shall be provided for each (**) square foot of floor area or fraction thereof. The travel distance to an extinguisher from any portion of the building shall not exceed 75 feet . UFC Sec. 10.303 (*) 2A10B:C, - Light and Ordinary Hazard 4A10B:C - Extra Hazard (**) 3, 000 - Light Hazard 1, 500 - Ordinary Hazard 1 , 000 - Extra Hazard "Working"Smoke Detectors Save Lives James C. Norman May 8, 1992 Page 2 Note: Where flammable or combustible liquids are used, "B" ratings of extinguishers may need to be higher and travel distances shorter. See requirements in National Fire Protection Association Standard 10-1 . 3 . Fire Hydrants: Fire hydrants shall be placed within 250 feet of all portions of the building. Fire hydrant located across Durham Street is not acceptable because of high volume of traffic through this area. This department would request that a fire hydrant be placed somewhere within the parking lot of Tigard Town Square to meet the 250 foot requirement . Approval of submitted plans is not an approval of omissions or oversights by this office or of non-compliance with any applicable regulations of local government . If I can be of any further assistance to you, please feel free to contact me a'.= 526-2502 . Sincerely, Gene Birchil.: Deputy Fire Marshal GB:kw cc: Tigard Building Department Washington Mutual Financial Group Tigard Water District �sz,zgz -oo/0� DATE: PLANS CHECK NO.: PROJECT 1Tf1F: 64,0NG-rao AlknnnAt BrPAiv('W .aAtiie COUNTYWIDE TRAFFIC IMPACT FEE APPL CANT: sl M R M 4N WORKSHEET GA I- SAn) PMRrAIMS/NP _ (FOR NON-SINGLE FAMILY USES) MMJNG ADDRESS. /VZQ F/flN Arse S urns 2 Lit,0 CITY/ZIP/PHONE: RATE PER SEh4rrree, MIA of/o/ TLA"ID USE CATEGORY TRIP TAX MAP NO.: RESIDENTIAL $138.00 )C BUSINESS AND COMMERCIAL $35.00 , snits NO.ADDRESS: OFFICE _ $126.00 /'IOO Sh,) PAY.✓' fic INDUSTRIAL $133.00 INSTITUTIONAL $57.00 PAYMENT METHOD: C/ 1/CFEEK INSTITUTION/Il ONLY. BANCROFT(PROMISSORY NOTE}LAND USE CATEGORY OEu^CIrTl0N OF usr WeEIm►r AVQ Tarp RATE WV IO AVE Tar RATE _ DEFER TO OCCUPANCY `l / 434(,,,,/Q /d O.0 Al/A BASIS:mot ,F 1/64wr Popo sus ?O evA)5 ie c e 7 A 3, 3 90 QuARO Pool- 3K/tb/Ne. 7O /35 Lt St'a AS A - eA-A)e1 Atilt'. CALCULATIONS. T C. S. F x Woo,'i' AUG . -rte/PPeATE x Tl2'PKATE 64 = r/F- 3 .39 X / 00 X 3500 = $ molal COO PROJECT TRIP • 0 -ToTAG A • Air . u FEE. EiC a SGS 00 ADDITIONAL NOTES: FOR N COUNTING',meows ONLY nASS -+,fA'VS r a 3,390.oO fT 0 a t/I T:Do WIFPARFO SY. WC CC WASHINGTON('.[IUNTY THF NOTEBOOK lam OHO � � i � 1 i � 1 (.7;;;/#7 April 28, 1992 Mr. Brad Roast Community Development Department City of Tigard 13125 S.W. Hall Boulevard Tigard,OR 97223 Re: Washington Mutual Project Number 90211.06 Dear Mr. Offer: Per our conversation, we are submitting the following packages for a building permit. Attached are: • Permit fee check in the amount of$1,110.90 • City of Tigard Building Permit Application. This project is presently being bid there/or we do not yet have a contractor. • Four complete sets of drawings Two sets of specifications One set of structural calculations Should you have any questions or need additional information, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, The Callison Partnership -**7 '. lames Norman Project Architect p:dsb Attachments c: Callison: Chris Hamilton Iv!roast/n„man/4 7A Arrhd•rlure tan lath Avenue Swv 7400 Programming Seattle Waahmplon Henning 41101 7343 Interim Deafen IN11177 NM G,ghlr% rAll 171111173 4675 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BRANCH BANK TIG ARD, OREGON .....111.11111111111.111111.111111.111.......11111. Callison Architecture Programming Plann.ng Inter Ito Design Graphics 1420 Fifth Avenue 950 Sixth Avenue Suite 2400 Suite 200 Seattle,Washington San Diego,California 98101 92101 206/623-4646 619/232-3233 Project Manual Construction Set April 27, 1992 WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUT TABLE OF CONTENTS TIGARD, OREGON PART 1 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00020 INVITATION TO BID 00300 BID FORM (X)800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS 01021 ALLOWANCES 01026 UNIT Pk:CES 01027 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01028 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01300 SUBMITTALS 0140) QUALITY CONTROL 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 016(X) MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01601 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 0211() SITE CLEARING 02200 EARTHWORK 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02900 LANDSCAPING 02910 TRANSPLANTING DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03001 CONCRETE DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04210 BRICK VENEER DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 TO( 1 I TABLE OF CONTENTS WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON I DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06112 FRAMING AND SHEATHING 06135 PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 06181 GLUE LAMINATED WOOD MEMBERS 06196 PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06410 CUSTOM CASEWORK DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07180 WATER REPELLENT COATING 07211 BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION 07212 BOARD INSULATION 07240 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07514 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM 07610 METAL ROOFING 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07710 PREFABRICATED ROOF SPECIALTIES 07900 SEALANTS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 HOLLOW STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08210 WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES 08410 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND WINDOW SYSTEM 08700 HARDWARE 08739 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION 088(X) GLAZING DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09260 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 09300 TILE 09510 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09680 CARPET 09900 PAINTING 09950 WALL COVERINGS DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES ._ 10210 ARCHITECTURAL LOUVERS 10410 TRAFFIC SIGNAGE 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES I 10999 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT Not Used TOC-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 it WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TABLE OF CONTENTS TIGARD, OREGON DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12510 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINOS 12692 FLOOR MATS DI VISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15060 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION 15400 PLUMBING 15500 HEAT►NG, VENTILATING, & /IR CONDITIONING 15950 CONTROLS 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 ELECTRIC GENERAL PROVISIONS 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16110 RACEWAYS :6113 UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM 16120 WIRE AND CABLES 16130 BOXES 16144 WIRING DEVICES 16170 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES 1M95 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16420 SERVICE ENTRANCE 16450 GROUNDING 16470 PANELBOARDS 1647R FUSES 16480 MOTOR CONTROL 16500 LIGHTING 167110 COMMUNICATIONS 16740 TELEPHONE SYSTEM 16.'41 TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING SYSTEM 16745 BANK SECURITY SYSTEM 16950 TESTING END TABLE OF CONTENTS 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 TOC .1 1 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 00020 TIGARD, OREGON INVITATION TO BID The Callison Partne,ship 1420 Fifth Ave., Suite 2400 Seattle, Washington 98101 To: Invited Bidders; DESCRIPTION OF WORK Bids will be received by Washington Mutual Financial Group,for a single prime contract covering General Construction,including Mechanical,and Electrical work for the project named: Washington Mutual Branch Bank,Tigard,Oregon. Proposals shall be in the form of a single lump sum price with a guaranteed maximum cost. CONTRACT TIME Bidders shall stipulate completion time in their proposal, stating an "earliest finish" date and a "latest finish" date no more than two weeks apart. If completion of the project is delayed, the Owner will suffer damages difficult to ascertain at this point, but agreed by both parties to be at least $500/calendar day. Liquidated damages shall apply to delays beyond the "latest finish" date. TIME AND DATE OF BID Submit bid no later than 2:00 pm May 15,1992,except as may be revised by addendum. Deliver bids in a sealed envelop or fax to: Mr. Kent Wiegel Washington Mutual Financial Group 1191 Second Avenue,Suite 4(X) Seattle, Washington 98101 Fax: (206) 554-2967 Bids will be opened privately. I'c' P Y DOCUMENTS M Copies of the Bidding Documents may be obtained from the Invited General Contractor's only in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Partial sets will not be issued BID SECURITY A Bid security of 5% of the bid amount plus additive alternates is required. r 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 00020-1 SECTION 00020 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP INVITATION TO BID TIGARD, OREGON INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The provisions of AIA Document A701-1987,"Instructions to Bidders,"as supplemented below,apply to this Bid. All unaltered provisions of the Instructions to Bidders shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1. Add the following subparagraph to Article 3.3 SUBSTITUTION: "3.35: Substitutions shall be subject to additional requirements as specified in Section 01600 of the Project Manual." ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 2. Add the following new subparagraph to 4.2 BID SECURITY: "4.2.4 Submit with the Bid a bid security in the form of a certified check,a bank cashier's check, or a bid bond in an amount equal to 5%of the Base Bid amount plus all additive alternates." ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 3. Subparagraph 5.1.1: Change to read as follows: " 5.1.1: Bids will be opened privately. An abstract of the Bids may be made available to the Bidders within a reasonable time, at the discretion of the Owner." ORDER OF PRECEDENCE Neither the Contract Drawings nor Contract Specifications shall have precedence in the work. if discrepancies occur between the parts of the Contract Documents,base bid upon the guidelines following. Use of the guidelines shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to inform the Architect of the conflict and his proposed resolution, and to obtain the Architect's approval prior to starting the affected work. CONFLICT TAKES PRECEDENCE 1. Overall dimensions vs the sum of a string Overall dimensions, then of dimensions. Sum of dimensions between grids,then Dimensions of openings in a string,then Dimensions of major partitions, then Dimensions between opening and partitions, then Smallest dimension off of a grid, then Largest dimension off of a grid. 2. Structural notes regarding stresses vs. Structural notes. specifications for structural components. 3. Notes for finishes on drawings vs. Finishes noted on drawings. specifications. (10020-2 11/6/9(1\4/21/'i2\4/22/9: WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID TIGARD,OREGON 4. Door schedule vs. details. Details. 5. Door schedule vs. specifications. Specifications. 6. Finish schedule vs. interior elevations. Finish or elevations- for for materials; ate ialIntece sonflict. 7. Finish schedule vs. reflected ceiling plan. Reflected ceiling plan. 8. Large details vs. small details. Largest details. 9 Details vs. specifications Details for materials and arrangement; Specifications for quality and finish. 10. All other Discrepancies not otherwise The better quality and/or the greater quantity covered herein. as judged solely by the Architect. The Owner reserves the right to waive informalities and reject bids. A bidder may not withdraw his bid after the day of the bid opening, unless the award of the Contract is delayed for a period exceeding ninety (90)days. END OF INVITATION TO BID 11/6/90\4/21/92\'t,22,d2 (10(120-3 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD,OREGON BID FORM TO: Washington Mutual Financial Group 1000 Second Avenue Seattle,Washington 98104 At'n: Mr. Kent Wiegel RE: Branch Bank I have received the Documents for the above titled work,including Drawings and Project Manual,and including Addenda Nos._ . 1 have examined both the Documents and the site,and subriit the following proposal for the construction work including the following unit prices,to furnish end install items as described in Section 01026 and itemized in the following schedule,including equipment, tools,permits, layout,coordination,and supervision. Items for which unit prices are required shall be included in the maximum contract price for project construction,in the quantities indicated on the Drawings and in the Project Manual. The Owner is understood to be under no obligation to purchase the noted quantities; adjustments to contract price will be based on the quantity actually installed in the Work. Adjustment to contract price shall be made in accordance with Section 01028-Change Order Procedures. Payment for items listed in this Section shall be in accordance with Section 01027- Application for Payment A. BASE BID: I will construct the project,as indicated in the Documents,for the lump sum pi;;r.of Dollars (S SCHEDULE: Unit prices will be added to contract price for quantities greater than,and deducted from contract price for quantities less than those indicated in the Contract Documents. ITEM ADD DEDUCT 1. Fluorescent Light Fixture;2x2,ea. $ $ _ _ 2. Fluorescent Light Fixture;2x4,ea. $ S 3. Wall Washer Light Fixture;ea. 4. Dedicated Duplex Outlet;ea. S_ _ __ $ 5. Telephone Mudring;ea. 6. Structural Fill Material;cu.yd. S $ 7. Additional Excavation;cu.yd. S S 8. Concrete Walks;sq. ft. $ $ 9. Touch-up labor;hour The above unit prices includes subcontractors'and Contractor's overhead and profit,but do not include State Sales Tax. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 00300-1 BID FORMWASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD,OREGON In submitting this proposal, I agree to: 1. Hold my bid open for the period specified in the INVITATION TO BID. 2. Enter into and execute a Contract,if awarded on the basis of this bid,and to furnish insurace as required by the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. Docume 3. Accomplish the work in accordance with the Contract all bonds and 4. Complete the Work within the time limits below,sub' nts.. feet to provisions of the General Conditions. 5. Based on a Start date no more than 30 days after Bid Earliest finish date of Opening; Latest finish date of Attachment: Written proposal for weather protection for FIFS installation. I irm. By: Title: Date: --! - - — Seal if CorporationPhone: 00300-2 11/6/90\4/21/C2\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP 00800 TIGARD,OREGON SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The following supplements the"General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,"AIA Document A201, Fourteenth Edition, 1987. All unaltered provisions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 CIENERAL PROVISIONS A. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS: "1.1.8 "Owner's Representative" shall mean Falkin Associates." B. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.2 EXECUTION,CORRELATION AND INTENT. "1.2.6. Sections of Division 1 -General Requirements,govern the execution of all sections of the specifications." 1.2.7 Information included in the Contract Documents concerning existing conditions i.included for information,only. The Architect does not guarantee the accuracy of indicated existing dimensions and conditions. Except as provided in Article 12.2,no increase in Contract Sum, related to inaccuracies in description of existing conditions, will be authorized." 1.2.8 The reference standards referred to in the Contract Documents shall be the edition in effect at the time of the Agreement, unless specifically stated otherwise." 1.2.9 Unless specifically noted otherwise, products indicated or described in the Contract Documents shall be provided by the Contractor to the extent indicated." C. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.5 INTERPRETATION: " 1.5.2 Specifications and notes are written in imperative and abbreviated form. Imperative language of the technical sections is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting "shall," "shall be," "the Contractor shall," and similar mandatory phrases by inference. The words "shall be" shall be supplied by inference where a colon(:)is used. 1.5.3 Where"as shown,""as detailed,"or words of similar meaning are used, references to the Drawings are intended unless stated otherwise. Where "as directed," "as required," "as selected," "approved"or words of similar meaning are used, it shall be understood that 'by the Architect" follows unless stated otherwise. "Provide" means "Contractor shall furnish and install." ARTICLE 2 OWNER A. Delete Subparagraph 2.2.5 and insert the following: "2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, 12 copies of prints of Drawn gs and Project Manual. The Contractor may purchase additional copies of Drawings and Project M inual at Architect's normal cost of reproduction and handling." ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR A. Delete subparagraph 3.7.1, and substitute the following: "3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner will pay for the general plan check fee. The Contractor shall secure and pay for an other permits,governmental fees, licenses,and inspections necessary for the proper execc(ion and completion of the Work." 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 (10800-1 I 008(X) WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TIGARD,OREGON B. Add the following sub-subparagraphs to subparagraph 3.10.2: ".l The Contractor's initial schedule of submittals shall accompai 1 the Contractor's construction schedule submittal. ".2 The Contractor shall keep the Architect advised of all revisions to the schedule of submittals." C. Add the following new subparagraph to 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES: "3.12.12 If the Contractor fails to review Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples to determine their responsiveness to the Contract Documents, or fails to substantially respond to Architect's review comments prior to resubmittal,or if he makes submittals which substantially alter the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Architect for extra services required to review such submittals." ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION QE TEE CONTRACT A. Add the following sentence to subparagraph 4.2.4 "Copies or memos of all direct communications between the Owner and Contractor facilitating contract administration shall be promptly transmitted to the Architect by the party initiating the communication." B. Revise the first sentence in Subparagraph 4.5.1 to read: "Any controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,or the breach thereof, may be settled by arbitration..." in lieu of " ...shall be settled ...". ARTICLE S SUBCONTRACTORS A. Add the following new subparagraph to 5.1 DEFINITION: "5.1.3 The terms 'Installer,"'Fabricator,' and 'Supplier,' as referenced herein, or in the Contract Documents, refer to the Contractor,a subcontractor,or a sub-subcontractor." ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION El"OWNER QE pl SEPARATE CONTRACTORS No Modifications. ARTICLE Z CHANGES I THE WORK A. Add the following new subparagraph and subparagraphs to 7.1 CHANGES: "7.1.5 CONTRACTOR'S COST SAVINGS PROPOSALS 7.1.5.1 The Contractor shall be permitted to propose changes in the Drawings,design, Specifications,or other contract requirements, in the event that such changes would result in a savings to the Owner, as dt.,cnbed herein. Such proposals shall be submitted to the Architect. Acceptance of the Contractor's proposal shall be indicated by the execution of a Change Order. 008(10 2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/42 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP 008(0 TIGARD,OREGON SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 7.1.5.2.The Contractor shall submit the following minimum information with each Cost Savings Proposal for review: .1 Description of difference between existing contract requirements and the proposed changed work recommended by Contractor, stating the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each change, including such intangible items as life expectancy,comparative operation and maintenance costs,etc. .2 The date of conception of the changed work and an itemization of tangible cost savings which would be immediately realized,excluding intangible items such as lower maintenance costs, longer life expectancy,etc. .3 A statement of the time by which the Cost Savings Proposal must be acted upon to achieve the maximum cost savings,and other limitations or conditions, if any. .4 A statement noting effects the Cost Savings Proposal will have on completion of the work or the work of others. 7.1.5.3 The Owner may accept or reject, in whole or in part,at his sole discretion,any Cost Savings Proposal submitted by Contractor. Owner shall communicate his decison to Contractor in writing within a reasonable period of time after receipt of Contractor's Cost Savings Proposal. If Owner wishes to accept part or all of Contractor's Cost Savings Proposal, he will draft, execute,and send to Contractor a Change Order covering the changed work. Until the Contractor is notified in writing of acceptance of part of or all of Contractor's Cost Savings Proposal, the Contractor shall be obligated to perform the work in accordance with unmodified terms of the Contract. 7.1.5.4 In the event a Cost Savings Proposal submitted by Contractor is accepted,in whole or in part, the Contractor is entitled to share with the Owner in the tangible savings which are instantly realized by Owner on a twenty-five - seventy-five basis. (25% of the realized cost savings for Contractor and 75% for the Owner.) Credit for accepted Cost Savings Proposal(s) will be indicated by Change Order." A. Make the following changes toara ra h 7.3 - CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES: P R P CT ES: 1 In the first sentence of Subparagraph 7.3.6, delete the words,"a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit"and substitute,"an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with Clauses 7.3.10.1 through 7.3.10.5 below." Add the following Subparagraph 7.3.10 to 7.3: 7.3.10 Such allowance for the combined overhead and profit shall be based on the following: .1 For the Contractor,for work performed by the Contractor's own forces, 15 percent of the cost. .2 For the Contractor,for work performed by the Contractor's Subcontractor,5 percent of the amount due the Subcontractor. .3 For each Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor involved,for work performed by that Subcontractor's or Sub-subcontractor's own forces, 15 percent of the cost. .4 For each Subcontractor,for work performed by the Subcontractor's Sub-subcontractor,5 percent of the amount due the Sub-subcontractor. .5 Cost to which overhead and profit is to be applied shall be determined in accordance with Subparagraph 7.3.6. l 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 00800`3 008(X) WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TIGARD. OREGON ARTICLE$ TIME A. Add the following new subparagraph to 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIMI: "8.3.4 Should an extension of time be granted by the Owner to the Contractor, he shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from the loss to any subcontractor caused by such extension of time." ARTICLE Q PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION A Add the following subparagraph to 9.3.1: 9.3.1.3 Until Substantial Completion, the Owner shall pay ninety percent (90%) of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. A JTICLE IQ PROTECTION QE PERSONS AND PROPERTY No Modifications. ARTICLE]1 INSURANCE ANQ BONDS A. Change subparagraph 11.1.2 to read as follows "11.1.2 The insurance required by subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following amounts: .1 Comprehensive General Liability .1 Bodily injury -$500,000 each person;$1,000,000 each occurance. .2 Personal injury - $500,000 each person;$1,000,000 aggregate;$5,000,000 general aggregate. 3 Property damage -$100,000 each person;$200,000 each occurance;$200,000 aggregate. .2 Automobile Liability .1 Bodily injury - $500,000 each person;$1,000,000 each occurance. .2 Property damage - $100,000 each occurance. .3 Workers' Compensation - Statutory. Employers' Liability - $100,000. .4 Independent Contractor's - Same limits as above. .5 Products and Completed Operations-same limits as above to one(1)year,commencing with the issuance of final certificate of payment. .6 Contractual Liability - Same limits as above. I 00800-4 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 � I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP (X)HOO TIGARD,OREGON SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B. Add the following sentence to subparagraph 11.1.3: "Contractor shall cause the Owner and other interested parties as designated by the Owner, to be named additional insured under the Commercial General Liability, Auto Liabilty, and Umbrella Liabilty policies." ARTICLE L SJNCOVERINQ AND QQRRECTION QI WORK No Modifications ART1C(.E L3 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS No Modifications. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION!QE SUSPENSION QE nit CONTRACT No Modifications END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 00010()-5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01(X15 TIGARD, OREGON ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS A PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Description of the Work. 2. Contract method. 3. Separate work. 4 Owner-furnished products. 5. Coordination. f 6. Field engineering. 7. Reference standards. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of this Contract comprises general construction including mechanical and electrical work for a single story building. Structure consists of wood frame with plywood web joists;built-up asphalt roof and standing seam metal roof;exterior insulation and finish system;glazed aluminum window system; interior partitions and finishes; balancing HVAC and system start-up. 1.03 CONTRACT METHOD A. Construct the Work under a guaranteed maximum cost contract. 1.04 SEPARATE WORK A. Owner will enter into a separate contract for the furnishing and installation of the following: 1. Bank Equipment,as scheduled on drawings. 2. Security System B. Owner's Subcontractors' Responsibilities. 1. Provide shop drawings,rough-opening dimensions,electrical requirements to Contractor in a timely manner. 2. Perform final installation and connections, C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Coordinate rough opening requirements and installation schedule with other construction. 2. Install conduit with pull cords,cable,junction boxes and other accessories as indicated on drawings. 1.05 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Products furnished and paid for by Owner: 1. Kitchen appliances in lounge. B. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver shop drawings,product data,and samples, to Contractor 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. Upon delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage. 5. Arrange for replacement of damaged,defective,or missing items. 6. Arrange for rr snufacturers' warranties,inspections, and service. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01005-1 SECTION 01005 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS TIGARD, OREGON C. Contractor's Responsibilties: 1. Review shop drawings, product data,and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness, for damage, jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify characteristics of elements of interrelated operating work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for iinstalling,connecting coordinateible; nd placing in service,such equipment. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagramatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes,ducts,and conduits, as closely as practicable; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D. In finished areas,except as otherwise shown,conceali Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish e lementts and wiring in the construction. E. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of Work, uncover ill-timed,defective,and non- conforming work,provide openings for penetrations of existing surfaces,and provide samples or testing. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings. 1.07 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Provide field engineering services;establish grades, lines, and levels, by use of recognized engineering survey practices. B. Locate and protect control and reference points. 1.08 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. For products specified by association or trade standards,comply withu except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by appll ableecodeof s the standard, B. The date of the standard is that in effect as of the Bid date, or date of Owner-Contractor Agre mens when there are no bids,except when a specific date is specified. C. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. Maintain copy at pbsite during progress of the specific work. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01005-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\ WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUP SECTION 01021 TIGARD, OREGON CASH ALLOWANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Schedule of allowance items to be included in Contract Sum for purchase and installation of designated products. 2. Procedures for administration of Allowances. B. Related Sections: 1. Document 00700-General Conditions. 2. 01028-Change Order Procedures: Changes in Contract Sum due to ad ustment of Allowances. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allow twenty-four hours labor and materials for touch-up and repair work to finishes damaged b' move in activities. B Indicate on Bid norm, unit price per hour for additional touch-up and repair labor. 1.03 COSTS INCLUDED IN ALLOWANCES A. Cost of product to Contractor or subcontractor, less applicable trade discounts. B. Delivery to site. C. Labor required under allowance. D. Contractor overhead and profit. 1.04 ADJUSTMENT OF COSTS A. Should net cost of Allowances he more or less than specified amounts, the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order,in acordance with provisions of Section 01028. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/9? 01021-1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01026 TIGARD,OREGON UNIT PRICES PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Identification and description of Unit Prices. B. Related Sectiens: 1. Sections of Specifications identified in each Unit Price description. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Unit Prices will be exercised at the option of Owner. B. Prices stated for each Unit Price shall include all costs for the construction covered by the Unit Pnce including overhead and profit. C. Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the Contract. D. The Construction indicated on the drawings constitutes the Basic Bid Work. Amounts stated for unit prices constitutes the amounts to be added or subtracted to the Contract Price for changing the Basic Bid Work. 1.03 UNIT PRICE DESCRIPTIONS NO. 1 - FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES A. Item: 2x2 arid 2x4 lay-in fixtures as specified in Division 16 and scheduled on drawings. B. Unit of Measure: Per each, installed. NO. 2 - WALL WASHER LIGHT FIXTURES A. Item: As specified in Division 16 and scheduled on drawings. B. Unit Measure: Per each, installed. NO. 3 - DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLETS A. Item: As specified in Division 16. B. Unit of Measure. Per each, installed. NO.4 - TELEPHONE MUDRING A. Item: As specified in Division 16. B. Unit Measure: Per each, installed. NO. 5 - STRUCTURAL FILL MATERIAL A. Item: Additional excavation and disposal of unsuitable soil. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 11/6/90\—\4/22/92 01026-1 SECTION 01026 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL OREGON ROUP UNIT PRICES B. Item: Additional structural fill inate..o.1 compacted, in place C. Unit of Measure: Per sq.yd. NO 6 - CONCRETE WALKS A. Item: Additional concrete walks as detailed on drawings. B. Unit Measure: Per sq. ft. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I 1 I 1 I I 1 1116/90\4/21/92\4/22/`x' 01026-2 i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01027 TIGARD, OREGON APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 1 A. Section Includes: 1. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections: 1. Owner-Contractoi Agreement: Contract Sum and Unit Prices, Amounts of Progress Payments, and Retainages, and times for submittals. 2. 00700-General Conditions: Progress Payments,and Final Payment. 3. 01300-Submittals: Submittal procedures. Schedule of Values, List of Subcontractors. 4. 01700-Contract Closeout: Contract Closeout Procedures 1.02 FORMAT A AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment B. For each item, provide a column for listing: Item Number; Description of work;Scheduled Value, Previous Applications; Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application; Authorized Change Orders;Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application; Percentage of Completion; Balance to Finish; and Retainage. 1.03 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS A. Except as otherwise indicated,comply with requirements of the Agreement and General Conditions, including supporting documentation,waivers or releases of lien. 1. Prior to First Application: verify that required submittals have been made as specified in Section 01300. B. Type required information or use media-driven printout. 1. Compute Retainage as indicated in Supplementary Conditions. C. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. D. Use data on accepted Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for:ach line item for portion of Work performed and for stored products. E List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation Sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. F. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. 1.04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment at times stipulated in Agreement. B. Submit under transmittal letter specified in Section 01300. f 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01027-1 _ SECTION 01027 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT TIGARD, OREGON 1.05 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying line item amounts in I question. B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show Application number and date,and line item by number and descnption. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION I Not Used. , END OF SECTION I I 1 1 I 1 I I 01(27-2 I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01028 TIGARD, OREGON CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Procedures for processing Change Orders. B. Related Sections: 1. Agreement Forms: Monetary values of established Unit Prices. 2. General Conditions:Governing requirements for changes in the Work,in Contract Cost,and Contract Time. 3. Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions: Percentage allowances for Contractor's overhead and profit. 4. 01026-Unit Prices: Scope of Unit Prim. 5. 01027- Applications for Payment. 6. 01300-Submittals: Progress Schedules;Schedule of Values. 7. 01600-Materi.,l and Equipment: Substitutions. 8. 01700-Contr ict Closeout:Project record documents. 1.02 SUBMITTALc A. Submit nape of the individual authorized to accept changes,and to be responsible for informing others in _ontractor's employ of changes in the Work. B. Chanc,e Order Forms: AIA G701. 1.03 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME A Maintain detailed records of work done. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes,and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. C. On request, pn vide additional data to support computations: 1 Quantities of products,labor,and equipment. 2. Taxes,insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 5 Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 1.04 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE; A. Architect may submit a Proposal Request which includes: Detailed description of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications,the projected time for executing the change, with a stipulation of any overtime work required,and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. B. Contractor may initiate a change by submittal of a request to Architect describing the proposed change with a statement of the reason for the change, and the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. Document any requested substitutions it accordance with Section 01600. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01028-1 1 SECTION 01028 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES TIGARD,OREGON , 1.05 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. Architect may issue a directive, signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Directive will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Promptly execute the change in Work. 1.06 LUMP SUM CHANGE ORDER A. Will be based on Proposal Request and Contractor's lump sum quotation,or Contractor's request for Change Order as approved by Architect. 1.07 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities,Change Order will be executed on a fixed price basis B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not predetermined,execute Work under a construction charge authorization.Changes in Contract Sum or Contract Time will be computed as specified for time and material Cha: ge Older. 1.08 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemi...d account and supporting data after completion of change, within tim ^lits in Conditions or the Contract. B. Architect will determin, the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 109 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS I A Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Cont ract. 111 1.10 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment kr-ms to record each authorized I Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown on Change Order. B. Promptly revise Progress Schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise subschedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change,and resubmit. C Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01028-? 11/6/90\4/21/92%4/21/92 1 or 012(X) TION WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SEPROJSCCMEETINGS TIGARD,OREGON PART 1 GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Contractor adminiatration of progress meetings and pre-installation conferences. 1 02 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer progress meetings throughout the Work at monthly intervals. B. Make physical arrangements for emeetings, prepare agenda�n days��A1ech,�ec�p�T�i�pantpreside sand a at meetings, record minutes,and distributecopies those affected by decisions made at meetings. C. Attendance:Job superintendent,major subcontractors and suppliers,Architect,and others as appropriate to the meeting agenda. ogress schedule and D. Suggested Agenda:Review maintenance of quality standards,ess,status of rpending changes and substitutions,and schedules,submittals, other items affecting progress of Work. 1 01 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES A When required in a specification section,convene a preinstallation conference prior to commencing work of the Section. B. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, the work of the Section. C Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related work. END OF SECTION 01200-1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01300 'TIGARD,OREGON SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal form requ,rements; 2. Submittal schedule; 3. Contractor responsibilities; 4. Requirements for each type of submittal. B. Related Sections: 1. 00700-General Conditions of the Contract. Additional submittal requirements; 2. 01600- Materials and Equipment: Substitution submittals;3. 01700-Contract Closeout: Closeout submittals. 1.02 SUBMITTAL FORM REQUIREMENTS A. Provide the following, as applicable, on each submittal: 1. Present and previous submissions dates. 2. The Project title and number. 3. Subcontract identification. 4. The names of: a. Contractor. b. Supplier. c. Manufacturer. 5. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. h. A 6 x 6 inch blank space for Contractor and Architect stamps. B. Deliver submittals to the Architect at address listed on the front cover. Include name of Contact person listed. C. Transmit submittals under AIA form G810 or other transmittal form as accepted by the Architect. 1.03 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Make submittals to the Architect as required to cause no delay in the work. B Allow a minimum of 14 days from receipt, for the Architect to review each submittal. C Schedule submittals to allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of the rejected submittals, without affecting the construction schedule. D. Make the following submittals within 10 working days of the notice to proceed: 1. Certificates of Insurance; 2. Construction schedule; { 3. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers; 4. Products list. E. Make the following submittals prior to first application for payment: 1. Schedule of Values. 1 11/b/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 01300-1 1 SECTION 01300 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SUBMITTALS TIGARD, OREGON 1.04 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submitt:Is prior to submission. Verify specified requirements of products, field measurements,and field construction requirements. B. Stamp an sign each submittal as certification that the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. C Coor,iinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. D. Notify the Architect in writing, at time of submission,of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Make copies of all approved shop drawings and product literature available for use in the project. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, identifying first work day of each week B. Show commencement and completion dates proposed for each subdivision of work. C. Coordinate with the Owner's schedule, showing all Contract activities to be performed by the Owner including their start,duration, and completion. D. Update and submit monthly, reflecting actual start and completion of all scheduled activities. h. Show submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data,and samples,and product delivery dates,including those furnished by Owner. 1.06 PRODUCTS LIST A. i rior to commencing construction submit complete list of major products proposed for use,with name of manufacturer,trade name,and model number of each product. 1.07 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit typed schedule on A1A Form G703. Contractor's standard form or media-driven printout will be considered on request. B. Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the major Specification Sections. C. Include in each line item amount of Allowances. For unit cost Allowances,give quantities measured from Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cost equal to the total for the item. D. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. E. Revise schedule to list change orders, for each application for payment 01300-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01300 TIGARD, OREGON 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit Shop Drawings required by individual Sections of the Specifications, and as otherwise required for proper performance of the work. ions and he Contract Diawings, and B. Illustrate fully the requirements of the ei c�ids�of tassembly Land all data required for fabrication,y untities, kinds of materials, m show q erection, and installation. C. Sho'/ I'.e relationship of adjoining work,relevant field conditions and dimensions; coordinate with affected subcontractors and suppliers if in conflict. t one I D. Number of Copies: Unless otherwiser specified, �oPto drahe wings IItx1T'or smaller may be le sepia reproducible and one print submitted in the form of two blackline or electrostatic copies. E. Shop drawings will be reviewed by the Architect for conformance to the design concept,only. ractor F. Review and approval of Shop Drawings and erectioniof the workthe tin strictrom responsibility for the proper fitting, finishing, quantities accordance with the Contract requirements. ntractor m the G. Review and approval shop drawgs by the Architect shall not relieve the n indicated on approved Shop Drawmgss,b totherwise required responsibility for proovidid ing work not for the completion of the work. H. The Architect will return the reproducibbll e taken. to Contractor with corrections, notations and Architect's stamp indicating action I. In the case of rejected Shop Drawings,the Architect will keep the reproducible copy and return two prints to the Contractor for his use in the preparation of a revised reproducible for resubmittal. I. Do not fabricate or erect work in advance of review of the Shop Drawings. K. Should discrepancies become evident, immediately notify Architect for resolution before proceeding with shop work L. Inclusion of substitution requests into shop drawing submittals will be considered cause for rejection of the submittal. 1.09 PRODUCT DATA A. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, rodctinstructions. options, and other data. Include manufacturer's printed installation B. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires,plus two copies which will be retained by Architect. C. Inclusion of substitution requests into product data submittals will be considered cause for rejection of the submittal. 01300-3 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 I SECTION 01300 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SUBMITTALS TIGARD, OREGON D. Modify product data and installation instructions to delete information which is not applicable to the work. E. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work. 1.10 SAMPLES A. Submit samples as specified in the technical Sections. B. Include identification on each sample,giving full information. C. Unless specified otherwise, submit 3 samples for each sample requested in the technical Sections. One will be retained by the Architect. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in the Specification Section. I) Unless specified otherwise, submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures and patterns for Architect's selection. E. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. END OF SECTION I I 0130(1- ' 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/1/92 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 014()0 TIGARD,OREGON QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General requirements; 2. Workmanship; 3. Manufacturer's Instructions; 4. Manufacturer's Certificates; 5. Mock-ups; 6. Manufacturers' Field Services; 7. Testing Laboratory Services; 8. Contractor Tests and Inspeettons. B. Related Sections: 1. 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Applicability of specified reference standards. 2. 01300-Submittals: Submittal of manufacturer's instructions. 1.02 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products,services, site conditions, and workmanship,to produce work of specified quality. 1.03 WORKMANSHIP A Comply with industry standards,except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work with persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions in full detail,including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from Architect before proceeding. 1.05 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit, in duplicate, manufacturer's certification that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.06 MOCK-UPS A. Provide mock-ups as specified in the individual specification sections. Provide additional mock- ups, as required by the Architect, until approval is obtained. B. Do not proceed with subsequent work until approval of the mock-up is obtained. C. Approved mock-up shall be the standard of workmanship and materials for the remainder of the work similar to the mock-up. 11/6/90\%, '92\4/22/92 01400-1 SECTION 01400 WASHINGTON MUTUAL QUALITY CONTROL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON ' D. Maintain mock-up in approved condition, until directed otherwise. Remove mock-up at completion, when directed by Architect. 1.07 MANUFACTURERS FIELD SERVICES A. When specified, require product manufacturer to furnish qualified personnel to observe conditions and quality of workmanship,and to provide recommendations,certifications,f ield and other specified services. ' B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. 1.08 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. The Owner will arrange for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to inspect and test the Work to verify compliance with the contract documents. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel, and furnish access, tools, samples,certifications, test reports,design mixes,equipment,storage,and assistance as requested by the Testing Laboratory. 2. Notify Architect and Testing Laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing. When tests or inspections cannot be performed, through the fault of the Contractor, reimburse the Owner for the additional costs incurred. 3. Remove and replace all work found not complying with the Contract Documents. Remedies shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents and code requirements 4. If initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the costs of all subsequent tests and inspections related to the deficiency. 5. All damage which may occur to the work as a result of normal testing operations shall be repaired to match surrounding surfaces. 6. Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection personnel will be as continuous and brief as possible. 7. Reimburse the Owner for travel and lodging expenses incurred for testing and inspection services performed outside a radius of 1(X)miles of the site. C. Tests and inspections shall be in accordance with code requirements. 109 CONTRACTOR TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Tests and Inspections are specified in the individual specification Sections. B Contractor's Convenience Testing: Inspection and testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. END OF SECTION 01400-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01500 TIGARD, OREGON TEMPORARY FAC,LITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electricity, Lighting; 2. Heat, Ventilation; 3. Telephone Service; 4. Water; 5. Sanitary Facilities; 6. Barriers; 7. Enclosures; 8. Protection of Installed Work; 9. .,ecurrty; 10. Water Control; 11. Cleaning During Construction; 12. Project Identification; 13. Field Offices and Sheds. B Related Sections: 1. 01005 - Administrative Provisions:Contractor use of premises. 2. 01700-Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. 1.02 ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING A. Provide service required for construction operations,with branch wiring and distribution boxes located to allow service and lighting by means of construction-type power cords. B. Provide lighting for construction operations. C. Permanent lighting may be used during construction. Maintain lighting and make routine repairs. 1.03 HEAT, VENTILATION A. Provide as required to maintain specified conditions for Construction operations, to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. B. Prior to operation of permanent facilities for temporary purposes, verify that installation is approved for operation, and that filters are in place Provide and pay for operation, maintenance,and utilities. C. Provide ventilation of enclosed areas to cure materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent accumulations of dust,fumes, vapors,or gases. 1.04 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide telephone service to field office. 1.05 WATER A. Provide service required for construction operations Extend branch piping with outlets located so that water is available by use of hoses. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/42 01.5(x1-1 1 SECTION 01500 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCI ORE TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ON 1,06 SANITARY FACILITIES • A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. 1.07 BARRIERS A. Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B Provide 6 foot high fence around construction site;equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. Construction:Contractor's option. C. Provide barricades and covered walkways as required by governing authorities for public rights-of- way and for public access to existing building. D. Provide barriers around trees and plants designated to remain. Protect against vehicular traffic, stored materials,dumping,chemically injurious materials,and puddling or continuous running water. 1.08 ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weathertight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable s, to allow for ary heating, ntroof unauthorized na itions and thorized persons.tton Pr(or vide doorslwith self-closing hardrware and locks. to prevent ery I 1.09 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Provide temporary protection for installed products. Control traffic in immediate area to minimize damage. B. Provide protective coverings at walls,projections,jambs,sills,and soffits of openings. Protect finished floors and stairs from traffic,movement of heavy objects,and storage. C. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces,on lawn and landscaped areas. I 1.11) SECURITY A Provide security program and fato protect Work, nd Owner's o rations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, and theft Cordinate Owner'sdes m. 1.11 WATER CONTROL ' A Grade site to drain. Provide`wales,water retention and erosion control as shown on drawings. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide and operate pumping equipment. 1.12 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish; periodically dispose of off-site. , B. Clean i. terior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants dunng finishing operations. 11/6/90\4;21/92\4/12/42 01500-2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS TIGARD, OREGON 1.13 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Owner will provide 4 x 6 foot Project identification sign. Contractor shall provide supports and anchorage materials to mount sign. B. Erect on site at location established by Architect. C. Allow no other signs to be displayed. 1.14 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Office: Weather-tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment,and equipped with furniture. Provide, in addition,space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 12 persons. B. Storage Sheds for Tools, Materials, and Equipment: Weather-tight, with adequate space tor organized storage and access, and lighting for inspection of stored materials. 1 IL REMOVAL A. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary faci,itie3. Remove underground installations to a depth of 2 feet; grade site as indicated. Restore existing facilities used durine construction to specified,or to original,condition END OF SECTION 11/h/90\4/21/42\4/22/42 (115(x1 .1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Products; 2. Manufacturer's instructions; 3 Transportation and Handling; 4. Storage and Protection; 5. Product Options; 6. Substitutions; 7. Systems Demonstration. B Related Sections: 1. 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Owner-furnished Products 2. 01400 - Quality Control: Submittal of manufacturers' certificates, 3. 01601 -Substitution Request Form; 4. 01700-Contract Closeout: operation and main,enance data, warranties and guarantees, spare parts and maintenance material 1.02 PRODUCTS A. Products include matenal,equipment,and systems. P Comply with size, make, type, and quality specified, unless otherwise approved ire wnting by the Architect. Specifications and referenced standards are minimum requirements. C. A component required to be supplied in quantit,; shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable This requirement applies to items furnished under one or several sections of the specfications. D Unless specified or indicated otherwise, matenals employed for construction purposes, such as formwork, scaffolding, and temporary lighting, shall not he used in the work I Ili TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A transport products by methods to avoid product damage H Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. (. Furnish equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage D) Promptly inspect shipments to assort that uire r' products.Yim ly with _ correct,and products are undamaged. p requirements. quantities are F Immediately replace nonconforming products with new conforming products,at no additional cost to the Owner 1 114 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and ' legible 11/6/141\4/21/92 4/2//q2 ' 01600-1 SECTION 01600 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TIGARD, OREGON I B Store sensitive products in weather tight enclosures. Maintain within temperature and humidity r ranges required by manufacturer's instructions,and as otherwise required to prevent damage. C. For exterior storage of fabricated prod cts,place on sloped supports above ground. Protect from , soiling or staining through ground a ntact. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; pro; le ventilation to avoid condensation D. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. E Arrange storage of products to furnish convenient access for inspection and inventory. r 105 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 1 A. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, install each product in accordance with the product manufacturer's instructions. B Obtain and distribute copies of manufacturer s instructions to parties Involved in the installation, I including two copies to Architect. C Maintain one set of complete instuctions at the job site during installation and until completion. ' I.(16 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Product Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Provide product meeting those ' standards. B. Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with an "or approved"provision: Use I specified product or submit a request for substitution in accordance with the specified substitution requirements. When approved a substitute product may be used. l Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers, without a provisions for Substitution: No substitution will be allowed, except as specified under the Article on Substitutions. 1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS i A. Substitution requests will be considered until 10 working days prior to the Bid Opening, unless approved otherwise by the Architect. Subsequently, substitutions will be considerd only for the following reasons 1. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. 2. Subsequent information or changes indicate that the specified product will not perform as intended A substitute product will be in the Owner c best interest. H Requests for substitution rh.1ll be made cm the attached form. , ( Document each request with complete data svbstanhahng compliance of proposed substitution with ' contract documents 01600.2 11/6/90\4/21,'92 4/22/92 16200 S.W. PACIFIC HIGHWAY 3 Of 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL/TIGARD TOWN SQUARE WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01600 TIGARD, OREGON MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT I) Req lest constitutes a representation that Contractor 1 Has investigated proposed product and has determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, the specified product 2 Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3 Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be complete in all respects. 4 Waives claims for additional cots which may subsequently become apparent c Agrees to pay all costs oof redesign related to the substation. F Substitutions will not be considered when they arc indicated or implied on shop drawing or product ds.ta submittals F. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will no•ifv Contractor of ,►cceptance or relectton within a reasonable time 1.08 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION A Prior to final inspection, demonstrate operation of each system to Architect and Owner 0 instruct Owner s personnel in operation adfustrnent,and maintenance of equipment and systems, using the operation and maintenance data as the basis of instruction PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION II/6/R1\4/21/92\4122192 01600-3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01601 TIGARD, OREGON SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM ' TO: THE CALLISON PARTNERSHIP, We hereby submit for your consideration the following product in lieu of the specified items)fc r the above project: Specification Section Paragraph Specified Item ' Proposed Substitution. ANSWER THE FOLLOWING (Use additional sheets if required) ' I Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings' Yes No It yes, clearly indicate changes 1 2 Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, Iincluding architectural. engineering and detailing costs caused by the requesti.e substitution? Yes No I1 What effect does the substitution have on other trades' 4 What effect do applicable code requirements have on substitution' S. Describe the differences between the proposed substitution and the specified item(s). h. How do manufacturt r s guarantees compare between proposed and specified items(s)' Same Different (Exploit, on back 1 Submitted 9v Signature• Title 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01601-1 L SECTION 01601 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 'TIGARD, OREGON Firm Address Telephone No, Date Signature shall be by a person having authority to legally hind the firm to the above terms Attachments A B Approved For Architect keview CQnlractor'.Signature Approved _Not Approved _ Approved As Noted Date By THE CALLISON PARTNERSHIP Signature Title END OF SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01601-2 11/1i/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01700 TIGARD, OREGON CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART I GENERAL. I.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Closeout Procedures, 2. Final Cleaning, 3. Project Re"ord Documents, 4. Operation and Maintenance Data, S. Manufacturer s Warranties; 6. Guarantees; 7 Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials B Related Sections. 1. 01005 - Administrative Provisions 2. 0150(1- Construction Facilities and Temporary Controlf (leaning during construction 3. Division 15 and 1h for special closeout requirements for mechanical and electrical systems 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for Substantial and Final Completion. B. Submit all certificates of approval issued by the governing authorities, including, without limitation, the following: 1. Certificate of occupancy; C. Prior to final payment, submit the following affidavits using the forms listed below 1. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims AIA Document 6706 2. Consent of Surety to Final Payment AIA Document G707 3. Contractor's lien release, and lien releases from each subcontractor; Contractor s Affidavit of Release of Liens AIA Document(.;7(16A D Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted contract sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A Execute prior to final inspection B Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view, remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a Famtary condition I) Clean or replace filters of mechanical equipment. E. Clean roofs,gutters,downspouts,and drainage systems F. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean other surfaces 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 017(1)-1 i SECTION 01700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CONTRACT CLOSEOUT TIGARD, OREGON G. Remove waste and surplus matenals, rubbish, and construction facilities from the Project and from the site 1 ill PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Maintain a complete set of record documents which clearly and neatly indicate all changes from the contract documents,and all uncovered existing conditions which will be subsequently concealed Record documents shall include 1 Contract dra..ings 2 Specifications, 1 Addenda; 4 Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract, 5 Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples H Record documents shall be used for no other purpose and shall he stored separate from those used for construct ion C' Keep documents current;do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded I) Mark specifications legibly and record at each Product section a description of actual products installed Include the manufacturer s name and product model and number F Drawings shall indicate exact installed locations and dimensions of all concealed work, inducting, without limitation, conduit, piping, ducts, mechanical and electncal equipment, and foundations Indicate all changes to details which involve concealed c(instruction F Prior to approving each Payment Request, the Architect reserves the right to inspect the Record Documents The Payment Request may not be approved until the record documents are current to the Date of the Payment Request t . Me Contractor will he furnished by the Architect. a set of repruducihles on which the( ontractor shall incorporate all record data in a clearly legible and reproducible manner, utilizing the symbols of the contract documents 1 At Contract ( loseout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Protect title, Contractor s name and address, list of documents and signature of Contractor I As a condition for acceptance of the work. submit certification that the Protect Record Documents are an accurate representation of the work as installed 1 06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Provide operation and maintenance data for 1 Mechanical equipment and controls - Division 16 2 Electrical equipment and controls - Division 1r+ B Submit two complete sets prior to final inspection, bound in R-1/2 x 11 inch three-mil;side hinders with durable plastic or cloth covers ( Prepare binder covers with printed title 'OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS'', title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are used 01700-2 11/6/410\4/21/92\4/72/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01700 TIGARD, OREGON CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D Subdivide each hinder contents wish permanent page dividers, organized as aecribed below 1 Table of Contents 2 Directory listing names, addresses. and telephone numbers of Architect and Contractor 1 Operation and Maintenance instructions. arranged by Specification l)►vis►on Include the following a Names,addresses.and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers b Significant design criteria i List of equipment d Parts list e Operating instructions f Maintenance instructions,equipment g Maintenance instructions, finishes 4 Proi ct documents and rrrtif►catec, including the following a Shop drawings and product data b Certificates c Photocopies of warranties and guarantee.. I submit to the Architect,one copy of the completed operation and maintenance data hinders prior to is working days before final inspection F The Architect will review the submitted copy, and will return the reviewed copy with comments before final inspection Make mrr cions as required to nw•et contract requirements C. Submit final revised copies within ten days after final inspection 1 On MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES A Furnist, duplicate and notarized copies of each manufacturer warranty executed to the Owner B. Execute(ontractor s submittals and assemble documents executed by each manufacturer C Provide table of contents and assemble in hinder with durable plastic cover D Submit material prior to final application for payment in accordance with 01100 For equipment put into use with Owners permission dunng construction, submit warranty within 10 lays after first operation For items of Work delayed matenally beyond Date of Substantial ( impletion, furnish warranty within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty penod I tr. (,LARANTEFS A Furnish written guarantee,executed to the Owner, from each subcontractor performing work coveted by the additional guarantee requirements specified in the technical sections The guarantee shall commence on the date of Owner acceptance of that portion c f the work R Written (,uarantee shall he submitted on the attached form C Transmit through the Architect in accordance with Section 011(K) 11If,/ )\4/21./g2\4/22/c2 01700-3 SECTION 017(X) WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CONTRACT CLOSEOUT TIGARD, OREGON I OK SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A Furnish products, spare parts. and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work Coordinate with Owner.deliver to Project site and obtain receipt prior to final payment PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 1 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION r ' WASHINGTON SECTION 02110 MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP S1TE CLEARING •IIGARD, OREGON PART GENERAL. 101 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1 Removal of existing vegetation and site improvements B Related ctto;tsrk 1 02200 102 REGULATORN REQUIREMENTS A Conform to applicable codes for disposal of detxts 1111 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 01 CLEARING A Clear site of trees. shrubs. and grass as required to access the site and execute the Work •trees h. overturning, wherever possible. (.rub out stumps.roots,and surface rocks B Remove ( (dear undergrowth and deadwood, without disturbing subsoil Demolish existing improvements and surface debris unless indicated to remain D 1 0? PROTECTION A Protect plant growth and features ,ndit aced to remain as final landscaping B Protect bench marks and existing work from damage and displacement ( Maintain designated site access for vehicle and pedestrian traffic 3.03 RFMOVAI. A Remove debris from sot and legally dispose Horning of debris on site is not permitted END ;)F SECTION ' 0211(3.1 11/F/gp��/21/92��/?2/� 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 022(X) TIGARD,OREGON EARTHWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARI A. Section Include I Excavation 2. Filling and backfilling 3. Shoring 4. Grading S. Slab on grade vapor barrier 6. Compaction 7 Trenching H Drawings the provisions of the Agreement. including bonds and certificates. the (.eneral ( unditions and Division 1 pes.ifuanon sections apply to all work of this Section Substitutions `euhshtute products will he considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01,100 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Use only appropriate equipmwnt and personnel skilled in earthwork of the type specified or indicated on drawings 13 All fill matenal shall 1w subtect to approval of the Soils Engineer prior to placement "swots the Seal Engineer at least tour working days in advance Designate tier proposed borrow areas and permit the Seal Fngcneer to obtain samples for testing ( The adequacy of all soil hearing value will he determined by the Soils Enginwer D Elevations and lines shall he established bs a registered civil engineer or a Licensed land surveyor. acceptable to the Architect Preserve all markers and monuments set by the civil engineer or surveyor and if displaced or lost imnwdiatels replace at no additional suit to the (hvn er 1 (M SHORIN(. A The Contractor shall he responsible for the design and installation of ans shoring required to maintain the stability of any adfacent excavations required I'AR T 2 PRODUCTS 201 M4TERIAIS A Structural Fill 1 Type as indicated on drawings or directed hs Fngirwser It Wall Kackfill Material Well graded sand and gravel with no particles larger than I inch maximum 2 percent passing l.,'S No :(MI sieve ( Filter Fabric Mirafi 140. or approved I) \ apor Darner h mi{ polvetlwlene 11/ti/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 02210-1 SECTION 022(1() WASHINGTON ' EARTHWORK MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON PART i EXECUTION 1.01 EXCAVATING. A Excavate to the depths indicated on drawings It ~tore and cover excavated materials where directed Remove soils not considered suitable for use in structural fill or backfill areas from the building site and dispose at a legal disposal site Remove all loose and disturbed soils left in the bottom of the footing excavation pnor to pouring concrete 1 02 MOISTURE CONTROL A If. in the opinion of the Soils Engineer soil matenal hesornes either too wet or to dry for the required compaction. the sol moisture content shall he corrected by a meth d approved by the Solis Engineer pnor to commencing or continuing comp&tion operations R Flooding It flooding seems imminent due to adseme weather conditions provide berms or flannels to prevent flooding Iif suhgrade Promptly remove all water (ollthng in depressions ( Softened "upgrade Where subgrade or compacted sal has been softened or eroded by flooding or placement dunng unfavorable weather or by construction traffic remove all damaged areas and rev„mpac t as specified herein I) Iiey.ateri og 1 Provide. and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices with which h promptly remove and dispose of water entenng the i'cm yalums or other parts o.' the work f)ewater hs means which will ensure dry excavations and the preservation of the final line% and grades at bottoms of escavations ►01 PREPARATION OF St'A(.RAf)L- •\ firing the suhgrade to a moisture content of 41 above optimum as die`.►.,' ‘.y el.. sells Engineer f1 Roll the sehgrade with heavy' compaction equipment, and compact to at least 9(K of maximum density' obtainable by ASTM lSc'.'tt 101 FILI ANI) RACKIII I A Place fill in rnaxtmum M inch horizontal lifts to. the ofi'pths indicated It At building conctruclin areas p compao ted lifts of structural fill to Indicated elevation Under floor slats place .he following 1 Place 4 inch lift of gravel fill, and compact to VS; 2 Place vapor harrier Lap pmts a minimum of ti inches and seal with taps. 1 (herlav with 2 inches of sand fill to underside of slabs to equalize moisture migration hetweeen top concrete hots oe nm ograd f slab during curing process The sand shall be kept moist prior to po►unng of the e 02200-2 Il/bf \4/21/42\1/22/V2 L WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 02201 TIGARD,OREGON EARTHWORK I) Wall Backfill Place wall backfill as indicated Protect damp proofed or waterproofed walls with filter lab 7c F Filling and Ilackfillmng Prior to Approvals 1 Do not fell or backfill poor to approval from the Seals Engineer 2 L'4 over unapproved work as directed at no additional cost to the Owner 1 Remedy non-conforming work F' At planter areas, fill to within 24 inches of the finished grade 1(K COMPACTION A General I ( ompoact each lift hi the degree .pit(tied repeat ,ompachnn process m ntil required elevation ms attained 2 c impart all till and hat kfill material to WM. as obtained by ASTM D•1S5- "1) unless noted otherwise 1 ( (impact all aggregate Kea material to at least masmmum do density pmt ASTM I>1 't- 71) 4 (ompart►on of fills and hatkfells M flooding and Jetting is expressly prohibited c ( impact material within planters to WI dr% ,fensmts tot cohesive soils and tic% for i ohcwonless soils t the. RILL (.11 (.RAI►1".( , A Rough grade site to ,ont„ur' And elevations indicated reads kir finished grading and surface treatment tet' 1RFti( 111".( A (.cneral I Perform all trent hing required tot the 'emanation mit items where the trenching r not specifically described in other Sts-tions of the Spermfuateons N Excavation I %lake all In/niches open and %ental w ith sunk lent width to provide her w,.rk ng spat, at both sides of the trench and around the installed item as required for caulking limning hockfmlleng and ct►mpad tong F les alums a Trench as required to provide the elevations shown on the Drawings h Where elevations ant not shown on the thawing% trench to sufficient depth to give a minimum of !PI inches of fill above the top of the pipe measured from the adJacent hnot,..' grade.except provide a minimum of in.+inches of I over on asMwtos cement my ( orre•ct on of Faults (grades When. trench excavation is inadvertently earned below proper elevation backfill with properly a impacted approved material to provedc a firm and unyielding subgrade and/or foundation to the approval of the Soils Fngeneer and at no additional cost to the Owner 4 Subsurface( ondotu►ns In areas where soft unstable materials are encountered at the surface upon which rwonesprmnsmve material is le, two plated remove the unstable material and replace mt with material approved by the Soils Engineer making sufficient depth to develop a firm foundation for the item twang installed I l/k/n\4/?l/I2\4/22/V2 02200 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD. OREGON SECTION 06100ROUGH CARPENTRYPARTI GENERAL 1 01 SUMMARI A Section Includes 1 Blocker% Noires. and curbing ' 1'ived woterminal tack hoards Miscellaneous wood frtmrng H Related Sections 1 07514 Duut-u` Asphalt Roofing 2 (1762(1 Flashing and Sh et Metal 1112 REFERENCES A APA Amert<an Ph/wood Association R AWrA Arrnwriran Wend Preservers Association Ronk of Standards 144 LIB West(omit Lumber Inspection Bureau Standard (.rading Rules feta West(oast I umber D WWPA W .Wessell, Word Products Asau tatwm 1 al RF(.( I AT(Ntl RF(1UIRFMP TS A hock shall rnntorm k)the requirements of the cunrntl♦ enforced I n►forrn Hwldtng( ode inc ludr amendments dments ng 1 1$ I)ELIVFRI STORAGE. AND HANDL A Sane and protect products under preove...on%of Section 01600 PART 2 f'R()1)1 ( I' 201 I•UA'RFR MATFRIAI +, A I umber shall hr manufactured in anordancr with PS 20 and shall hr WWrA •tarnprd andrad in acterrdance with WC l I grading rules R ed H I umher dial! he kiln dried to I4041 maximum moisture contrast escrpt for material whose hast dim ensgm ►s 4 inch,. thick or grryMr 11/41/111/\4/21,192\4/22/92 06100.1 SECTION 06100 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ROUGH CARPENTRY TIGARD, OREGON ( (,racks. 1. mess Indicated Otherwise 1 tion-structural light Framing (2112 to 4,441. Hem-Fir or Douglas Fir-Larch. Standard and Better 2 Wall Plates, Blocking and Nailer% Hem-fir or Douglas Fir larch, Utility grade 2 02 P1 YWC TOI) MATERIALS A t nderlavment APA Rated Lnderlavment grade sheathing 14 Terminal Backboards APA kited A( grade estenor tire retardant treated ' ACCESSORII'• A Fasteners 1 Hot.dipped galvanized steel for esterior. high humidity, and treated wood locations 2 Use nng shank nods at floor sheatning B Metal Connectors 'im,hon( ompam or approved. types as indicated on the drawings C ((instruction Adhesive '.fakk•nhurg Duncan MIN00.or approved 2 IM WOOD TREATMENT A Wood Preservative (PressureTreatment) 1 Preservative treat all estenor lumber, including without limitation all roofing naile•rs. curbs and other wood in contact with concrete masons and moist conditions Site treat sawn ends with preservative treatment For above ground use. use AWPA "Treatment C-7 using CCA waterborne preservative with 112c ptounJ'per(vale foot of wood retention 1 or Round contract use. use AWPA Treatment C•22 using CC A waterborne preservative with 40 pounds per cubit foot of wood retenticin 4 treated wood shall have a masimum moisture content of 141 5 Treated ated wood shall hear the qualm stamp of an inspection agency approved by the furrsdictionei Goode authorities PART 1 EXECUTION 101 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AM) ( l'RB', A Provide blocking, niters, and curtis for all sheathing roof construction. metal flashing, and other construction on as indicated B Wood Bloc king Install wood blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of plumbing and electrical ft%tures and equipment cabinets door stop ellat•s. wood base, wainscots,coat hooks toilet and bath accessories kitchen equipment and a" other wall and ceiling mounted components I I 061(X1-2 11/6/90‘4/21/92\4/22/g2 I WASHINGTOMUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 00 061 TIGARD, OREGONN ROUGH CARPENTRY 102 PLYWOOD TERMINAL BACKBOARDS I A Provide a fire retardant treated plywood terminal backboard for telephone systema where indicated on the drawings. ii Mechanically apply directly over oypsum bac.ung board. 101 FRAMING 1 A Erect as indicated. B Erect wood framing members level and plumb unless indicated otherwise. ( Place horizontal members crown side op. ' I) Nailing cball be in accordance with UBC table 25-Q, unless indicated otherwise. F Use framing memners full length without splices. , F Tolerances. 1 Maximum 1/4 inch from true position 2 Maximum 1/4 inch in 10 feet from true plump or level. END OF SECTION 1 i I i 1 1 11/6/110W21/92\4/72/Q2 06100-3 a SECTION 022(X) WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP EARTHWORK TIGARD, OREGON S. Trench Bracing: Properly support all trenches in strict accordance with all pertinent rules, regulatic,.6,codes. C. Foundation: 1. Grade the trench bottoms to provide a smooth,firm,and stable foundation free from rock points throughout the length of the pipe. 2. Foundation Materials: Place a minimum of six inches of the type 1 structural fill in the bottom of the trench. D. Livtiding: _.i Place the specified backfill material in the trench, simultaneously on each side of the pipe, for the full width of the trench to a maximum depth of three feet and a minimum depth of one foot above the outside diameter of the pipe barrel. E. Backfill: 1. Place structural fill in layers which will compact to six inches maximum,concurrently on both sides of trench. Thoroughly compact each layer with mechanical tampers after bringing to required moisture content. Compaction by flooding rend jetting is expressly prohibited. 3.08 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of the work of this Section,remove all rubbish, trash,and debris resulting from operations. B. Remove surplus equipment and tools; leave the site in a neat and orderly condition acceptable to the Architect. END OF SECTION I I I I i I 02200-4 11/6/90\4/21/W\4/22/92 I PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS I IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION .?2810 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 111 1 01 GENERAL A. The underground sprinkler irrigation system shall be constructed using the sprinkler heads, valves, I piping, fittings, controllers, wiring, etc., of sizes and types as called for in these Specifications The system shall be constructed to grades and conform to the site landscape plan. B. he tern"Contractor"as used in this Specification section shall refer to the Underground Sp^nkler System Subcontractor. C The Contractor shall provide and install separate Irrigation Meter(s) as required for the proper operation of the irrigation system Water at the irrigation meter may or may not be available at the time of pipe installation. Temporary water will be available at the site for the Contractors use Contractor shall be responsible for transporting of water from ternporary meter Water Meter(s)for irngation system may be an exempt meter(s) separate from building water meter(s) , E- The Irrigation Meter(s) capacity shall meet the following requirements 1 The pressure loss through the water meter(s) shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the minimum I static water pressure available in the Water Service Mainline. 2 The maximum flow through the meter(s)for irrigation shall not exceed seventy-five (75) percent of I the maximum safe flow of the meter(s) 3 The velocity of flow through the Water Service line shall not exceed five (5) feet per second. F The sprinkler irrigation system shall be designed to allow proper watering of ALL plant materials shown on the Drawings within a six (6) hour period of time;allowing an additional two (2) hours of time for repeat watering of selected planting areas. G. All sprinkler irrigation design work by the Contractor shall be reviewed and approved by the Landscape Architect and Owner prior to construction. ALL DRAWINGS MUST BE WELL DRAFTED ON REPRODUCIBLE MYLAR OR E=QUAL AND INCLUDE ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION (SUCH I AS PSI, GPM, PIPE SIZES, HEAD LOCAT IONS,VALVE SCHEDULE, HEAD SCHEDULE, NOTES, ADJACENT EXISTING IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT, UTILITY LOCATIONS, ETC ) FOR A COMPLETE DESIGN REVIEW. Submit reproducible mylar or equal to Landscape Architect for review. Minimum approved byLandscape Architect. Drawing scale shall be 1" 20'-0"unless otherwisepp H The Landscape Architect will review the Contractors design work(Drawings) a maximum of two(2) times to make sure the irrigation design will meet the requirements of these Specifications. SHOULD ADDITIONAL REVIEWS BE REQUIRED DUE TO THE i-AILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AN APPROVED IRRIGATION DESIGN.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT THE SUM OF SIXTY DOLLARS($60.00) PER HOUR AND ACTUAL COST EXPENSES FOR EACH ADDITIONAL REVIEW. I. THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL HAVE SEPARATE NORTH/EAST AND SOUTHWEST CIRCUITS. J. Prior to final acceptance of the Irngation System, the Contractor shall cooperate wnh the Landscape I Contractor in providing the Owner with a written "watering schedule"to ensure adequate watering of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 2 K The Contractor shall adjust and re-establish existing underground sprinkler imgation in lawn area only Repair all damage to existing irrigation system caused by construction and return existing irngation system to a hilly operational pre-construction condition New shrub and groundcover area to have separate underground spnnkler rrngation system 1 02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and inoall a complete underground spnnkler irngation system to provide efficient and even irrigation (WITH MINIMUM OVERSPRAY ONTO SIGNS, PAVED OR NON PLANTED AREAS AND NO OVERSPIHAY ONTO BUILDINGS) of all planting areas shown on the Landscape Planting Drawings and as specili°d in the Specifications,complete and ready for operation. (THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HEAD TO HEAD COVERAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT). The work included in this Specification (whether mentioned or not) shall consist of all labor,toots, materials,tests, permits and other related items necessary for the installation and operation of the irrigation system B lrngate ALL planting areas shown on the Planting Drawings C Irrigation mainline and lateral line pipe shall be sized to avoid water velocities in excess of five (5)feet per second D Irrigation equipment shall be coordinated with utility location to avoid overspray onto or spray blockage from above grade utilities, such as electric transformers, light standards. etc E Any item of labor, material or equipment not specified or shown in detail, but incidental to or necessary for the complete installation and proper operation of the system, shall be furnished by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner F. All sleeving required for the execution of the work is to be provided under this Section 1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A Related work in other sections of the Specifications includes but is not limited to 1 Landscaping 2 Shrub ;rid Tree Transplanting 1 04 QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLER A Contractor must be a bonded sprinkler irrigation contractor The sprinkler irrigation system must be Installed by an experienced sprinkler it Ovation mech,inic or journeyman plumber All electrical service connection work must be done by a licensed Electrical Contractor 1 05 VERIFICATION A Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall in'.pect the site. carefully check all grades and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work in order to proceed safely. B. Contractor shall report to the 1.andscape Architect all de'ration and/or conflicts between Drawings, Specifications and site conditions Extra work arising from failure to do so shall be done at the Contractors expense 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD 1 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 3 C Pnor to the start of any work,the Contractor shall verify the available static water pressure (PSI) and gallons per minute (GPM) at point of connection to water service and show PSI and GPM on Drawings Any replacement, relocation or additional matenals required as a failure to do so shall be done at the Contractor's expense 1 06 CHANGE ORDERS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A The Contractor shall do no work for extra compensation without prior written approval of the Owner in the form of a Change Order B The intent of the Specifications is to provide a totally integrated irrigation system with the landscape plantings Substitutions will be accepted only if they are proven to be wholly compatible with this system If standardization of products is requested by the Owner, NO SUBSTITUTIONS will be permitted 1 07 PERMITS, CODES AND REGULATIONS A The Contractor shall apply for and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by Local Authonty and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. B. The Contractor shall keep fully informed and shall comply with all existing laws,codes, ordinances, and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work 1 08 PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, all property, persons, walks, curbs, pavement and buildings from any damage that might be incurred ansing from this Contract Repair,to the satisfaction of the Owner or Owner's Representative, at Contractors expense, any damage to the above and existing landscape 1 09 CONDUCT OF WORK A. The Contractor shall maintain continuously a competent supenntendent or foreman during progress of the work, with the authority to act in all matters pertaining to the work The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the contract and shall keep the work under control B The Contractor shall confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner, including material and equipment storage. C The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds D The Contractor shall repair to the satisfaction of the Owner or Owners representative any damage to existing utilities. Existing known utilities have been shown on the Architectural/Engineenng and Survey Drawincs and will be made available from the Owner or Utility Companies for the Contractor to i Jentify any known underground utilities. tt will be the Contractors responsibility to verify utility locations on the ground with a pipe-finder or by other means The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of existing known utilities Should the ditching intercept and damage any existing utilities, all further work within said area shall stop until the Owner is advised and can supervise repair E The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of barricades and safetyguards, and any other structures or improvements necessary for the complete protection of the public. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 4 F Any of the Owners property including existing buildings, equipment• piping• pipe covering, sewers. I sidewalks. landscaping, etc , damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced or repaired by Contractor in a manner satisfactory to the Owner at the Contractors expense before Final Payment is made G Contractor is responsible for all damages to the grounds, walks. curbs. roads, buildings, piping systems, electrical systems and their equipment and contents caused by leaks in the piping systems being installed or having been installed by him/her The Contractor shall repair all damages at his/her expense and in a manner satisfactory to the Owner d 1 10 SYSTEM PROTECTION A As part of the guarantee under this contract,the Contractor shall be responsible for the deactivating and draining of the system pnor to the onset of the freezing season and for reactivating the system at the onset of the spring growing season, each task must be accomplished once dunng the one (1) year guarantee In the event the system is completed in a season when the system will not be in use. the Contractor will winterize the system upon completion The Contractortesting (and approvupon al by the on oLandscape s ape I Architect) and reactivate the system in the spring wintenzing phase, submit a letter to the Owner and the Landscape Architect certifying that the system was winterized and drained and indicate the date which such action was TheaccomplishedContractor shall notifyContractor shall be liable for any damage resulting from failure to comply I the Owner and the Landscape Architect twenty-four(24) hours pnor to the worts so that an Owners representative can be present during the winterizing and reactivating phases of work I 111 GUARANTEE A The system shall be guaranteed for all workmanship and material for a period of one (1) year from the ts sprinkler headsthe system and otherwiseuensureeguarantee adeGuate operation of the system Contractor�ll check, clean and I adjustP 1 12 TESTS I A. As specified in the Specifications tests are to be witnessed by the Landscape Architect The Contractor shall give advance notice of twenty-four (24) hours in writing to the Landscape Architect before proceeding with tests I 1 Pressure Test All system pints. connections, couplings, valves and all other junction points shall be left exposed until completion and acceptance of the pressure test All leaks, however minor, shall be repaired and corrected The Landscape Architect shall be present during the test The total spnnkler irrigation system shall be pressure tested for acceptance 2 Performance Coverage Tests. Upon completion of the system installation and after the flushing and pressure tests are completed,the Contractor shall operate the system in the presence of the I Landscape Architect The automatic system shall be cycled to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect The Landscape Architect may request that up to five (5) percent of the total ntotzles es and five (5) percent of pressure compensating screens be substituted Five (5) pe c I heads may also be relocated at no extra cost to the Owner. B The Contractor shall PRE-TEST for Pressure and Performance Coverage prior to the Landscape Architect's review of said tests to confirm that the sprinkler irrigation system will meet the requirements of the specified tests SHOULD ADDITIONAL TEST REVIEWS BE IREQUIRED DUE TO THE FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM SAID TESTS,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT THE SUM OF 660.00) PER HOUR AND ACTUAL COST OF EXPENSES FOR EACH ADDITIONAL DOLLARS I( WMB/TIGARD 4/23/92 I A PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 5 1 13 SUBMITTALS A Contractor must submit four(4) sets of samples and/or manufacturer's "Catalog Cuts"of all matenal as noted in Specifications Failure to do so may result in non-acceptance of matenals already used or hauled to the site Any removal or delays incurred will be at the expense of the Contractor All samples submitted for approval must be unaltered and of quantity sufficient to allow for proper inspection and review B Contractor shall submit, such items as, As-Built Drawings, keys,tools, permits,water schedule. instructions. maintenance/operation information as required per these Specifications 1 14 AS BUILT DRAWINGS A The Contractor shall maintain a current record of all pipe and equipment placement and shall record any vanations approved by the Landscape Architect Upon completion of the irrigation system and prior to release of the final payment. the Contractor shall provide a neat and legible reproduable rrylar "As Built Drawing (s)"of the complete irrigation system Any pipe not installed it accordance with the Drawings as onginally contracted, shall be dimensioned to a permanent structure sufficient for location atter bunal 1 15 PIPE SLEEVES A Contractor shall provide and install Class 200 PVC pipe sleeves where irrigation lines cross walks, drives, parking lots or any other hard surface pavements CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVING WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO PAVING OPERATIONS PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 GENERAL A AN materials and equipment shall be new and of the best quality All items of equipment or material shall be as specified or approved equal 2 02 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE A Galvanized pipe and fitting shall be hot-dipped galvanized iron or steel pipe conforming to the latest revision of ASTM A-120 B Galvanized pipe and fittings must be threaded and be of standard weight and size (twenty-one (21) feet per length] C Paint for galvanized pipe and fittings BELOW ground shall be Carbon Elastic Paint No 2221 as supplied by the American Tar Company or approved equal D Paint for galvanized pipe and fittings ABOVE ground shall be an exterior "matte blade"paint 2 03 PLASTIC PIPE A PVC pipe :,pstream of the control valves shall be Schedule 40 and conform to all requirements of ASTM D1785. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD I PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 6 B PVC pipe (zone lines) downstream of the oontrlI valves shall be Class 200 (pressure rated for 200 psi), and conform to all requirements of ASTM D 2241 C PVC Pipe sleeving shall be Class 200 and conform to all requirements of ASTM D 1785 unless otherwise noted on the Drawings D All pipe shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, class of pipe and NSF seal Pipe shall bear no evidence of intenor or extenor extrusion marks Pipe walls shall be uniform smooth and glossy Pipe may be pre belled or with individual solvent weld couplings E All fittings for lateral lines shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 02466 SCHEDULE 40 PVC with exception to irngation head nser assembly nipples and pipe nsers which shall be ASTM D2464 SCHEDULE 80 PVC All lateral line fittings shall be of the solvent weld type except where risers, valves, etc require threaded transition fittings F All fittings for mainlines shall conform to requirements of ASTM 02464, SCHEDULE 80 PVC G All pipe must be delivered in at least twenty (20) toot lengths H All PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the following minimums 1 Tensile shength 78F 5,000 psi 2 Izos impaci strength (notched) 15 ft lb/in 3 Modulus of elastiaty 300,000 psi 4 Compressive strength 8,500 psi 5 Flexural str3ngth 10,500 psi 2 04 COPPER PIPE (IF REQUIRED BY CODE) A Copper pipe shall be Type K 2 05 BRASS FITTINGS(IF REQUIRED BY CODE) A Brass fittings shall be the latest revision of ANSI B-16 15 and Federal WW-P-4608 2 06 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CONTROLLER A Shall be provided and installed by AVAC, Inc. B Controller winng that is above ground shall be installed in a conduit of painted galvanized steel COLOR TO BE APPROVED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT C Electncal winng shall be installed according to local code The cost of aN electrical work necessary to make the automatic equipment work shall be included in this contract I D AVAC, Inc will provide and install transformer and related equipment to power automatic valves 2 07 SPRINKLER HEADS A Shall be Rainbird or Toro manufacturer B Shrub and groundcover heads shall be ""op Up Spray' and/or"Stream Rotor Pop•Up" sprinkler heads 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD _ 1 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ' IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 7 2 08 AUTOMATIC VAI VE A Shall be Rainbird or Toro manufacturers B Automatic valves shall be Rainbird PE 100-F thru PE-300F Senes or Toro 252 Senes electnc valves I 2 09 ANTI-DRAIN VALVE (IF REQUIRED FOR SYSTEM OPERATIONS) A Provide and install on low head lines anti-drair •elves "KBI Spnng Check Valve Senes" "Rainbird 1800 SAM"or "Toro 570 Check Valve" spray beads or equal as required to eliminate siphoning on landscaped slopes 2 10 CONTROL WIRE FOR AUTOMATIC VALVE OPERATIONS , A Control wire must be insulated single strand copper designed for twenty (20) to fifty (50) volts and UL approved as Type U F (Underground Feeder) , B Copper conductor must meet or exceed ASTM B 3 requirements C Red and white colors must be available , 2 11 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A Shall be Rainbird manufacturer or approved equal One-piece heavy-duty brass construction with vinyl locking cap MINIMUM ONE (1) INCH VALVE AND SWING JOINT SHALL BE USED AT "AIR BLOW"CONNECTION TO REDUCE AIR FRICTION B Provide three (3) matching valve keys. three(3) cap keys and three (3) swivel hose ells 2 12 l OCKING l ID I A Valve cap shall be Weathermatic 906L, locking lop with key or approved equal Provide two (2) keys RLK -1 to Owner 2 13 MANUAL CONTROL VALVES A All gate valves of two (2)inches and smaller shall be all bronze (ASTM B-62) valve with bronze solid wedje, integral taper seats with a nonnsing stem All gate valves of two and one hall (2-1/2) inches and larger shall be threaded iron body, brass trimmed, resilient wedge, integral taper seats with nonrising stem B All drain valves shall be three-quarter(3/4) inch bronze gate valves with cross handles or approved I equal Automatic drain valves will not be accepted Drain valves shaN be enclosed in two(2)inch PVC pipe with a Weathermatic 9061 with locking cap, or approved equal Provide one(1) valve key for Owners use 2 14 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (IF REQUIRED FOR SYSTEM OPERATIONS) A Shall be "Wilkins 600 Senes"pressure reducing valves or equal B Use pressure reducing valves as requirec to control sprinkler irrigation system water pressure 1 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD 111 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 3 2 15 VALVE BOXES A Unless otherwise speafied all automatic valves or manual valves shall be enclosed in AMETEK Plymouth Valve Box of Superfiexon with locking Md or approved equal while single drain valves two (2) inches and smaller will be covered with a Weathermatic 906L locking cap and PVC pipe or approved equal 2.16 BACKFLOW PREVENTE R A Shall be 'Febco Model 805Y Senes" double check backflow preventer or approved equal All bac!dlow preventers must be approved by the controlling agency Enclose in Brooks No 1730 PB 18 Body Box or approved equal 2 17 IRRIGATION WATER METER(S) A Water Meter(s) shall be per Code 2 18 OTHER SUPPI IES A Electncal tape shall be black plastic,three-quarters (314) inch wide and a minimum of 0 007 inches thick and the all-weather type B All flexible nipples or pipe pmts shall be "Rainbird Swing Pipe'. "Toro Funny Pipe" or "Tnple Swing Joint Assembly" C. All electrical wire splices must be made watertight with sealing Rainbird ST-03UUPT-55 Snap Tile or ' approved equal D Thrust blocking shall be on three (3) inch and larger mainline only PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3 01 TRENCHING A. Trenches shall allow for twelve (12) inches of cover over sprinkler lateral lines. eighteen(18) inches of cover for irrigation main lines(see detail) and twenty-four(24) inches of giver for main supply line from point of Connection to backflow preventer Maintain a minimum clearance of three (3) inches between irrigation Fries within a common trench Trenches for sleeves shall allow for a mirimum of eighteen (18) inches of cover unless otherwise noted on the Drawings Excavate no wider at any point than is necessary to lay pir3 or install equipment Excavate with vertical sides and provide bracing and shoring as required B All trenches must be straight and not have abrupt changes in grade Trenching that may potentially disturb root systems of existing trees shall be brought to the attention of the Landscape Architect before proceeding with work C The trench bottoms and bedding material surrounding all pipes must be free of rocks greater than one (1) inch in diameter or sharp-edged ob)ects Bed and surround all pipe with suitable soil or sand (see Main and/or Lateral Pipe Trench Detail) I 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 9 3 02 INSTALLATION . A Galvanized Pipe and Fittings Ii I Galvanized steel pipe shall be installed in accordance with local Plumbing code 2 All galvanized pipe and fittings. including nsers and hose connections, shall be painted with at lease one (1) coat of Carbon Elastic Paint No 2221 to prevent acid corrosion Cast fittings need not be painted Do not add any solvent to the paint Care must be taken to thoroughly paint all hm?'n threads When panting is done before assembly. the paint should be touched up after assembly 3 All threaded pints are to have Teflon tape or pipe dope applied to male threads only B PVC Pipe and Fittings (includes rW pipe sleeves) 1 Due to the nature of the PVC pipe and fittings, the Contractor shall exercise care in handling, loading, unloading and stonng to avoid damage Any pipe that has been dented or dama be discarded until such damage has been cut out and the pipe is repined with 17ed shall a coupling 2 PVC pipe ends shall be cut to ninety (90) degrees to the pipe length and cleaned of all cutting burrs pnor to cementing Use approved reaming tool Pipe ends shall be wiped clean with a rag lightly wetted with PVC thinner Cement shall be applied with a light coat on the inside of the fitting and a heavier coat on the outside of the pipe Pipe shall be inserted into the fitting and given a quarter turn to seat the cement Excess cement shall be wiped from the outside of the pipe Pipe will be tested as indicated elsewhere in these specifications No backfilling will be permitted other than at the centers of pipe lengths until the pressure test is completed 3 Backfilhng shall be done when pipe is not in an expanded condition due to heat or pressure Cooling of the rpe can be accomplished by operating the system for a short time before backfill, or by backfilling in the early part of the morning before the heat of the day 4 No PVC pipe may be threaded or connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter 5 Great care must be taken to insure that the inside of the pipe is absolutely clean Any pipe ends not being worked on must be protected and not left open 6 All threaded 'pints are to have Teflon tape or pipe dope applied to male threads only C Copper Pipe and Brass Fittings (If Required By Code) 1 Copper Pipe shall be installed in accordance with Local Plumbing Codes 2 All Brass threaded pints are to have Teflon tape or pipe dope applied to male threads only I 3 All connections for copper pipe to brass fittings shall be made with PackJoint Couplings i 4/23/92 I WMB/TIGARD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGA I ION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 10 D Head ! ocations Locate spnnkler heads nine (9) inches trom building foundation unless otherwise noted Heads immediately adjacent to walks curbs etc shall have one (1) inch clearance between head and walks. curbs etc unless otherwise noted CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF PAVEMENT (THAI PORTION OF PAVEMENT FOR HEAD AND PIPE ONLY) ADJACENT TO CURBS TO ALLOW ONE (1) INCH CLEARANCE PER THE ABOVE i E Control Wire I Control wires are to be taped together at five (5) foot intervals then this bundle is to be taped to the bottom of the supply hne at ten (10)loot intervals with at least three (3) wraps of electrical tape 2 All splices must be made watertight with sealing Rainbird ST-03ULIPT-55 Snap Tile and contained in valve boxes i 3 Splices will be peri vetted only at the valves and never between valves or valve and controller There must be a sepa.r/ lead or"hot" wire to each automatic valve One 11 t common wire will be acceptable 1 4 Minimum size of wire is it., t144 det rimmed strictly by the wire sizing chart provided by Rainbird or approved equal 1 5 The control wires shall by color coded as follows Ground Wire White lead In Wire Red 6 Control wire must run to ALER1ON%AVAC PANEL by Contractor, located in electrical room and must leave three (3) feet spare wire/zone at the panel All wire must be labeled by zone to Icorrespond with automatic valve location on drawing F Risers 1 All spnnklers and quick coupler head risers must be constructed according to the "Riser Assembly"details The pipe nsers must have the same inlet size as the sprinkler and quick coupler heads 1 2 Minimum riser size shall be the pipe sire of the sprinkler head 3 Risers are to be capped after installation to keep inside of pipe clean ' 4 Care must be taken not to overt Ihtrrn the steel pipe into the PVC fittings G Automatic Controllers ' 1 Electncal wiring shall be installed according to local code The cost of all electrical work necessary to make the automatic valves and automation equipment operate properly shall be provided and ' installed by AVAC, Inc ELECTRICAL POWER FROM AN APPROVED SOURCE TO THE ALTERTON/AVAC PANEL CONTROLLER LOCATION(S) SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR I 4/23/92 WMBITIGARD A PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 11 2 Aerated or sehedi le shall be posted in the controller to facilitate the selection of operated he valves to be 3 CONTROLLER LOCATION(S) AND TYPE OF MOUNTING OF CONTROL t F R(Sl SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE OWNER AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT H Backflow Preventer Install in accordance with local plumbing code See "Backflow Prevents► Assembly' 2 For proper maintenance. the - Preventer detail clearance from other materials and away f from the traffic pattern fwill located with sufhnerr 3 See 'Manual Drain Valve Assembly"detail for similar installation of three-quarter valves uarter (3+'4) inch drain 4 A manual shut-off valve shall be located upstream of Backflow Preventer to allow full,solationf system from water supply 0 1 Manual Drain Valve 1 See 'Manual Drain Valve Assembly" DRAIN VALVES ARE NOT REQUIED FeOR THEil forIallation GENERAL DRAINAGE Or THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS IRRIGATION of three quarter SY hdrainSTEM Mvalves AIR Bl OWN TO DRAIN SHALL BE J Automatic Valves 1 Install as shown on "Automatic Valve Assembly-detail herein these specifications 2 Before installation of any automatic valves the supply line muss be thoroughly flushed 3 All automatic valves shall be enclosed in valve boxes set one (1 h box extension may be required Locate valve boxes in shruband above ver p grade Valve wherever possible and at points of easy access from g'oundcoer planting beds paved areas 4 Locate outside of paved areas and grouper tether where adjacent to paved areas. install so that valve boxes will not he closer than twelve (12) inches to paving perpendicular or possible Where valves occur and parallel to it appearanceGroup boxes shall be spaced evenlyto provide a neat K Quick Coupling Valves 1 Locate all quick couplers in shrub and groundcover planting beds wherever possible and at points of easy access from paved areas 2 Provide and Install three (3) quick coupling valves watenng of all planting areas and as approved by Landscape eArchitect Location to allow hose L Thrust Blocking Archgao 1 concrete blocking o ici all l be installed lopeflon to srBlocki �"detail Thrustdblocking shall be poured prevent pipe movement due to water surge 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECT1Os1 07212 TIGARD, OREGON BOARD INSULATION PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1 Thermal rigid board insulation, B Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions. and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section C Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 C272 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Strucutural Sandwich Constructions. 2. C518 - Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by means of the Heat Flow meter 3. D1621 - Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics 4. EM - Test Method fc Surface Burning Charactenstics of Building Materials PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 THERMAL INSULATION A. Extruded Polystyrene Board 1 Thermal Resistance Minimum "R" per inch of 5 RSI when tested in accordance with ASTM C518 at 75 degrees F mean temperature. 2 Compressive Strength: Minimum 25 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D1621. 3 Water Absorption: 0.15 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D272. 4. Square^dges;board size of 24 x 96 or 48 x 96 inches by thickness indicated. 5 Approved Products: Dow Chemical Company 'Styrofoam SM" UC Industries, Inc "Foamular 250 Insulating Sheathing." 2.02 ACCESSORIES A Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application;compatible with insulation and substrate. B. Provide other accessories, not specifically described hut required for a complete installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 1.01 EXAMINATION A Verify adjacent materials are secure, properly spaced, dry, and ready to receive installation. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07212-1 I SECTION 07212 WASHINGTON MUTUAi. FINANCIAL GROUP BOARD INSULATION 1:GARD, JREGON B Pnor to starting work, carefully ins<<ct installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in wnhng of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. C Do not begin installation until all unsatisfac►oy conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 PERIMETER INSULATION A Use extruded polystyrene regular board as perimeter insulation. B Place perimeter insulation as indicated. points shall be tightly butted. C. Secure the insulation in position sufficiently to hold the insulation in place prior to and during backfill operations. 3.(k► SCHEDULE A Install insulation as indicated on the Drawings, and for equivalent R-values as follows. Perimeter Subgradc Insulation:R-8 END OF SECTION I I I I I I 1 1 07212-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 11111 !_ WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07211 TIGARD, OREGON BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermal batt and blanket insulation. 2. Acoustical insulation. B. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates,the Genu 11 Conditions,and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C665- Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufacturered Housing. 2. E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Batt and Blanket Insulation: ASTM C665, Type III, class A; preformed glass fiber roll with foil scrim kraft face,•- .11,'u•flange edges;flame spread of 25 or less and a smoke developed of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Acoustical Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber; staple flange type;3-1/2 inches thick, or thickness as required to fill each cavity between studs, unless indicated otherwise. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Tape: To match foil scrim kraft face; 2 inch width. B. Provide other accessories, not specifically described, but required for a complete installation. PART 3 EXECUTION ? . i EXAMINATION A. Verify adjacent materials are secure, properly spaced,dry, and ready to receive installation. B. Verify mechanical and electrical services within spaces to insulated have been ir.stalled and tested. C. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07211-1 I SECTION 07211 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINAACI OREGON GROUP BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION D. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions arc resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION A. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,and as indicated. B Install insulation without gaps or voids. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use batts free of damage. Vapor barrier shall be D. Install insulation with vaptears or int apordbarricr.s►de of building spaces. Po continuous. Tape se E. Mechanical Fastening: 1. At locations where no framing is present to support the insulation,provide metal impaling pins and retainers to hold the insulation firmly in F. Provide batt insulation in sufficient thickness to provide the following R values. 1. Walls: R19 as indicated on drawings. 2. Soffits: R30,as indicated on drawings. within spaces, G. Place acoustical insulation in partitions and ms ►echancaln d►tems within otr behind partitions,around cut ct tight openings,behind and around electrical to items passing through partitions. H. Install acoustical sealant around perimeterof all l acs ustically e layer constinsulan► partitions at edge achase each side of framing member interface with substrate layer for double layer construction. Seal all penetrations. END OF SECTION I 11/6/C0\4/21/92\4/n/92 07211-2 , J I IWASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07240 INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM TIGARD,OREGON PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Exterior insulation and synthetic plaster veneer system. B. Related Sections: 1. 07900- Sealants: Joint fillers; 2. 09260-Gypsum Sheathing: Substrate; C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates,the General IIConditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. I1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. C578 - Specification for Preformed , Cellular polystyrene Thermal insulation 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Applicator Qualifications: 1. Use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in skills required and completely familiar with manufacturer's current methods of installation for actual execution and installation of work. 2. Installer shall be approved by the product manufacturer prior to bidding. B. Tests: The synthetic plaster system shall have been tested as specified below by an independent testing laboratory and shall have met the following performance standards: 1. Adhesive Strength: When tested in accordance with ASTM D897 the strength of the adhesive bonding the insulation to gypsum sheathing shall have exceeded 30 psi. ' 2. Structural Load Capacity: When tested in accordance with ASTM E330, the assembly shall have resisted a minimum suction force of 90 p.s.f.. I C. Pre-installation Conference: 1. The Contractor shall administer a pre-installation conference to review contract requirements and to resolve potential areas of conflict. 2. Include in attendance the Architect, the synthetic plaster installer, the framing installer, and all other parties affected by the work of this Section. 3. Give a minimum of 48 hours notice to attendees. I104 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 013(X). B. Samples: Submit one 12 inch x 12 inch square finish additional or each color each combinationh texture proposed folhework.Submit samples euntil a sample fo finicombination Iis approved by the Architect. C. Instructions: Submit manufacturer's written installation instructions. 07240-1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/72/92 I SECTION 07240 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON D. Certifications: Submit certifications that the installer meets the qualification requirements specified E. Submit ICBG evaluation report. 1.05 PRODUCT STORAGE A. Store products prior to use at a minimum temperature of 40 degrees F. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Temperature: Apply system only on unfrozen surfaces and at ambient temperatures above 40 degrees F.. Maintain ambient temperature above 40 degrees F. for minimum of 24 hours after installation. Provide supplementary heat if required. 2. Moisture: Apply system to dry surfaces only. B. Protection: Protect adjacent materials and this system from weather and other damage during installation, while curing or when unattended. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide 3 year warranty for materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2011 APPROVED SYSTEMS A. Dryvit System Inc., "Outsulation"; 2.02 MATERIALS A. Provide manufacturer's standard materials, unless specified otherwise. B. Insulation Board: Expanded polystyrene with ASTM C57b Type 1;average dtybl 0 lbs/cu ft.;Rage quality control, minimum six (and labeling. 6) weeks; 1 I1/2 inch minimum thicknesses unless noted otherwise. p Y' g C. Finish and Base Coats: Manufacturer's standard; 100%acrylic;custom integral colors as selected by the Architect (minimum 3); listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. as having a flame spread of 25 or less. D. Reinforcing mesh: manufacturer's standard,5.7 oz/sq yd except where indicated heavy duty,use 21 oz/sq yd. 07240-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 s i PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS 111 IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 12 M Irrigation Water Meter(s) t Coordination with the Contractor. Agency for installation of the water meter ionshall be theth shall responsibility of the Cordractor. The meter shall be of the sized per Specifications. be per code requirements N Pipe Sleeves 01 pavement. t All sleeves shall extend a minimum of twelve (12) edges inches beyond the i for irrigation mains and laterals may be installed with sleeves but shall not include any pipes 2 Ppe with couplers whenever possible 3. Plug all ends of sleeves and irrigation mains and laterals to prevent soil from entenng O Pressure Testing. pressure test at PVC main water lines,then P e have been Before backfilling, pressure all newsteel,be cast iron and loss in ninety (90) Psi. This shall maintained tesr>tilrlhe system istw�ertight�Maximum psi inspected- Correct any leakage and reps pnor to Landscape a fifteen (15) minute test shall be live (5)psi Contractor to test system Architect final test. assure tested With the 2. Before backfilling,all PVC sprinkler lateral lines shall be flushed and pressure. This pressure shalt leakage peal allst until then stes m is system exposed visually static p Correct any map pipes have been inspected prior to Landscape Architect final test DO NOT INSTAL, HEADS PRIOR ContractorOI testG- system TALI. TO TESTING PLUG- RISERS AT LOCATION OF HEAD CONNECTION INSTAL', The Contractor give To be valid, all tests must be witnessed by the Landscape Architect 3 prior to the anticipated date of twenty-lour(24) hours notice to the Landscape Architect inspection. P. Backfilling around the pipe and fittings shall be sand or soil trree from stones 1 In refillingatrenches, inchc beddingIt necessary,pro greater than one (1) in diameter and shall be well tamped. rock free Trenches shall e be thoroughly Ig ly w. Therearthd fill rwithin ncthe all be b shalt be reasonably roller,suor compacted with be thoroughly water settled Trenches with aatwo hurxlkeed�Y (250) poundth the surrounding grade, raked to a slight mound,th6n rolled a vibrator All roots, rocks and surplus excavation shall be removed from the site unless otherwise directedcal 2 with a mach ckt tensed as determined rnetned by 3 Lampe in successive iv under( roncho„pao at least ninety-five(95) percent and to ASTM in six (6) D 1557 Paving shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the Owners authorized representative WMg/TIGARQ 4/23/92 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 13 4 Before backfilling, all underground appurtenances including users, valves, backlow preventers drain valves, etc., must remain exposed so that they can be viewed during testi that the Contractor partially backfill the II is suggested pipe as it is laid, leaving all joints exposed;then complete backfilling later after flushing, pressure testing, inspe^tion and preparation of "As Built Drawing(s)". The location, inspecting and adhered to If, reason,en9 testing provisions of these specifications will be strictly location,adhered testing,foroany any part of the spnnkler system is backfilled before approved uncovered and xposedeuntil�approed for backfilling authorized by ilb Landscape Landscape' rch ecompletely 3.03 CLEAN UP A Clean all work areas adjoining area, such as paving, curbs,catch basins and manholes, or debris caused by the work on this project, or any part of project, on completion of operations and prior to watering All hard surfaced areas shall be washed clean. Daily clean up shall be required on all areas used for circulation, parking, or other daily use. 3 04 FINAL TESTING A. Before the sprinkler system will be accepted, the Contractor, in the presence of the Landscape Architect and/or Owner, shall perform a water"Performance Coverage Test"to determine if the water coverage and operation of the system is complete and satisfactory. It any part of the system is inadequate, it shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractors expense and the test repeated until accepted The Contractor must give twenty-four(24) hours notice to the Landscape Architect prior to the field review The Contractor shall also adjust and balance sprinkler heads for optimum and uniform coverage without excessive fogging; overthrow on to pavement(s), structure(s) and building(s), check all sprinkler head heights and set all valve boxes to proper grade prior to final review by Landscape Architect. 3 05 SYSTEM FAMILIARIZATION A Upon acceptance of the system by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the necessary keys and/or other tools necessary to operate/drain/activate the system and spend sufficient time with the Owner to insure that the system operation/maintenance/winterizing can continue atter the departure of the Contractor The Contractor will be liable for all damages or losses resulting from failure to comply with the provisions of this paragraph. 3.06 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A Upon completion and approval of all tests, final acceptance of the system will be contingent upon Contractor providing signed and approved sprinkler/plumbing/health/eiactrical applicable in the area as well as reproducible mylar"As Built Drawings"and two�r hree(3)may be binders of all catalog cuts/manufacturers'instructions/maintenance and operation information B Prior to final acceptance of the irrigation system,the Contractor shall cooperate with Landscape Contractor in recommending watering schedules. 3.07 GUARANTEE A The entire sprinkler system shall be guaranteed by the Contractor to give complete and satisfactory service as to matenals and workmanship for a period of one(1) year from the date of final acceptance of the work by the Owner 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD Ls. FINISH GRADE ` 2" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER AREAS "7771\/ j" AN--- PL.)71'\/\/\/ / \ /\\j\j\j\ \/ \/ 441,_ QUICK COUPLER VALVE WITH \ /\/\�/\\/ LOCKING CAP MIMMMIND .-lie - GIP RISER & NIPPLE 90 DEGREE GIP ELL GIP NIPPLE 90 DEGP-E GIP ELL _ Illr III% GIP RISER (45 DEGREE (OPTION= BRASS FITTINGS) MAX. ANGLE FROM Ir HORIZONTAL POSITION) 90 DEGREE GIP ELL NOTE: TYPICAL TRIPLE �' GIP NIPPLE SWING JOINT ASSEMBLY Viiiio APPLIES FOR ALL QUICK COUPLERS SCHED 80 PVC TEE OR ELL /4 PVC SUPPLY LINE QUICK COUPLER A RISER ASSEMBLY NOT TO SCALE 1 I PERFORMANCE Si'ECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 14 ' P. Should any trouble develop within one (1) year which, in the opinion of authorized Cwner personnel, is due to infero r or faulty material and/or workmanship, the trouble shall be corrected, without delay. to the satisfaction of the authorized Owners personnel and at the Contractors expense ' C Any settling of backfilled trenches shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractors expense, including but not limited to, restoration of pavement and planted areas ' 3.08 DETAILED DRAWINGS(ATTACHED) A Quick Coupler Riser Assembly B. Shrub& Groundcover Head Riser Assembly (Pop-up) e C. Automatic Valve Assembly-PVC D Manual Drain Valve Assembly E Pressure Reducing Valve & Backflow Preventer Assembly or Backflow Preventer Assembly F Thrust Blocking G Main And/Or Lateral Pipe Trench Detail END OF SECTION 1 I i 1 1 r I 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD 1 / AMETEK PLYMOUTH VALVE 2" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER WITH LOCKING LID AREAS'IN f Jr I1=IIIA \ . III=11 -1 11==1 I '-------/ 1E111= 11-111= , I =1111 I _i i ili i it_ i-iii, SCHED 80 PVC NIPPLE 1 - / \ LI E. ,_____ — /c1 il I VALVE PER -, HI DRAWING DEGREE SCCHED 80 w PVC ELL v z \ ____. -_____-- --- ct 41 . . . . . ADAPTER SCHED 80 (U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .•. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVC NIPPLE • .•.•.•.•.•.•. . . . .• . . . . . . . . . .• IIMMIIIMO (N . • . . . • . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .•, :___ SCHED 8 . . . •••••••••••••••••••••• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHED 80 PVC BUSHING AS REQUIRED 1 C.F. 3) ..:*;:i::.,..•• GRAVEL. SCHED 80 PVC TEE OR ELL BOX AS ;t; `` PVC SUPPLY LINE • CONTROL WIRE AUTOMATIC VALVE ASSEMBLY-PVC NOT TO SCALE 1 AMETEK PLYMOUTH VALVE BOX 2" SHRUB/CROUNDCOVER WITH LOCKING LID `' AREAS FINISH GRADE ' nil III=I I E=1 I IE =III=111=1 1 1=III=l I , II-III =- �111-�1=111=11111F, --„ , R V PVC LATERAL lINE 80 PVC NIPPLE VALVE PER DRAWING 'EGREE D 80 �, ILL L � z 4 \ - - SCHED 40 PVC FEMALE W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADAPTER D80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • ` . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . V • • . • . . • • • • • . . • . • • . . • . • . • . • IPPLE . . . . • • • • • • • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MINIM •,•,•,•,•,•,•,•,•,•,•.•. . . . . . . .'.'.'.'.5 SCHED 80 PVC NIPPLE li SCHED 80 PVC BUSHING AS REQUIRED 1 C.F. 3/4" MINUS SUMP GRAVEL. FILL BOTTOM OF c:: . •••••••• SCHED 80 PVC TEE OR ELL BOX AS REQUIRED 4. - PVC SUPPLY LINE '411L.- CONTROL WIRE AUTOMATIC VALVE ASSEMBLY-PVC NOT TO SCALE ■ U ■ I 1 _ FINISH GRADE \ \/\/\/\/\ \/\/\/\ NOTE: \/�\//\//�//�//� // // //�/ TRIPLE SWING JOINT r�/�r�\\r�\\r�\\A\ \r\\\r\\\\; ASSEMBLY. SIZE AS POP-UP SPRAY HEAD REQUIRED ADJUST TO FINISH GRADE SCHED 40 MARLEX 90 DEGREE STREET ELL SCHED 40 PVC BUSHING AS REQUIRED II SCHED 40 MARLEX 90 DEGREE - STREET ELL PVC LATERAL , LINE SCHED 80 PVC RISER SCHED 40 (45 DEGREE MAX. ANGLE MARLEX 90 .41I• FROM HORIZONTAL POSITION) DEGREE STREET ELL TRIPLE SWING JOINT RISER ASSEMBLY OPTION NOT TO SCALE FINISH GRADE NOTE: \ //\/\/\/\ \// /\/\/ /\/\\ SWING PIPE OR FUNNY - / \! r�// // /�� PIPE JOINT ASSEMBLY. \r\\r\\r\ A /\\r \r\\r\ A ; SIZE AS REQUIRED. 90 DEGREE ELL- POP-UP SPRAY HEAD ADJUST BARBED INSERT TO FINISH GRADE FITTING 90 DEGREE STREET SWING PIPE OR FUNNY ELL (MIPT X FIPT) PIPE. LENGTH AS REQUIRED. 90 DEGREE ELL BARBED PVC LATERAL LINE INSERT FITTING SCHFD 40 PVC TEE OR ELL SWING PIPE OR FUNNY PIPE JOINT ASSEMBLY OPTION NOT TO SCALE BSHRUB & GROUNDCOVER HEAD RISER ASSEMBLY (POP-UP) NOT TO SCALE I l I RO RISQU 2" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER REFECOUPLETR ERICK FINISH —AMETEK BOX AREAS ASSEMBLY DETAIL GRADE W/ LOCKING BROOKS BOX W/ LID $ LOCKING LID 4. II II I$II =11' 11611-_1 -_I-11=11-11 11 -na=11- MANUAL --TYP. G!P NIPPLE ^ GATE r .J I VALVE —GIP UNION - w Z M • I- I / 1 2 D 1---- 1110 14111411 111.11 I Ilik d I. I — d SCHED in N ... ... 80 PVC l ..•. = NIPPLE • • Z11101 II I,III 4" MINUS GRAVEL BACKFLOW 1 ‘0 I[--) � 3/ PREVENTER TO PVC TO METER SUMP. FILL BOTTOM ^? MAINLINE OF BOXES AS TYP, 90 DEGREE ---o.REQUIRED GIP ELL 2 C.F. 3/4" SCHED 80 MINUS GRAVEL - TYP. GIP NIPPLE PVC NIPPLE SUMP — 4" DEPTH REFER TO MANUAL DRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY (OPTION= COPPER PIPE DETAIL AND BRASS FITTINGS) BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY E NOT TO SCALE EN 111 1 2 SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER --WEATHERMATIC LOCKING UD AREAS FINISH GRADE —=-7111 �11— :=111----7-111—=_-1-TF--__I 1= 1-111-1 ► ► _ - - - 1 I - - fflfflffluill I-1 I — PVC NIPPLE (2" DIA.) — PVC TEE (2 DIA.) I PVC LATERAL OR MAINLINE i SCHED 80 6" LONG PVC —L-----t— PVC TEE SCHED 80 NIPPLE (2" DIA.) �rT,� OR ELL = PVC BUSHING no AS REQUIRED PVC NIPPLE ,1 �., (2"DIA.) r SCHED 80 - PVC NIPPLE SCHED 80 PVC - 90 DEGREE I STREET ELL �, S SCHED 80 PVC ELL L—�..,... — SCHED 80 I iii tti ttttttttiffis t tttii ttiii����%c'i��� PVC NIPPLE muumuutttuttumt uttw(tutm tttttt!tuttct I MUUMUU( uttt� ttttttt (1((:((:(111/11((:111 tttttttt ttttt ttttt4ttttttt ttttttttt tttt t4tuuuuut — MANUAL DRAIN VALVE tltl ltltlttltl 1 Itltltltlt t Itltl(lt(l ltl(tltltl tattoo tart muumuu MIRAFI 1 40 N WRAP/ It�� �, t�i�i, COVER OVER STREET 2 C.F. 3/4,. t<<<cELL OPE^:!NG MINUS GRAVEL I SUMP MANUAL DRAIN I VALVE ASSEMBLY D NOT TO SCALE 1 -- CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING ARROW DENOTES TYP. AS SHOWN DIRECTION OF UNDISTURBED SOIL THRUST TYP. AS SHOWN TYP. AS SHOWN ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦. ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦ 40' i♦♦i♦i♦i♦i♦i♦ •♦i ♦♦i♦i♦i♦i♦♦♦i'♦♦�'♦♦♦♦� a ,1._1r I -. . ♦�♦�♦� Nt. v!l•.f . w 'r!J ti•. . rti # ,�. rJLIL A 1 1 . . ♦♦♦ I ♦♦♦ ♦SiiII ♦ � ♦ ' ►i♦i 44 8I • • • 4 --"'" • • A, 1 , 1 • • .4,.. ....•. • r . .,... . � L I ' ll"! i.I . , .♦ .r.,, ,. 41.V. ,Ir ;,;;,1,(I.r.1 rp ..„,,,,,., r• 1 4 ,,-.-1...: imisimm' •• v .. ... ,... .. , .4, ...„.....,...,....,.. ..., .., ..... , : -',.?,:v: [ 1 , • ?il 1 n••• • • N('k iiii•" ••• NOTE: THRUST BLOCKS PERTAIN TO (3" AND LARGER) MAINLINES ONLY. DETAILS ARE EXAMPLES AND SITUATIONS. BLOCKING NOT LIMITED TO ABOVE. VERIFY ALL 81. OCKING PRIOR TO BACKFILLING. BLOCKING ®.THRUST NOT TO SCALE I 2" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER REFER TO 0 AREAS COUPLER RI FINISH AMETEK BOX ASSEMBLY 1 GRADE W// LOCKING -BROOKS BOX W/ LID i LOCKING LID II=II=lI0i PRESSURE TYP. GIP NIPPLE -�— — REDUCING r:!11:1 MANUAL ---. VALVE GIP UNION GATE :wz I VALVE dui:. „.....„ c.J _ _ I ■ 1_ ` _to■ �itoil l ui—i u • :.:: .••• • ••• • •• • •• • • • • • • • • • • • •• ••••••.. .. ., rs NI r� 3/4" MINUS GRAVEL —BACKFLOW Et II TO METER SUMP. FILL BOTTOM PREVENTED OF BOXES AS NP, 90 DEGREE ° REQUIRED GIP ELL SC HED 80 — . '•'•r — TYP. GIP NIPPLE •• ti PVC NIPPLE S 4" DEPTH REFER TO MANUAL — (OPTIONs COPPER PIPE DRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY AND BRASS FITTh IGS) DETAIL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE & BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMI NOT TO SCALE MIN 2" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER REFER TO QUICK I FINISH AMETEK BOX AREAS COUPLER RISER GRADE W/ LOCKING ---BROOKS BOX W/ ASSEMBLY DETAIL ' LSD 1 LOCKING LID i i II1 11 11=-11=11= 11=11=11=11=�� =11=11 PRESSURE TYP. GIP NIPPLE REDUCING UAL .— VALVE ---GIP UNION— E z e 1I I N Iii MI LIE__--((ia■ 1.111.1111116111 1 Z `r SCHED co :;`:; : •: ::::: _ 80 PVC :. . . . .':•r'•.':'.:.:. :::. . . . . .....'• •:• •:•:•:::•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•::: . . . . _ • — NIPPLE n i 3/4" MINUS GRAVEL— BACKFLOW 101 III 1111 II A SUMP. FILL BOTTOM PREVENTER f -- OF BOXES AS TO PVC TYP. 90 DEGREE I11;11 MAINLINE REQUIRED GIP ELL —; SCHED 80 •::. ...•—.---- 2 C.F. 3/4" TYP. GIP NIPPLE MINUS GRAVEL PVC NIPPLE SUMP 4" DEPTH REFER TO MANUAL I : COPPER PIPE DRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY ASS FITTINGS) DETAIL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE & BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY NOT TO SCALE 1-------- FINISH GRADE ` l i r-r i t-1 1 1;•;•;.;•;•; ••. ;,;.`r l —i I I—I i 1— II �_� �_� ��:�.•..•• ::; ,:•:::::•:•:•:•:•:•:•::::::::: 1=1 1_1 1 CONTINUOUS 2" N _,I """"' ROCK FREE SOIL =1 I:•:• •:•: ::.' : I_ _ OR SAND BACKFILL '" . : AROUND PIPE. TYPICAL. :• '- .* ' ''••; BEDDING EACH PIPE 0o \-- f— :1 ,: PVC LATERAL LINE .. .•. '.....................*:.....% — TRENCH BACKFILL (EARTH FILL) IIIr..::::../ •,N..:. .: _- I4. ••. H I I4;:; PVC MAINLINE III=1 ': •.'' •�•• � WIRES FOR VALVES - =III—•'''•�.:i7.:''•':•'' TAPED TO PIPE I=III= ' " ' I I I I(�I=- COMPACTED SUBGRADE NOTE: PIPE UNDER PAVEMENTS SHALL BE SLEEVED. 0MAIN AND/OR LATERAL PIPE TRENCH DETAIL NOT 10 SCALE 1 LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 GENERAL A. The landscaping shall be installed using the materials as shown on the Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. The landscaping shall be installed to grades and conform to areas and locations as shown on the Drawings. B. The term "Contractor" as used in this Specification section shall refer to the Landscape Contractor. C. Prior to final acceptance of the Landscaping, the Contractor shall submit a written "watering schedule" to the Owner, coordinated with the Irrigation Contractor, to ensure adequate watering of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract. 1 .0 2 SCOPE OF WORE( A. Furnish all materials, equipment, labor and relates items necessary to complete the work shown on the Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. The work included in this Specification (whether mentioned or not) shall consist of all labor, tool,, materials, tests, permits and other related items necessary for the installation of all plant materials in a first quality workmanlike manner. 1 .03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Related work in other sections of these Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1 . Irrigation System 2. Shrub ano Tree Transplanting 1 .04 QUAUTYASSURANCE A. Standard Specifications 1 . American Association of Nurserymen's; American Standard For Nursery Stock, ANSI- 260. 1 -1 986. 2. American Joint Committee of Horticulture Nomenclature; Standard Plant Names, Latest Edition. 1 .05 REVIEW OF PLANT MATERIALS A. The review and approval of all plant materials by the Landscape Architect; prior to planting; is mandatory. The Contractor has three (3) options to secure approval of plant materials: 1 . Submit plant samples to the Landscape Architect's office and/or have samples available at the project site for review during scheduled site visits. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD L_ LANDSCAPING SECTION 0290 PAGE 2 2. Submit colored photographs (approximately 3"x5") to Landscape Architect for review. Photographs are to be of sufficient quality to allow full review More than one photograph per plant species may be required. 3. Have Landscape Architect review plants at the place of growth at the Contractor's expense. B. Owner reserves the right to reject, through his/her agent, any or all plant material at any time until final review and acceptance. Remove rejected plants immediately from site. C. Produce, upon request, sales receipts for all nursery stock and certificates of inspection from federal, state and other authorities. 1 .06 SUBMITTALS A. Plant Material Documentation: 1 . Within fourteen (14) calender days after award of a Contract, submit written documentation to the Landscape Architect that all specified plant materials have been ordered. Should the Contractor neglect to provide this documentation within the allocated time, Contractor may forfeit any substitution benefits. 2. List suppliers names, addresses, and phone number. 3. List respective growing or storage locations with addresses. B. Soil Tests: See Subgrade and Planting Soil Section C. Watering Schedule: See General Section 1 .0 7 CHANGE ORDERS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A The Contractor shall do no work for extra compensation without prior written approval of the Owner in the form of a Change Order. B. The Contractor shall provide all plants of the size. species, variety and quality noted and specified. If unavailable, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing immediately and provide the names and telephone numbers of five (5) nursery suppliers that he has contacted. If substitution should be permitted, it can be made only with the prior written approval of the Landscape Architect. The nearest variety, size and grade as approved by the Landscape Architect shall then be furnished. 1 08 CONDITIONS AT SITE A. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall inspect the site. carefully check all grades and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 3 B. Contractor shallreport to the Landscape Architect all deviation and/or conflicts between Drawings, Specifications ificaations and site conditions. Extra work arising from failure to do so shall be done at the Contractor's expense. 1 .09 MOVING PLANT MATERIAL Use burlap bags to protect A. Transport carefully. Prevent damage. Tie branches as necessary bark from rope chafing. Du not drag plant material without proper rcor and branch protection. 1 1 0 QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLER experienced in landscape rso�nel adequate to perform thep A. wrk Contractorfbest acceptedct be a bondeddlandscape and have ctequipmentaand pector uso be work of practicesI with American Standard for Nursery work specified. Contractor must be familiar and comply Stock published by the American Association of Nurserymen. 1 1 1 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND OBSTRUCTIONS Drawings A. and will known utilities have been eOwner or on the Architectural/Engineering Utility Companies. The Contractor shall be and will bebl made available from tprocedure t placesf responsible for the protection of known utilities. Promptly to follow ahis p Architect o any conflict between proposed work and obstruction(s). upon the Contractor the responsibility and expense of making any and all repairs for damage from work therefrom. B. In the event that undisclosed ock l obstructions1eare encounteredsubstances, in any plant xxcavation underground construction work and/or work to be done under this contract, alternate locations may be selected by the La pe Architect. Where alternate locations are not approved, the obstruction shall be removed toa depth of not less than three (3) feet below the bottom of ball or roots when plant is property set wired grade or other solutions to the planting problem will be reviewed with the at the req rplantingproblem, such as, Owner. The of crock hcontall taaminat cpaid ontaminated s, hardpan required or underground obstruction encountered the removal suchn b a Change Order prior to commencement of work. at a unit price basis end agreed upo Y 1 1 2 PROTECTION OF WORK,PROPERTY AND PERSONS persons, walks. A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, all property. P curbs, pavement and buildings from on paved surfacedamage that might s incurred arising undergr undergroundthis utilities Contract. Do not mix planting soil directly prior to commencement of work. The Contractor shall pay for any damage at Contractor's expense. 1 1 3 PERMITS.CODES AND REGULATIONS ay for all necessary permits and fees as required by Local A. The AuthorityConand sl taord ordin and inances and/or codes. and prevailing WMgiTIGARD 4/23/92 -111 LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 4 B. The Contractor shall keep fully informed and shall comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work 1 . 14 SUB RADE A. The subgrade is to be established per these Specifications. B. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify the existence of a proper subgrade prior to beginning finish grading. 1 . 1 5 FINISH GRADING A. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a finished grade. The depths of planting soils will vary with existing conditions and as shown on the Drawings and/or as specified within these Specifications. 1 . 16 CONDUCT OF WORK A. The Contractor shall maintain continuously a competent superintendent or foreman during the progress of the work, with the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the work under control. Subcontractors shall not be recognized and all persons engaged in the work will be considered employees of the Contractor and their work shall be subject to the provisions of the Contract and Specifications. B. The Contractor shall confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage C. The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. 1 17 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee work of this Specification section for one (1) year against all defects of materials and workmanship. The guarantee period begins after the date of final acceptance. Replace plants not in normal healthy growing condition at the end of guarantee period. Replace with plants with identical species and size. Fi,al acceptance will be certified in writing by the Owner. B. Any plant material that is twenty-five (25) percent or more dead or disfigured shall be considered dead and must be replaced at no charge. A Tree shall be considered dead when the main leader has died back or there is twenty-five (25) percent of the crown dead. Plants shall be considered disfigured when excessive dead wood has been removed or when the symmetry, typical habit of growth, or sculptured form has been impaired by the removal of dead wood. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD p LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 5 C. All plants are subject to one (1) replacement only per item, and the Contractor shall submit, after each replacement period, a marked planting plan showing the exact location of each item replaced at that time. THE OWNER MAY REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE DEAD PLANTS PRIOR TO THE END OF THE GUARANTEE PERIOD AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. This applies only after final acceptance. D. Contractor has the right to enter upon the property for inspection and curative treatment of any materials needing such which are still under warranty during the entire warranty period. Owner is to be notified in advance of any corrective or curative treatment measures so as to arrange for convenient access to the area. E. The above guarantee shall be applicable to any growing conditions through which plants c: like kind could be expected to survive and any deformity or cause of death which could be attributed to, or affected by, the physiological condition of the plant shall be deemed replaceable cause; however, this would not apply to plant losses due to ABNORMAL WEATHER conditions such as, floods, excessive wind damage, drought, severe freezing or abnormal rains, as determined by the National Weather Service. F. Replacements made by the Contractor shall be completed during the periods set out as planting periods and shall be subject to the same conditions and shall be made in the same manner as specified for the original planting, and shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. G Replace all trees, shrubs and groundoovers when plants are no longer in a satisfactory growing condition as determined by the Owner representative for the duration of the guarantee period. Make replacements within seven (7) days of notification from the Owner's representative. Remove dead plants within two (2) days of notification and mark planting plan showing the exact location of replaced plants. H. It Is expressly understood that the Owner will be responsible, during the Guarantee Period, for normal landscape maintenance of the project. Maintenance of the landscape shall include, but not be limited to, watering, weeding, monitoring and treating any disease and/or pest problems, cultivating and any other maintenance requirements (per standard trade practices) to keep the plant materials in a normal healthy growing condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXISTING SUBGRADE SOIL A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all soil additives required for the performance Contract and for determining the quantity of additives required to fulfill Contract obligations. I I 4/23/92 WMBTTIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 6 B. Soil tests of the subgrade soil shall be made by the Contractor to determine MECHANICAL ANALYSIS (per USDA Particle Size and Organic Matter Test) and FERTILITY ANALYSE; (to determine magnesium, nitrogen, potassium, and phosphorus levels; soluble salts/conductivity and pH). Contractor shall send a minimum of one (1) representative sample of subgrade soil to an approved soil testing laboratory (state laboratory or recognized commercial laboratory!. The cost for testing must be born by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid for the soil additives at a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work TEST RESULTS AND LABORATORY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ORNAMENTAL PLANT GROWTH must be submitted to the Landscape Architect for approval prior to incorporating soil additives into the subgrade and placing planting soil. 2.02 PLANTING SOIL A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply of all natural soil and soil additives required for the performance of this Contract and for determining the volume of soil and additives required to fulfill Contract obligations. Soil shall be free of weeds, pests, toxic substances and other undesirable material harmful to ornamental plant growth. 1 . Natural Soil: Natural Soil shall be fertile, friable, natural loam, surface soil, reasonably free of subsoil, clay Ii mps, brush, weeds and other litter, and free of roots, stumps, stones larger than one (1) inches in any dimension and other extraneous or toxic matter harmful to plant growth. Obtain topsoil only from naturally, well-drained sites where topsoil occurs in a depth of not less than four (4) inches; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. B. All planting soil, including "Suggest Soil Sources" material, for on-grade and all other required planting locations, shall be a two-way mix planting soil consisting of two third (2/3) natural soil and one third (1/3) organic matter by volume thoroughly mixed together. Two-way mix soil shall have a pH range of 5 0 to 6.5, with dolomitic limestone added as necessary to attain this range. Contractor shall send a minimum of one (1) representative sample of MIXED SOIL; to an approved soil testing laboratory (state or commercial laboratory) to determine MECHANICAL ANALYSIS (per USDA Particle Size and Organic Matter test) and FERTILITY ANALYSIS (to determine magnesium, nitrogen, potassium and phosphorus levels, soluble salts/conductivity and pH). The results shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect (WITH TEST RESULTS AND LABORATORY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ORNAMENTAL PLANT GROWTH)for approval prior to use on the project site. The Contractor shall be responsible for whatever soil additives may be required, as recommended by the testing laboratory. The cost for testing must be borne by the Contractor. Soil shall meet the following mechanical analysis: Size Sieve Percent Passing 3 /8 ASTM E-1 1 1 00 No. 10 ASTM E 11 8 5- 1 0 0 No. 270 ASTM E 11 2 5-4 5 0.002 MM Clay 0- 10 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 7 1 1 . Organic Matter: Organic matter shall by "Odrden Care" compost material by North American Soils, 285-5125 or approved equal. 2.03 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 'Garden Care" compost material by North American Soils or approved equal ' 2.04 FERTILIZER A. Shall be complete commercial brand fertilizer with chemical analysis shown on unopened container when delivered. B. Commercial Fertilizer "A" tor trees, shrubs and t,round cover during planting: AGRO "Transplanter", or equal. 2.05 SOIL ADDITIVES ' A_ Soil additives for correction of pH and trace element def,ciencies shall be factory labeled containers and approved prior to application. 2.06 LIME A Lime shall be dolomitic limestone containing not less than eighty-five (85) percent of total 1 carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such fineness that one hundred (100) percent will pass a No. 20 sieve. 2.07 WATER A Contractor shall make, at Contractor expense. whatever arrangements are necessary to ensure an adequate supply of water to meet the needs of this Contract. Contractor shall also furnish necessary hose, equipment, attachments, and accessories for the adequate irrigation of planted areas as may be required to complete the work specnied. All costs for water incurred during the contract period shall be borne by the Contractor unless other arrangements are made with the Owner. 2.08 ANTI-DESICCANT , A. Anti-desiccant shall be "Wilt-Pruf" or equal, delivered in manufacturer's containers and used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 111 2.09 TREE STAKING MATERIALS A. See "Tree Planting Details." per Specifications Detail. I 1 r 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 8 2. 10 PLANTS A. Trees, Shrubs and Groundcover. (See Planting Plan.) 1 . All plants shall be nursery grown, or normal habit of growth, healthy, vigorous and free of disease, insect eggs and larvae. shall not be pruned prior to delivery. Plants shall have all leadsrs and buds intact. Grading of plant material and root ball/container sizes shall be in accordance with the code of standards of the American Association of Nurserymen Nomenclature shall conform with Standard Plant Names, latest edition. Names not present in this listing shall conform to accepted nomenclature in the nursery trade. 2. No less than ten (10) percent of each variety and/or species of plant delivered to the project shall be accurately labeled. Whether or not labeled, any plants which do not conform to the Plant Schedule and/or Planting Plan shall be replaced immediately with plants conforming. Plant mat,trial labels shall be durable, legible labels stating the correct plant name. 3. Provide the number of plants shown on the Drawings or listed on the Plant Schedule, whichever is greater, or to cover at specified spacings. 4. Collected plant material may be used ONLY when approved by the Landscape Architect. 5. Plants are required to be from stock acclimated to Project Site environmental conditions, having been consistently cultivated and grown under these conditions PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All areas shall be finish graded and approved by the Landscape Architect before commencement of planting. All areas shall allow for planting soil and mulch added to individual planting areas as specified herein. All grades shall flow smoothly into one another and produce positive drainage. The Contractor is responsible for any adverse drainage conditions that may affect plant growth unless the Contractor contacts the Landscape Architect immediately, indicating any possible problem. Verify all grades with Landscape Architect before commencement of planting. 3.02 SUBGRADE A. All rough grading of the subgrade has been completed B. Contractor shall review and identify planting areas that have been excessively compacted by construction equipment. Rototill or scarify compacted subgrade soils to a minimum depth of six (6) inches prior to placement of planting soil. If additional rototilling or scarifying, below six (6) inci,es, is required to eliminate surface water ponding, the Contractor shall notify Landscape Architect of problem areas. Additional work shall be paid at unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD SECTLANDSCION 0 PAGE 9 C. Remove debris and rocks over one (1) inch nch in size. establish proper D grades and lightly Placing of planting soil shall constitute acceptance of subgrade conditions by Contractor. ' 3.0 3 SOIL PREPARATION A. All areas to receive tree, rol linshrub and groundcoVer ' 9. Spread four (4) inches of plantingplanting shall be depth inosix (6) inches. Remove debris soil over all planting of planting. panting areas and I debris before and rocks larger than one (1) inch in diametero a B. Finish GradingPrior to nish 1 unless ass otherwiseeisefiined ted on the top surface of planting soil prior to the installation of the Drawings. 2. Finish gradingmulch consist of placing, surface nshall in all necessary piacig, grades shown on thegrading and rolling enng soil, Drawings drainage shales d c generally providing for and as directed by the Landscape conforming 3 Compact finish aPe Architect. to finish ASTM: grade to eighty-five (85) percent of D 1557 unlessradto otherwise a fivedefimaximum ed in EARTHWORKdry density as determined by 4 After settling, finish Section. inches below grades in tree, shrubs and groundcover all walks, curbs, and/or other hard surface edges. areas shall be two (2) 5. All planting areas shall be finish dges. commencement of I graded and accepted by the Panting, preferably at time of Land 3.04 SHAKING AND LAYOUT stP,cing and layout. Architect before A- Staking and layout refers to locatingwithout and verifying a just tion ofall planting locations. materials until stakingcost to the Owner. Make required flab and layout is verifi�od b No work shall Architect on inB. Contractor shall Heti Y the Landscape Ar pions and notify Landscape Architect in writingimmediately chitect. actual site conditions and mediate) 3 05 await instructions before r y of any variance between TREE,SHRUB AND GROUNDCO proceeding. VER INSTALLATION A. Set all Trees, shrubs and is more than two groundcover according g Proceeding. (2) feet from the Plan to spacing on Planting pl erne position, consult with LandscapeA ans. If r Architect before 4/23/ 12 i WMB/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 10 B. Dig pits for trees, shrubs and groundcover as indicated in "Deciduous Tree Planting Detail" and "Groundcover & Shrub Planting Detail" herein and consistent with good horticultural practice. The inside surfaces of all planting pits are to be rough, not smooth. Backfill material for plantings is to be two-thirds (2/3) planting soil as specified with one-third (1/3) existing soil thoroughly mixed together. If the Contractor encounters clay soil or any unusual condition which may be detrimental to the new planting, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect immediately. Unsuitable material, if encountered, shall be removed from the site and planting soil distributed to replace the unsuitable material as Extra Work in accordance witri the Specification. Unsuitable material removal will be paid for as a Change Order in accordance with the Specifications. C. Soak rootballs which have dri^d before planting Prune broken roots one-half (1/2) inch or more in diameter cleanly. Plant at time plant materials are available and in spring or fall of year in which dug and when weather conditions are consistent with good horticultural practice. If container stock lookto be rootbound, slash roots vertically with a sharp knife along outside of ball in three places minimum before planting. Plant balled and burlapped or container tree or shrub to conform with planting details. Apply Fertilizer "A" per manufacturer's recommendation to all trees, shrubs and groundcover. Hold plants in center of hole approximately two (2) inches above normal growing position and backfill to within six (6) inches of finish grade. Fill hole with water and allow to settle, complete backfill and tamp firmly. Finish grade at plants, after planting and settling, shall afford positive drainage away from crown at no greater than one quarter (1/4) inch per foot, unless otherwise specified. D. Stake• ALL trees and stake all shrubs which are or may become loosened or tipped from their proper position during the first growing season, as indicated in the Planting Details. Staking mjst be in a workmanlike operation. E. F'rovide all planting areas with uniform two (2) inch layer of mulch material over a properly cleaned and graded surface. However, before installing mulch, the Contractor shall contact the Landscape Architect for a semi-final inspection of planting area grades, soil depth and plant locations. Should the Contractor install mulch before inspection, it will be at the Contractor's own risk. F As necessary, a follow-up fertilizer application for all planting beds shall be in accordance with recommendations from soil test fertility analysis. 3 06 PROTECTION A All planting materials shall be properly protected againsi hard, from normal weather conditions and the public by the Contractor until Final Acceptance. Maintenance of all the planted areas until Final Acceptance, shall include, but not be limited 'a, watering, weeding, and pruning as well as replacement of any plants which app far to Le in distress. Tree stakes shall be kept secure at all times. Although planting shall occur in spring or 'all of year when weather conditions are favorable, special planting techniques, defoliating, wilt proofing or spray misting mai' be required should unseasonable planting conditions occur. No work shall be performed in. over or adjacent to planting areas without approved protection and safeguards 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 11 B. Plant losses due to ABNORMAL WEATHER conditions such as, tloods, excessive wind damaCe, drought, severe freezing or abnormal rains, as determined by the National Weather Service, Telephone Number (206) 526-6087: will not be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.07 CLEAN UP A. Areas to be kept clean during progress of work and until completion. Water, dirt and rubbish to be kept off allaeven, fd ine grade around reas. Remove al plants andurpius ,als and wash clean al! paved areash from s. Leavng e rake beds neatly to project in first quality condition 3.0 8 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Final acceptance of all landscaping work describ3d 'n this Specification section, with the exclusion of possible replacements of plant materials under the Guarantee, shall be ma& by the Landscape Architect and/or approved representative of the Owner to determine one n writhundredn (100) percent completion of the Contract work. This review shallhhours be madeupon antir e ��ated request to the Landscape Architect no less than forty-eight (48) prior tdate of inspection. B. SHOULD ADDITIONAL FINAL ACCEPTANCE REVIF_W(S)BE REQUIRED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT DUE TO THE FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO HAVE THE PROJECT LANDSCAPING ARCHITECT HFORS FINAL DOLLARS$60700)PER HOUR AND CONTRACTOR ACTUAL COST OF EXPAY TO THE PENSES FOR EACH THE SUM O ADDITIONAL FINAL ACCEPTANCE REVIEW. 3.09 DETAILED DRAWINGS(ATTACHED) A. Deciduous Tree Planting Detail B. Groundcover and Shrub Planting Detail C. Typical Planting Edge END OF SECTION WMB/TIGARD 4/23/92 _ _ 1 PLANT AT SAME LEVEL AS GROWN TOP OF ROOTBALL TO BE LEVEL KEEP MULCH LAYER �1� ,� ' ��� SURROUNDING SOIL AWAY FROM FOLIAGE I..„.,,,*, j 2" 1110111111111111 MIMI,.. 1 „AilIMi� 111111 111111111 I Mil . FINISH 1 �LT 1 11 - I- CL ril T 1I ' ` '*, • ! , _ OPEN BURLAP AROUND TRUNK 0 0 — �••�i�i�i��. �' FOLD BACK AND UNDER I �� H• El I1 NIL- 1 _ BACKFILL W/ 2/3 PLANTING SOIL T � ��� do 1 /3 EXISTING SOIL — THOROU i(------ WATER SETTLE E ,,ISTING PLANTING HOL COMPACTED EXISTING SOIL OIL TO BE 6" LARGER MOUND TO SUPPORT GROUNDCOV THAN DIA. OF WHILE BACKFILLING SECTION ROOTBALL FOR GROUNDCOVER, 12" LARGER THAN DIA. OF ROOTBALL FOR SHRUBS GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB 6PLANTING DETAIL BNOT TO SCALE PLANT AT SAME LEVEL AS GROWN. LCH LAYER 1 / TOP OF ROOTBALL TO BE LEVEL W/ OM FOLIAGE NA‘ � SURROUNDING SOIL .,,,\; . moi' ... , 2" 1111111 NIIIIII111111I��.._ 1 , 111. �IIIIIIIIIIIhIuIIuIIIIIIIIIII �- FINISH GRADE = l—_ —jII � _ ; � � .: it Iiii__, 111-11- - --.) o w TIii T Tri Tri � I ��j•j�j�j� OPEN BURLAP AROUND TRUNK (C.2 O I �4��������� u F nLD BACK AND UNDER T if11T�j7=1 BACKFILL W/ 2/3 PLANTING SOIL & 1/3 EXISTING SOIL - THOROUC Je--- \ WATER SETTLE EXISTING PLANTING HOL COMPACTED EXISTING SOIL SOIL TO BE 6" LARGER MOUND TO SUPPORT GROUNDCOVER/SHRUB THAN DIA. OF WHILE BACKFILLING SECTION ROOTBALL FOR GROUNDCOVER, 12" LARGER THAN DIA. OF ROOTBALL FOR SHRUBS GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB PLANTING DETAIL BNOT TO SCAT I III NOTE: 1 /2" DIA. SOFT DAR RUBBER HOSE - 0\ 1 . STAKES FOR TREES TREE TRUNK MUST I UP TO AND INCLUDING ` CONTACT W/ RE-BA 1 -3/4 CAL. SHALL BE #5 RE-BARAlk TREE TRUE ir 2. STAKES FOR TREES 1101 2" CAL. THRU 3" CAL. �� A WRAP WIRE SHALL BE #8 RE-BAR ' hiloiAROUND RE TOP OF REBAR I. f r -- (NO BURRS) PLAN Li - SECURE TREE TRUNK TO STAKE Q TREE— �jHOSES & 12 GA. GALV. WIRE -- En = TRUNK t-- fl WIRE ENDS INTO STAKE PLACE c� 2" I`� PLANT AT SAME LEVEL AS GROW t� MULCH- RE-BAR I w TOP OF ROOTBALL TO BE LEVEL STAKE ON r) z SURROUNDING SOIL WINDWARD _ FI SIDE OF Q = ►►-h ,�.. . ;� 1-4 ll 1_�1.11miJ r TREE m f- TI I l�rt'�TTT�—I ''�'►�j;���A P. ';I I. �.�a F— a. I I 7 . . ♦ ► , ,;. . ,1,— p w1-1.,C,*♦��� �.�.. — � ♦ ► OPEN BURLAP AROUND TRU o 0 1-- : � �IidW !' P':, f]i FOLD BACK AND UNDER ►, ► // /• V". 1 MIN. r. T 7,1111. 1-11 "I1f,� "-- BACKFILL W/ 2/3 PLANTING si & 1/3 EXISTING SOIL - THe j24" GREATER WATER SETTLE EXISTING THAN DIA. OF SOIL ROOTBALL COMPACTED EXISTING SOIL MOUND TO SUPPORT TREE SECTION WHILE BACKFILLING DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING D ANOT TO SCALE I N E OR TREES ND INCLUDING CAL. SHALL 1 /2" DIA. SOFT DARK GREEN , RUBBER HOSE - OVERLAP HOSE TREE TRUNK MUST NOT BE IN CONTACT W/ RE-BAR OR WIRE 'E-BAR — TREE TRUNK FOR TREES THRU 3" CAL. ' A0 �� w WRAF, WIRE ENDS ;E #8 RE-BAR �\ AROUND RE-BAR TOP OF REBAR �� (1 ) RE-BAR (NO BURRS) .- PLAN w �' SECURE TRF TRUNK TO STAKE W/ 3 RUBBER Y g TREE j, HOSES & 12 GA. GALV. WIRE - TURN BACK TRUNK WIRE ENDS INTO STAKE H 5 2" MULCH ' AuPLANT AT SAME LEVEL AS GROWN. _I w TOP OF ROOTBALL TO BE LE"`L W/ `n = SURROUNDING SOIL -� \ - FINISH GRADE J )i ll1 llI III ;,`. �.�• . ♦�' Ill ill ll! 111 111 ll ►- a 0 ♦•��'►� ,. II O w 1- ;��, ♦.w♦ , , OPEN BURLAP AROUND TRUNK cy \ — �!��th.��� �II FOLD BACK AND UNDER \ 12" MIN. _ ii:11-1�7Wn ilr. ii''II 12" MIN. �IIm1 BACKFILL W/ 2/3 PLANTING SOIL \ & 1/3 EXISTING SOIL -- THOROUGHLY _� if24" GREATER WATER SETTLE EXIS I INGTHAN \__ DIA. OF SOIL ROO BDLL COMPACTED EXISTING SOIL MOUND TO SUPPORT TREE SECTION WHILE BACKFILLING nDECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING DETAIL A NOT TO Sc Al I II FINISH GRADE OF SHRUB AND/OR GROUNDCOVER PLANTING AREA W/ 2" MULCH PLANTING SOIL / 71=--is- FINISHED GRADE ••••• ••••••••••••••••••• •:-:•:.:•:•:•:•:•••••••••:---IT-111-1 - COMPACT SUBGRADE 1-:7- 1----m-u_,-,, ,--__Li--„ ,- -TIT-M ITT ITT ITT--M-M-TTT--M- 0 TYPICAL PLANTING EDGE NOT TO SCALE i SHRUB AND TREE TRANSPLANTING SECTION 02910 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 GENERAL A. Do all transplanting work required to complete the work shown on the Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. 1 0 2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all materials, equipment, labor and related items as necessary to complete the work shown on the Drawings and/or specified in the Specifications. The items of work to be performed shall include but are not limited to. 1 . Excavation, moving and planting of trees noted on the Drawings to be transplanted. 2 r'rotection of utilities and other items encountered. 1 .03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Related work In other sections of these Specification Sections includes but is not limited to: 1 . Landscaping 2. Performance Specifications Irrigation System 1 .04 INTENT A. The method of transplanting as specified is suggested as a means to accomplish the work. Alternate methods for transplanting may be submitted to the Landscape Architect for review prior to implementation. Alternate procedures will be evaluated on their ability to provide the transplanted trees and/or shrugs with the highest survival rate possible. 1 .0 5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDUUNG A. Transplanting shall occur only between October and March, and when seasonal and climatic variables allow doing so in accordance with accepted horticultural practice PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Materials and methods for transplanting shall be the same as those for planting new plant material as specified in the Landscaping section of these Specifications, unless otherwise noted. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD SHRUB AND TREE TRANSPLANTING SECTION 02910 PAGE 3 3Temporary Storage: When trees and shrubs are dug for immediate relocation and replanting, within seven (7) days of digging, plant material shall be immediately heeled into loose soil or mulch that receives thorough daily watering until planted into final position. 4. Installation: New hole shall be dug and lined with a mix of half specified planting soil and half natural soil. Tree pits shall be at least two (2) Leet greater in diameter than ball and at least eight (8) inches deeper than ball and in accordance with "Planting Details", Landscape section. Tree and/or shrub shall be planted no deeper than its original position. Protect branches and trunk from breakage or scarring while being transported to new location. Water thoroughly during backfilling to remove air pockets. Apply root stimulant solution per manufacturer's directions. Guy the tree with three wires. Flag all wires and stakes with red plastic flagging for visibility 5. Pruning: Pruning of the trees and/or shrubs as directed will be accomplished after transplanting. t pruning, unless agreed upon by the Landscape Architect, shall occur prior to transplanting. 3.02 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain close surveillance of transplanted trees and/or shrubs to ensure every possibility of their survival. Upon completion of the Contract and transfer of maintenance responsibility, the Contractor shall provide the Owner in writing all special maintenance requirements for these plant materials, as well as the requirements for other special maintenance on the site. The Owner assumes responsibility of all transplanted material upas completion of the Contract, unless there is evidence of negligence on the part of the Contractor during transplanting operations. END OF SECTION i/23/92 WMB/TIGARD L_ _ SHRUB AND TREE TRANSPLANTING SECTION 02910 PAGE 2 2.0 2 MATERIALS A. Conform to Drawings and Specifications. Su erthrive", or 1 . Root Stimulant: AoMraceorrr lshall manufacturers s fecommendarovide "Liquinox tonsw P approved equal. Apply P tented trees 2. Guying Materials: Contractor shall guy rather than stake tra"'p Provide 10 gauge wire, rubber hose, rebar stakes, flagging or approved equal as required to support transplanted plants. ONTR AP ORTOITE �MIT SHOP DRAWING OR GUYING DETAIL FOR APPROVAL BY PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Contractor has the op tic;' of hand digging the rootbal' or utilizing a "Vermeer" type hydraulic spade. Trees and/or shrubs are Rootsla�edto not rot be torn butground, cut clean. ll balled and burlapY Rootbaedlls wll firm,eanamral terballs of dsoil. g Rootballs shall he of a diameter andspend development. Soilass adjafibrous -ent to treeand/or roots roots insure full shall be watered thoroughly prior to excavation. (Rootballs shall be as scheduled below.) C,gging shall be carefully done so as to avoid skinned roots; protect shalt be bare roots from exposure to sun and from drying out. All cuts over one (1) treated with alcohol Contractor shall be held liable for damage to adjacent property and plants. 1 . Rootballs. ` �,,,,��,'�� Min-S12_B QLI]vst1b+�++ ('^timer of Tree Til1IIls Four (4) inches Five (5) feetlest Six (6) inches Six (6) Eight (8) inches Sever, (7) feet Rootballs shall be securely wrapped with burlap and twine to remain intact during the moving operation Backfill holes with approved soil and leave site clean protected with 2 Moving. Trees andror shrubss hall be teed back taransported necessary llng location annd bark p with care� to prevent damage. Branches No burlap bags from chafing by rcDes al tectio sof branches and oo balls.s may dragged along the ground without p WMB/TIGARD d23192 �.�� - U WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 03001 TIGARD,OREGON CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast-in-place concrete. 2. Concrete accessories. 3. Formwork,shoring,bracing,and anchorage. 4. Concrete reinforcement. B. Related Sections: 1. 07900- Joint Sealers: Expansion pint fillers. C. Work Installed but Furnished in Other Sections: 1. 05500- Metal Fabrications: Embedded metal items. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. E. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions,and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute(ACI) 1. 301 - Specifications of Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete 2. A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. C494 -Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 4. A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement. 5. C33-Concrete Aggregates. 6. C150-Portland Cement. 7. D1752 -Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. C. Federal Specification (FS) 1. TT-C-800-Curing Compound,Concrete,for New and Existing Surfaces. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. Maintain copy of ACI 301 on site. B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Concrete work is subject to special testing and inspection as specified in 01400. Notify Architect at least 4f4 hours before concrete is poured 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 03001-1 111 SECTION 03001 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CONCRETE TIGARD, OREGON 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 01300. 11 B. Shop Drawings. 1. Reinforcing and Concrete Configuration: a. Detail reinforcing in accordance with ACI 315. indicate reinforcement sizes, spacings, locations and quantities of reinforcing,bending and cutting schedules,splicing,and supporting and spacing devices. b. Indicate embedded items. c. Show concrete configurations. 2. Slab Layouts: Dimension locations of control,expansion,and construction pints. Relate to building grid lines. ' C. Product Data: Submit data for each accessory,admixture,and curing material proposed for the work. D. Mix Designs: Prior to concrete work,submit mix designs for approval. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Unless specified otherwise,conform to ACI 301. 1 B. Plywood: 1. APA B-B Plyform Class 1. ext. C. Form Ties: Snap-off metal;cone ends. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing Steel: Types as indicated on the structural drawings. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Types as indicated on the structural drawings. ' C. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports,and Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM 050,normal-Type 1 Portland,grey color. ' R Normal Weight Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33; severe weather exposure. ' ( Water (lean and not detrimental to concrete. 03001-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1 AIM WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP , TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 03001 CONCRETE I 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Use admixtures only as approved by Structural Engineer. B. Air Entrainment Admixture:Conform with ASTM C260, Chem-Masters "ADZ-AIR", "Darex AEA', or approved,added in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Water Reducer: ASTM C494,Type A; Euclid Chemical Company "Eucon Retarder -75", Master Builders "Pozzolith 200N", Sika Chemcial Corp. "Plastocrete", or approved. c D. Super Plasticizer: ASTM C494,Type F or C. Euclid Chemical Company "Eucon 327',Sika Chemical Corporation "Sikament", or approved. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Acrylic type; Sonneborn "Sonnocrete", W.R. Grace"Dura weld C", Euclid Chemical Co. "Flex-con",or approved. B. Prefabricated Slab Construction Joints: The Burke Company "Keyed Kold Joint," with splice r plates, stakes, and driving accessories, or approved;depth 1/2 inch less than slab thickness, galvanized sheet metal tongue and groove joint form,with knockouts for passing reinforcing bars through. ' C. Form Release Agent: Colorless material which will not stain concrete, absorb mot:iture,or impair bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. D. Expansion Joint Material. ASTM C1752;type I. E Prefabricated Control Joint: Burke "Plastic Zit strip Joint Former",or equal. F. Curing Compounds: 1. Curing ompound: Burke"Res-X" All Resin Base;fugitive dye. 2. Curing/Sealing Compound:Slabs: Sonncborn "Kure-N-Seal,"or approved. G. Curing Pape. Burke Kraft Curing Paper Type I-SK-30,or approved. 2.06 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94,and in accordance with the requirements indicated on the structural drawings. 111 B. Admixtures: 1. All concrete shall contain a water reducing admixture. 2. Normal weight concrete: 5%, - 7%entrained air by volume,for concrete exposed to freeze-thaw or de-icing salts,and all exterior concrete including, but not limited to, slabs, paving, sidewalks and perimeter building foundations. 3. All pumped concrete,architectural concrete,and concrete with required water/cement ratio below 0.50 shall contain superplasticizer. 2.07 REINFORCEMENT FABRICATION A. Fabricate as indicated and in accordance with ACI 315. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 , 03001-3 SECTION 03001 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CONCRETE TIGARD, OREGON PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FORMWORK ERECTION A. Verify lines, levels,and measurement before proceeding with formwork. Align form joints. B. Use plywood forms, unless other systems are approved by the Architect. C. Use form release agent on forms in accordance...nth the manufacturer's recommendations. Verify that form release agents will not affect the bond of subsequent concrete surface treatments. D. Coordinate with work of other Sections in forming and setting openings,slots, ri..esses,chases, sleeves, bolts,anchors, and other inserts E. Tolerances: Comply with ACI 301,Table 4.3.1 -Tolerances for Formed Surfaces. F. Where earth forms arc used,hand trim sides and bottoms of earth forms. Remove loose dirt. 3.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on the dr,iwings at points of minimum stress. C. Provide laps and concrete cover as indicated in the Drawings 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. In accordance with ACI 301. • 3.(4 SUBSEQUENT TREATMENT FOR FORMED SURFACES A Where fluid applied waterproc'ing is scheduled or indicated, grout fill all rock pockets, tie holes, and other surface imperfections to create a smooth surface ready to receive the waterproof membrane. Grind concrete fins and otr.'r surface projections flat with adjacent surfaces. 105 SI.ABS A Expansion Joints: 1 Place expansion joints where exterior slabs abut con,-ete walls, the building perimeter,and other fixed objects abutting or within the slab area A, exterior sidewalks, place expansion pints at maximum 20 foot intervals unless otherwise tndt. 'ed. 2 Place perpendicular to longitudinal axis of wall and curbs. 3 Form expansion joints with joint filler. Recess joint filler 1/2 int. below finished concrete surface to receive sealant specified in Section 079(X1. B Control Joints: 1. Make pints straight; perpendicular or parallel to building lines and slab. 'e;es, as appropnate 2. Control joints shall be saw cut, or tooled, as indicated on the drawings. 3. Control pints shall penetrate the slab a minimum of 1/4 the thickness of the si, 03001-4 11/6/90\4/2. 12\4/72/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 03001 111 "I!GARD, OREGON CONCRETE C. Construction Joints: Place at either expansion or control pint locations. 1 D. Curing 1. Apply curing compound to slabs not to receive additional finishes. 2. Apply curing/sealing compound at slabs to receive sealer. 3. Moisture cure slabs to receive tile, resilient flooring, and other floor finish materials which are bonded to the concrete substrate. Moisture cure with curing paper. Seal the edges and secure in position to avoid displacement during subsequent construction operations. E. Finishes: 1. Full Trowel finish interior floor slab surfaces, unless specified otherwise. 2. Light steel trowel finish interior floor slab surfaces scheduled to receive tile. 3. Broom finish exterior slabs, sidewalks, and curbs. F. Sealer: Apply a second coat of curing/sealing compound to concrete slabs scheduled to receive sealer. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Slab Tolerances: Class B in accordance with ACI 301. 1 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01001-5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUT' f PGARD, OREGON SECTION 04210 BRICK VENEER PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Face brick. 2. Reinforcement,anchorages,and accessories. 3. Related flashing. B. Related Sections: 1. 05120- Structural Steel: Relieving angles. 2. 06112 - Framing and Sheathing: Sheathing and building paper. 3. 07900- Sealants: Control and expar 'ion joint sealing. C. Drawings, the provision,of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to ail work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. Requests for substitution of brick/manufacture shall be accompanied bysamples representative of proposed color,resume of projects of t f p es and production schedule information sufficient to demonstratetcca achy to meetat of this scheduling requirements. plantcapacity to project 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A153 -Zinc Coating(Hot Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware 2. C216- Facing Brick. 3. C270- Mortar for Unit Masonry. 4. C476-Grout for Reinforced and Non-reinforced Masonry. 5. D449 - Asphalt Used in Dampproofing and Waterproofing; 6. DI187 - Test Method for Asphalt-Base Emulsions for as Protective Coatingsfor M 7. D1227 - Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coatingfor Built-Up Roofing Metal; 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make subrrittsis in accordance with Section 01300. B. Samples: 1. Bricks. Minimum six samples of brick type a. Furnish samples fromproposedcourt-proposed for the work. b. Submit quantity of bricks s supply;c,u�, to be furnished, required to represent extreme range of color and finish of brick c Where custom sites am specified, +vbmit brick of similar size to that to be furnished. 2 Mortar: a• Three cured samples of mortar proposed h. Furnish cured sample of approved �o°mason work.r the matching masonry veneer mortar to Section 07900 for color I1/6/90\4/21/92\4/27/92 04210-1 16200 S.W. PACIFIC HIGHWAY 4 OF 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL,'TIGARD TOWN SQUARE WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION (4210 TIGARD, OREGON BRICK VENEER PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR FACEBRICK A Conforming to to ASTM C216 Type F8X-Iobsite,Grade SW. B. "Limestone" Bnck: 11-1/2" x 3-1/2"x 1-1/2"and 11-1/2"x 3-1/2"x 2-1/2"sizes; smooth cut Manufacturer Mutual Materials Co. C. "Autumn Blend" Brick: 15-1/7"x 3-1/2" x 3-1/2"; wire cut Bnck to match shopping center, venfv size and finish Manufacturer: Masons United Co D Provide special shapes as indicated. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Mortar ASTM C270, Type S or M;custom color as selected by the Architect B Grout In accordance with ASTM C476; 2(1(10 psi compressive strength C Reinforcing Wire Continuous 9 gage wire I) Attachment System. I For Attachment to Wood Framed Walls: Hohmann & Barnard, Inc "DW-10 Seismiclip Interlock System", including "DW-10•X" attachment anchor with neoprene gasket, "Byna-Tie," and "Seismiclip" for Q gage wire 2. Finishes, General: Where hot dip galvanized coating is indicated, comply with ASTM A153, Class B-3 F Tie System: Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. (516/234-(16001 "DW-10 Series." 1 Bnck Tie: Fabricate from minimum 3/16" diameter steel wire; hot dip galvanize after fabrication. 2 Wire Clip: "Seisiniclip ir250 " 3. Tie wire: 9 gage galvanized steel wire 4 Finishes, General Where hot dip galvanized coating is indicated, comply with ASTM A153, Class B-3 F Fasteners: Galvanized self drilling type, for attachment of fastening system through sheathing into metal framing G Flexible Flashing: W.R. Grace "Perm-A-Barrier" Wall Flashing.I Fi Rope Weeps:Cotton rope;3/8 diameter Cleaner: Non-acidic,as recommended by hnck manufacturer 11/b/90\4/21/(72\4/72/92 04210-3 SECTION 04210 WA,H;NGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BRICK VENEER TIGARD, OREGON C. Shop Drawings. Indicate locations and configurations of brick, prefaced masonry, and precast concrete to be installed, dimension points, locations of all flashings, cntical details, reinforcing, special shapes, and brick schedule. D Product Literature: For all accessory components, mortar mixes,and additives. E Certifications: 1 Submit manufacturer's certificate that masonry, and reinforcing, meet or exceed specified requirements 2. Submit manufacturers certification tha. n .,rtar and grout meet the specified requirements 1.14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Work of this Section is sublcct to testing and inspection as specified in Section 01400 B Mock-up. I Prior to starting brick masonry work,construct on site a sample 6 x 6 foot back panel Sample panel shall include: a Proposed bock indicating color and texture range h Mortar indicating proposed color c Proposed coursing,bond, pints, weep holes,and flashing d. Sealant point as provided in section 07900 e Treatment of one half of the panel with proposed cleaning procedure f Water repellent coating as provided in Section 07180. 2. Do not start work until Architect has approved mock-up. Construct additional panel(%)as required by the Architect for approval 3. Panel will he used as standard of comparison for all masonry work built of same material not destroy or move panel until work is completed and accepted by Owner 1.oc DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A In accordance with Section 01600 B As hocks are unloaded and made ready for use,compare units with gib samples for appearance and quality Refect and return broken,damaged,battered or nonconforming hock ( Store masonry units off ground to prevent contamination by mud, dust,or materials likely to cause ..airing or other defects 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A Wet Weather Provide suitable cover over work exposed to weather, protect materials Maintain cover over finished work for 48 hours after completion. B Cold Wei.ther When outside temperature is below 40 degrees F, or is expected to fall below freezing within 48 hours (Weather Bureau forecast), heat materials and provide suitable enclosures to maintain temperatures above 40 degrees F in masonry work in place for 48 hours after completion Obtain approval of methods of protection before proceeding. 04210-2 11/6/904/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION (14210BRICK VENEER TIGARD. OREGON C. lies: R sequence with masonry installation. 1. Install ties and anchorage clips in wire as 2. Provide continuous 4 gage reinforcing wire engaged into the anchorage clips. Lap gage recommended by the anchorage system manutacturei 3. Set ties and reinforcing wire in a bed of mortar and cover with mortar for secure and complete embedment D. Coursing 1. PlaCe masonry to lines and levels indicated 2 Maintain masonry courses to uniform height 3. Lay hnck masonry units in running bond to modular dimensiom indicated. Form tooled concave mortar pints where exposed in the finished work, cut flush at concealed locations,including pints concealed in cavities F Provide cleanouts at each course support as necessary to maintain cavities free of droppings Placing and Bonding ,toted with other work Buttering corners of pmts, 1. Lav masonry in full bed of mortar, properlyK and deep or excessive furrowing of r. ortar pints are not permitted 2. Fully bond intersections, and external and internal corners 3. Do not use chipped or broken units 4 Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar hay taken initial set Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace c Remove excess mortar. Bonding fresh masonry to set,or partially set. masonry a Remove loose mortar h (lean and I,ghtly wet exposed surface of set masonry prior to laying fresh masonry' G. Cutting and Fittingd,and as 1 Cut and fit masonry units to form the'configurations cuthnF; with atmax my yw.uCcex rdinatr fullvto fit the iwilh of other sections. Saw masonry units requiring other sections of work to ensure correct size, shape and location 2 Cut or block out chases for othertrades as diror t ted by other any area whesch ti time indicated f masonry sonon work 3 Obtain Architect's review pn cutting drawings,or which may impair appearance i.r strength of masonry work 4 Do not cut faces exposed to weather 11 Flexible Flashing 1 (lean surface of masonry smooth and free from protections which might puncture or otherwise damage flashing m,,erial 2 Install membrane flexible flashing as indicated, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations z At relieving angles, insallfl'`flexible flashing hadhering flashing toe to 3/8 inch from the face of the brick in installr expose in ^ck ufaceforadhrrencr of sealants specified in Section 07900 Extend flashing back to adhere to relieving angle and up onto substrate a minimum of 1-1/2 iandatheve toends p of uter vi gi rnantgleng vert rp t cal leshinR a minimum of g 4 Dam flashing at expansion pints 4 inches 5 Set brick over flashing in a bed of mortar 04210-511/h/90\4/21/92 4/22/e12 A • SECTION 04210 WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP BRICK VENEER TIGARD. OREGON PART 3 EXECUTION 1.01 PREPARATION A Verify adjacent work is ready to accept the work of this Section, verify that items provided by other Sections are properly sized and located Commencement of masonry work constitutes acceptance of adjacent and underlying construction Immediately notify Architect of all deficiencies. h Establish lines, levels. and coursing Protect from disturbance ( Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work Maintain in place until building stricture provides permanent bracing 1 02 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXIN(, A Thoroughly mix mortar and grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with the referenced standards P Add approved admixtures in accordance with manufacturer.instructions Provide uniformity of mix and coloration ( Do not use anti freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar or grout I) If water is list by evaporation. retemper mortar within two hours of mixing Do not retemper mortar after two ?lours of mixing E Use no lime in grout 1.03 INSTALLATION A Building Paper 1 Sequence with installation of flashing 2 Install one ply of building paper over sheathing or substrate as detailed Lap vertical pints 8 inches, minimum, weatherlap honzontal pints 4 inches. minimum Fasten to substrate. 1 Lap over through-wall (lashings 4 Seal around all penetrations P Anchorage System 1. Install attachment system at indicated When. not indicated, place each attachment anchor at 16 inches on center vertu ally along each stud for studs at In inches on center 2. Coordinate with installation of flashing materials and relieving angles i. !Furnish additional anchors at torp courses,openings, corners, at each side of expansion pants, and at other special conditions. 4 Set ties and reinforcing wire in a bee.' of mortar and i ower with mortar fn- se'ure and complete embedment 1112111-4 11/6/90\4/21/92\1/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 04210 TIGARD, OREGON BRICK VENEER C. Clean exposed masonry with a stiff brush and approved non-acidic soluhon which will not harm masonry and adfacent surfaces If cleaning operations do not produce satisfactory results, apply an alternate cleaning agent to sample wall area of 20 sqft. in a location as directed by the Architect I Do not proceed with cleaning until sample area is acceptable to Architect. 2. Use cleaner in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations 3. Work small sections at a time 4. Work from top to bottom 5. Protect adfacent materials and construction. Including landscape work in place, which may be damaged by masonry cleaning operations f Leave work area and surrounding surfaces clean and free of mortar spots,droppings,and broken , masonry 3.06 PROTECTION I A Protect finished Installation under provisions of Section 01500 B. Protect face materials, sills, ledges. and offsets from mortar drippings or other damage during , construction ( Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities D At day's end, cover unfinished walls to prevent moisture infiltration I 3.()6 WE A THE RPROOFI NC A Water repellent coatings are specified under Section 071/10 I END OF SECTION 1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 04210-7 WASHINCION MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BRICK VENEERN TiGARD, OREGON BRICK I Weepholcs 1. Provide weep openings in head points in first course immediately above all flashing 2. Install rope weeps at locations indicated 3. Leave head point free and clean of mortar 4. Maximum spacing 2{1' o 5. Keep weepholes and area above flashing tree of mortar droppings Expansion/Control Joints 1 Provide expansion/control points as indicated 2 Keep points clear of mortar 3 Provide expansion points directly below relieving angles 4 Provide vertical pints at all inside corners in bnck veneer and at other locations as indicated on the Drawings c Joint Width Match typical mortar point h Installation of sealants is specified in Section 079007 . Do not continue masorw reinforcing across expansion/control plots k Build-in Work As 1 work progresses, build-in hollow a_ s. window frames, steel shelf angles nailing strips, anchor bo . plates, and other similar suppliedhv other!raoes 2 Build in items plumb and true 1 Bed anchors of hollow metal frames in mortar points Fill frame voids solid with mortar Fill masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings 4 Do not build-in organic materials which will be subpected to rot or deterioration At the end of each days work. stop off h orinontal runs by stepping back each course,toothing is not permitted, except at toothed control points where indicated �1 1 olerances 1 Maximum Vanation From Plumb a In lines and surfaces of columns, walls and anses 1 1/4 in in 10 ft. 2 3/8 in in any story or 20 ft maximum 3 1/2 in in40ft b For external comers,ers,expansion pints and other conspicuous lines 1. 1/4 in in any story or 211 ft nwumum 2. 1/2 in in 40 ft Maximum variation from level or grades for exposed lintels sills parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines 1/4 in in any bay or 211 ft t Maximum variation of linear building line from an established position in plan and related portions of columns, walls and partitions a 1/2 in in any bay or 20 ft maximum h 1/4 inch in 40 ft 111 POINTING. AND CLEANING, A ( lit out defe:live points and holes in exposed masonry and repoint with mortar B iDry brush masonry surface after mortar has set at end of each day s work and after final pointing 11/6/11\4/21/9'1\4/22/92 0421041 t WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 055(X) TIGARD, OREGON METAL FABRICATIONS PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A S•ct+on Includ2e I Custom metal fabrications not specified in other sections Foe tory prefabricated components nit specified in other sections B Related Sections 1 (li(*11 Concrete. Steel p+pc bollards. embedded stems 2 (199(x) • Painting: Field painting i+1 metal fabrications shop primed in this section 10' REFERENCES A. American Society far Testing and Materials (ASTM► 1 A36 Specification for Structural Teel 2. AS3 Specification fat Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe 3 A120 Specification for Black and Hot Dipped Zinc-Coated anted Welded and seamless Steel Pipe A1176 Ordinary Uses 4 A31r7 - Specification far (arbxon Steel E>,iernall Threaded Standard Fasteners 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make submittals +n accnrdanr+• with nl il*► B Shop Drawings Shots details of fabrication and installation, indicate materials, thickness of matrnals, sizes,dtmensw+ns, methods of re•tnforcerrx•nt and embedment, attachments, anchorage's provisions for work M other trades,and other pe•rtment inforrttat+an as re quested hs An hite�c t I ill QUALITY ASSURANCE A fabric!.Fabricator Qualification Must be'eepe•nen ed and rvgularls engaged in producing metal attonc of the type•specified,must empl•+s onit skilled personnel using proper equipment to produce work B testing and Inspection All nwtal tahnrations are suhlt•ct to special Inspection as specified in 011(*) PART: "RODU(TS 2(►I MATFRIAI.S A (orb on Steei 1 Pipe• ASTM Al?0 seamless, Type S. plain end, schedule Iii unless indicated otherwise B Fasteners Provide fasteners of t�Ie s as indii ated. vp,rifad. or required for the asseemhls and installation of fabricated items 1 Both ASTM A307, unless indicated otherwise, include nuts and plain harden washers 2 Drilled-In Concrete Anchors Ramset 'Truholt Stud Anchor", or Hilts Fastening Systems "Kwikbnit", or approved 111tetvt►�{l2)/a2��J22/42 05‘00-1 as 1 SECTION 05500 WASHINGTON MUTUA:. FINANCIAL GROUP METAL FABRICATIONS TIGARD, OREGON ( Miscellaneous Matenals Provide all incidental accessory materials, tools, methods and equipment required for fabrication and installation of miscellaneous metal items as indicated on drawings 1 Non-Shrink (.rout Master Builder's "Mash r Flow 713",Sonneborn "Scinogrout',or approved 2 02 FABRICATION FERROUS METAL FABRICATIONS A General Fabrication Requirements Fabricate as follows, unless specified or indicated otherwise 1 Verify all dimensions and tahncate to detail with accurate sizes and shapes. straight lines smooth clines. and char"angles 2 Welds shall have sufficient strength to withstand the loads applied 1 For Mems exposed to view or subject to contact,grind welds smooth and level with ad scent surfaces, remove all burrs from cut edges Fill imperfections with hedv putty as necessary for a • smooth even finish 4 fiend curved sections to a smooth radius free from buckles and twists } 2113 FINISHES A Ferrous Metal 1 Galvanizing a G-90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A1046 h Provide for all metal fabrications in exterior or moist conditions. and where noted 2 Special Primer Tnemec "Series tib Hi-Build Ep itoline epoxy polyamide coating, or approved 1 Finish Coating Tnemec ':;eves 71 Endura Shield III' acrylic polyurethane enamel or approved. semi-gloss sheen custom colors as selected 2 04 PROTECTION A For Metal in contact with concrete, masonrs and other dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaces with coating of an approved lint chromate primer in manner to obtain not less than 1 (►mil drs film thickness PART 1 EXECUTION 1 01 INSTALLATION A Install metal fabrications in accurate locations shown 1 Installation shall he in accordance with approved shop drawings. ngie?, plumb and level END OF SECTION I I i i'1SS(10-2 11,6,'911\4/21/92\4/VN2 I SECTION 06112 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP FRAMING AND SHEATHIN(. TIGARD, OREGON B. Conform to UL requirements to achieve rating indicated 1.05 SUBMITTALS A In lieu of grade stamping exposed to sew lumber and plywood. ..uhmit manufacturer's certificate under provisions .4t Section 01400 that products meet or exceed specified requirements 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDL INC A Store and protect products under provisions of Section O1600 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER MATERIALS A Lumber Grading Rules NFPA,or WCLIB B loist Framing Hem-Fir.or Spruce-Pine-Fir species. No 2 and Better grade 1e percent maximum moisture content ( Rafter Framing Hem-Fir, or Spruce-Pine-Fir species. No 2 and Better grade 1'+ penent maximum moisture content I) Studding Hem-Fir.or Spruce-Pune•hr species,Standard and Better grade. 14 percent maximum moisture content I►' PI 1 W(X)L) MATFRIAI ti A Roof Sheathing APA Structural I, Grade C-D, F uteri or unsanded B Wall Sheathing APA Strut tura) I, Grade C-D. Exterior unsanded i5 phat FIF'S protects► 2 t►i ;,t1 ( M HOARD MATFRIAI ' A Provide hoards of rt>aximum permissihlc length for types of installation inelitated tapered edge for hoards to h•exposed. taped and finished tongue-and-groove edge for exterior sheathing hoards 1 inch thick unless indicated otherwise B T y pes 1 Sheathing ASTM Cly 2 Soffit Board ASTM C931 2 1t4 ACCESSORIFS A I asterc•rs tint-dipped galvanized steel for exterior high humdit% and treated wood locations, plain finish elsewhere size and type to suit condition B loist I i,Ingers i .alvanited steel sued to suit points and framing conditions ( Anchors Expansion shield and lag holt type her ane horage to solid masonry or concrete Bolts or hallishe fasteners for anchorage to steel 06112 2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/412 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION (1[+112 FRAMING AND SHEATHING TIGARD, OREGON PART 1 GENERAL. 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1 Structural wall, and roof framing 2 Plywood wall and roof sheathing 3 Exterior gypsum sheathing 4 Exterior gypsum soffit hoard 5 Preservative treatment of wood luding s tes, the H Drawings, the and Division lfthe sloec'Aigcati�nensectt�ns ar•pl�tecall and ork�offthas Section Conditions, C Substitutions Substitute products will he considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016011 1.02 REFERENCES A. Al `ems American Lumber Standards Committee Softwood Lumber Standards B American National Standards Institute iANSI) I A135 4 Basic Hardwood 2 A2OR 1 Mat Formed Wood Particleboard C. American Society for Testing and Matenals ASTM 1. C79 -Gypsum Sheathing Board 2. C931 - Exterior(.vpsum Soffit Board D ATA - American Plywood Association E AWPA ' American Wood Preserver. Axs station Hook of Standards I IS TT-W-571 - Wood Preservation -I mating Prat tires (. NFTA - National Forest Product" Association H WCLIB• West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau Standard Grading Rules for West Coast I umber I WWPA - Western Wood Products Aswx-iatv►n 1.01 Ql'AL.ITY ASSUR ANC F A I umber(.radir4, Ages v ( embed by ALSO H Plywood Grading Agency (ertihed try APA 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Conform to applicable code for fire retardant requirements 06112-1 It 0/9I1v4/21,12\4/22/92 SECTION 06112 ' WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP FRAMING AND SHEATHING TIGARD, OREGON 1 (14 TOLERANCES ' A Framing Member. I/4 inch maximum tram true position END OF SECTION I 06112-4 11 A/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06112 TIGARD, OREGON FRAMING AND SHEATHING D. Sill Gasket 1/4 inch thick, plate width, closed cell foam from continuous rolls E. Sill Flashing 6 mil thick, polyethylene sheet F Sheathing Screws Bugle head. steel, power driven type length as recommended bs• sheathing manufacturer 2 ()5 WOOD TREATMENT A Wood Preservative (Pressure Ire ctmento AWPA Treatment (2 using waterborne preservative with (l 30 percent retainage 1 Treated plywood shall have a maximum moisture content of 1S64,. treated lumber, 141 PART '1 EXECUTION cit SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT 1 Brush apply two coats of pn'se•rvahve treatment on ut ends of treated wood i+ Appls preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer s instructions U2 FRAMIN(. A Erect wood framing members level and plumb B Place horizontal members laid flat. crown side-up C Construct framing members full length wtthee•t spikes 1) Construct double piist headers at floor and telling openings Frame ngedls into Mast. F ((instruct double inst.under wall studding I Bodge framing in excess et feet span as detailed (, Place full width continuous sill flashing. under framed walls on ceme•nttttous foundations I aP flashing pint 4 inches II Place sill gasket directly on sill flashing Puncture g.skei clean anti fit tight to protruding foundation ant Mer bolts I coordinate. installation of plywood web joists + (tl PLYWOOD SHEATHIN(, A Secure roof sheathing perpendie ular to framing members with ends staggered Secure sheet edges over firm hearing Provide solid edge blot king between sheets B Secure wall sheathing horizontally perpendicular to wall studs, with ends staggered, over firm beenrg 11/6/410\4/21/92\4/M/92 06112-3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION (,135 TIGARO, OREGON PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES PART 1 GENERAL. 10' SUMMARI A section Includes 1 Prefabricated wood trusses for roof fr.mtno; 2 Budging, bracing, and anchorage B Drawings. the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General ( ondthons, and Division 1 specification section, apply to all work of this 'Section ( Substitutions Substitute products will 1w conside ed unit under the terms and conditions of Section 01600 102 REFERENCES A TTI Truss Plate !nstttutc B AIT( American Institute of Timber( onstructron 1.(3 SYSTEM DES( RIT'TION A Design Roof Dead Load as indicated on structural drawings 1 t►1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturer ( ompanv specializing in manufacture of prefabricated wood trusses with three years minimum expenen'e B Design trusses under direct supervision of Proles acofvl F.ngtil eer experienced in structural framing design registere0 in State where the protect is located 1 Oc REGULAT()Rl REQUIREMENTS A ( onform to applicable(ode for loads seisms. toning,and other governing cntena 1 Oh Si ltMITTALS A Submit shop drawings design calculations and product data under prnvtsaons of Section 011011 and as per structural Fngrncer s drawings I orawtngs and calculations shall he waled and signed by t;egtstered Professional Fngtneer B Indicate framing system r, ember sizes and spacing, loads and cambers bearing and anchor details hndgrng and bracing C Submit manufacturers installation instnx tions under provisions of Section 01101 1.07 DELIVFRI, STORAGE, AND HANDLIN(, A Deliver products to site under pro%iseons of Section 01H00 14 store and protect midis(is under provisions of Section 01610 11/6/90%4/21/92\4/72/q2 06135 1 i SECTION 06135 1 PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON C Protect trusses from moisture, warpage. and distortion dunng transit and when site stored. , PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 t11 MATERIALS A Lumber machine stress rated'MSR) lumber as required to meet design loads, rnae,rnum moisture ' content 14% B Bridging and Bracing Type, size and spacing required by manufacturer 2 02 ACCESSORIES A %twat Blocking Members and Framing for Openings Softwood lumber,construction grade, maximus moistunv content of 14 percent B Fasteners (alsaniztd steel tvpt' to suit application I 2.03 FABRIC .ATION A Verify dimensions and site conditions pnor to fabrication I H Fabrication shall he in accordance with AITC and TPI requirements PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSPECTION A Vents, that supports and openings an. ready to retrive trusses B Verify sufficient end hearing area t Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions I 102 1'RFPARATI(►\ A Coordinate placement of hearing items 3 03 INSTALLATION A Install Musses in accordance with manufacturer s instructions H Place trusses true to line and level Provide tempioran bracing to position triAses in place until permanentic secured I) Place permanent bridging, bracing,and anchors to maintain trusses straight and in correct position *fore installation Of decking or inducing loads (1613.5.2 11/6/90‘4/21/472\4/72/V2 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06135 TIGARD, OREGON PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/2 inch in 12 feet,maximum from true position. B. Maximum gap in tension member points: 1/16 inch. END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 06135-3 1 SECTION (6181 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP GLUE LAMINATED WOOD MEMBERS TIGARD,OREGON PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide glue Laminated structural snits as indicated on the structural drawings. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate glue laminated structural members in accordance with AITC 117-82 Industrial grade. B. Fabricate members to the dimensions,combinations,ai,d cambers indicated. C. After end trimming, s gal with penetrating sealer in accordance with AITC requirements. 2.03 WOOD TREATMENT A. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): 1. Preservative treat all glued laminated units. Site treat sawn ends with preservative treatment. 2. For above ground use,use AWPA Treatment C-2 using CCA waterborne preservative with 0.25 pounds per cubic foot of wood retention. 3. Treated wood shall bear the quality stamp of an inspection agency approved by the jurisdictional code authorities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the preparatory work of other Sections,and verify that work is sufficiently complete for the proper installation of the work of this Section. B. Notify the Architect of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed in the area of unsatisfactory conditions, until they have been resolved. C. Verify position of supports and sufficient end bearing area. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of condition of adjacent construction. 3.02 ERECTION A. Set members accurately in the locations as indicated. Provide all fasteners and connectors not specified in other Sections. B. Set cambered units with crown side up. C. Do not make field cuts unless approved by the Architect. When approved, make field cuts neat and straight. Reseal all cut ends immediately after trimming. D. Provide temporary bracing and anchorage to hold members in place until permanently secured. Ot0181-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06181 TIGARD, OREGON GLUE LAMINATED WOOD MEMBERS PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glue laminated wood members. 2. Related Accessories 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Institute of Timber Construction(AITC) B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. 190.1 - Structural Glued Laminated Timber. C. American Wood Preservers' Association (AWPA) 1. Book of Standards. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of glued laminated wood structural units with three years minimum experience, and certified by the AITC, in accordance with ANSI A190.1. B. Glued laminated structural units shall conform to Voluntary Product Standards PS 56"Structural Glue Laminated Timber"and AITC 117 "Standard Specifications for Structural Glue-Laminated Timber of Softwood Species". 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Units shall be stamped to meet the requirements of the local jurisdictional code authorities. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 01300 and as per Structural Engineer's drawings. B. Submit product data for the proposed glue-laminated units. C. Submit shop drawings. Indicate framing system,size,and spacing of members,cambers,bearing and anchor details,bridging and bracing,and framed openings. D. Submit manufacturer's certification that glue laminated structural members meet the specified requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Deliver,store,and protect products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Use padded, non-marring slings when handling architectural grade members. C. Prevent glued laminated members from becoming wet. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 06181-1 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06181 TIGARD, OREGON GLUE LAMINATED WOOD MEMBERS E. Fit members together accurately without trimming,cutting,or any other unauthorized modification. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Location: 1/2 inch maximum from true position. END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4M/42 06181-3 I SECTION 061% WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS TIGARD, OREGON 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Transport and store joists in vertical position resting on bearing ends. D. Protect joists from moisture, warpage,and distortion dunng transit and when site stored. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. This Joist Corp. B. Timjoist, Inc. C. Western Wood Structures,Inc. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Wood Chord Members machine stress rated (MSR)lumber,maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Minimum flange width 3-1/2 inches. It. Web: Plywood graded by APA;C-C Structural I exterior grade, waterproof glue. C. Joist Bridging: Type,size and spacing required by joist manufacturer. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Blocking Members andEraming for Openings:Softwood lumber, construction grade,maximum moisture content of 19 percent. B Fasteners: Galvanized stee ./re to suit application. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication B Assemble with web face grain in vertical direction and ends of the panels V-grooved to form a continuous member 06196-2 II/6/90\4/21/92\4/2202 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06196 TIGARD, OREGON PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood chord and plywood web gists for roof framing. 2. Bridging, bracing, and anchorage. 3. Framing for openings. B. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Sec'ron. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Ai'A - American Plywood Association. 1.03 Sr.;i EM DESCRIPTION A. Design Roof Live and Dead Load: as indicated on structural d-awings. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of plywood web joists with three years minimum experience. B. Design joists under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in structural framing design registered in State where the Project is located. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for loads, seismic zoning,and other governing criteria. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300 and as per Structural Engineer's drawings. B. Indicate framing system,sizes and spacing of joists, loads and joist cambers,bearing and anchor details, bridging and bracing,and framed openings. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 11/6/90\4/21/97\4/22/92 06196-1 r� _ WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 061%TIGARD, OREGON PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A Verify that supports and openings are ready to receive joists. B. Verify sufficient end bearing area. C Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 1.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of bearing items. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install joists in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Place joists true to line and level. C. Provide temporary bracing to position joists in place until permanently secured. tD Place permanent bridging,bracing,and anchors to maintain pists straight and in correct position before installation of decking or inducing loads. E. Place headers and supports to frame openings required. F. Frame openings between joists with lumber. 3.04 TOLERANCES ' A. Framing Members 1/2 inch maximum from true position. END OF SECTION 1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/12/92 (X,106-1 • () I SECTION 062(X) WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP FINISH CARPENTRY TIGARD, OREGON C. Samples: Solid Wood with Transparent Finish - submit a minimum of 3- 12 inch long samples r representative of the maximum range of color and graining to be expected for each species,cut,and finish combination specified. Include samples of transparent finish with putty filled holes and specified field applied top coat. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 0160(1,and as follows 1. Do not deliver wood matenals to the building until "wet" work such as gypsum wallboard work has been completed. 2. Store materials indoors in ventilated area with a minimum temperature of 60 degrees : , and a maximum humidity of 55%. PART 2 PRODUCTS 111 2 01 MATERIALS A. Lumber: 1. Maximum moisture content of 6%. 2. Transparent Finish Lumber: AWI Grade I; Amencan Cherry, hand select for color and grain match. 3. Opaque Finish Lumber: AW1 Grade II Poplar. 4. Concealed Framing Lumber: AWI Grade 11 pine, fir, hemlock, or other species as approved. 2.02 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FABRICATION A. Shop cut and mill all lumber to the shapes indicated. , B. Mill and assemble built-up sections. All glue lines shall be free of sqeeze-out where transparent finishes are to be applied. C. Tolerances for overall assembly dimensions shall be within 1/32 of an inch. D. Shop fit and assemble to the greatest extent possible. 1 2.03 WOOD DOOR FRAME FABRICATION A. Fabricate door frames to the shapes indicated. B. Fabricate to provie'e the following door installation clearances: 1. 1/8 inch at top,and edges. 2. 1/2 inch from door bottom to the floor finish. C. Machine frames to receive hardware specified in Section 08700. Request templates from the ' hardware supplier. r 06200-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 , 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION (16200 tTIGARD OREGON FINISH CARPENTRY IPART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY IA. Section Includes: 1. Wood standing and running trim, 2. Door frames; I3. Shop and field applied finishing, B. Related Sections: I 1. 0610()- Rough Carpentry: Blocking for finish carpentry 2. 06410-Custom Casework: Adjacent casework. 3. 08210-Wood Doors 4. 08700 - Hardware. 1 5. 08730 - Door and Hardware Installation. 6. 09900 - Painting: Stains and finish coatings. I C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to all the Work of this Section. . Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. II) 1.(12 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Fabricator: A minimum of 5 years expenence in the fabrication of custom architectural woodwork of the type specified The Fabricator shall be approved by the Architect. B Qualifications.of Installers: Use only purneyman finish carpenters who are thoroughly trained and U skilled in the work, and who ire completely familiar with the materials and quality standards specified. No allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen j I1.03 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWl): I 1. Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program.Current Edition. B. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau IWCLB) I1. Standard Grading Rules No. 16 C. U.S. Product Standard (PS) I1. PS 1 Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood 1 04 SUBMITTALS IA Make submittals in accordance with 01300. B. Submit shop drawings. Indicate materials, components, profiles, fastening methods, jointing Idetails, finishes and accessories Details shall he at a minimum scale of 1-1/2 inch per foot. I 11/ti/90\4/21/92\4/22/91 06200-1 I L SECTION 062(X) WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP FINISH CARPENTRI TIGARD, OREGON ( Fastening• 1 Install all items straight, true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place where blocking or backing is required, coordinate as necessary with other trades to ensure placement of all required backing and blocking in a 'amely manner. 2. Fasten trim with finish nails of proper dimension to hold the member termly in place without splitting the v...od. 3. On exposed finish work, set all nails and putty at transparent finish wood; use non-shrink filler at opaque finish wood 4. Align exposed fasteners for uniform pattern;random or"shotgun" patterns will not be accepted. 3.04 DOOR FRAMES A. Install wood door frames to receive operable doors in accordance with(18739. B. Install in accordance with the applicable requirements specified for standing and running trim. C. Provide wood support framing and nailers 3.09 SITE FINISHING OF OPAQUE FINISH WOOD A. Set all exposed fasteners. B. Apply matching non-shrink wood filler to exposed fastener indentations. and other minor imperfections C. Final topcoat shall be field applied (spray or brush at Contractor's option). Finish product shall be free of runs,sags and brushmarks. z 11 CLEANING UP A Keep the premises in a neat, safe,and orderly condition at all times dunng execution of this portion of the work,free from accumulation of sawdust,cut-ends,and debns. B At the end of each working day,or more often if necessary, thoroughly sweep and/or vacuum surfaces Remove the refuse to the area of the job site set aside for its storage. END OF SECTION 06200-4 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION (1(2(10 TIGARD, OREGON FINISH CARPENTRY D Fabricate frames from single length pieces, without hints. for each straight length F Fabricate each section from solid stock,except composite construction consisting of fabricator selected solid wood clau with specified transparent finish veneer may be used. Exposed edges shall consist of minimum 1/8 inch thick solid wood to match the veneer 2.05 FINISHING A. Sand all exposed and semi-exposed wood surfaces smooth,always sanding in the direction of the wood grain. B. Sand all exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to AWI "Premium "grade standards Sand all semi-exposed transparent or opaque finish wood surfaces to AWI "Custom"grade standards C Fill all depressions and imperfections with color matched putty. I) ..cosh Coating. As specified in section 099(X1. F. Items which have been shop finished shall be retouched as necessary to conceal all damage Items which cannot be successfully repaired shall be replalced with new complying items PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section miry properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate the installation of blocking and other supports required for the installation of architectural woodwork elements. 3.03 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Jointing: 1. Make all joints to conceal shrinkage; miter all exterior corners; cope all interior corners, miter or scarf all end-to-end joints; install all trim pieces as long as possible, hinting only where solid support is obtained. Make no joints closer than 4 feet to corners. B Lengths of Material. Use random lengths and show typical joint locations on shop drawings. The minimum length shall be 8 feet, except where short lengths arc required by installation conditions. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 06200-3 SECTION 06410 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON CUSTOM CASEWORK B. Shop Drawings: Show all casework configurations. construction details, and locations of all hardware. 1.15 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Do not deliver casework to building until wet work" such as concrete, plaster and gypsum wallboard work have been completed and cured. B. Casework Storage Store in dry place with adequate air circulation, avoiding excessive moisture, limiting average moisture content of wood to 8% or less at delivery time ( Handling Protect casework from excessive moisture and damage during shipment from fabncation plant I) Replacement: In the event of damage to casework, immediately make all repairs or replace as necessary, to the approval of the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Prefinished Board: Low pressure laminate polyester over particle board core, Pickenng Industries "PlyGuard", or Simpson "Decraguard"; color as selected. B. Plastic Laminate: Brands and colors as noted on the drawings. 1. Exposed: NEMA LD-3, general purpose and vertical grade as specified 2. Backing Sheets. NEMA LD-3; backing grade; undecorated. C Particle Board: Medium density particle board; compiv with HUD standard 24 CFR Part 3280.3(18 for formaldehyde emissions D Plywood: PS 1;extenor grade; A grade face veneer where plastic laminate is bonded to the face; touch sanded. 2.02 11A R 1)W ARE ANI) ACCESSORIES A Casework Adjustable Shelf Support Clips: Zinc plated metal, K&V 1346. B. Drawer and Door Pulls: Greenstreet Details Series 350A, Model 1350/021/1(X), metallic blue wire pulls. Phone number(206)762-5355 or 763-4119. C. Hinges: European style concealed hinges, Blum,Grass, Hafele, or approved; self closing, 11(1 degree opening;number of hinges as recommended by the manufacturer for the door size and weight D. Wall Standards: KV No. 87 standard with No. 187 brackets. E. Drawer Glides: Accuride or approved;75 lb. minimum load rating.. F. Closet Rods Knape and Vogt No. 770; 764/766 brackets, 11194 intermediate support,paint to match shelf. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/42 06410-2 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION (16410 TIGARD, OREGON CUSTOM CASEWORK PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1 Plastic laminate casework; 2. Closet shelves and hardware; I Wall shelves and wall standar.+s, B. Related Sections: 1. 06100- Rough l_arpentrv: Blocking for wall me unted items; 2. 06112- Framing and sheathing: support framing for casework 3. 06200 - Finished Carpentry Adjacent finish work. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under t'ww terms and conditions of Section 016(x). D. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS A The Architectural Woodwork Institute (ANI) 1 Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program - Latest edition. B. American PLywood Association (APA), Grades and Specifications 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Portions; Those surfaces visible when doors and drawers are closed, including edges of doors and drawers,edges of cabinet boxes visible between drawers and doors,and countertop kneebraces. B. Semi-Exposed Portions: Those areas not defined as exposed, but visible when solid (not glazed) doors and drawers are opened. C. Concealed Portions: All remaining area' not defined as exposed or semi-exposed 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Fabricator Requirements: Fabricator shall have a minimum of 5 Vears experience in producing premium grade commercial quality millwork I 04 SUBMITTALS A Make all submittals in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals. 11/6/911\4/21/92\4/24/42 06410-1 SECTION 0M10 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CUSTOM CASEWORK T HARD, OREGON H Do not begin installation unt►' all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site coni►nons and responsibility for defective ►nstallatinn caused by prior observable conditions 3 02 INSTALLATION A Coordinate casework installation with the work of other trades for final electrical and mechanical connectxens. H Install all casework accurately, scnbed plumb, square, and level, and permanently secured in accurate position as indicated on the Drawings l All fasteners secunng casework shall be in concealed or semi-concealed locations D. Repair or replace all damaged components in a manner approved by the Architect. E. Install wall shelves with standards firmly anchored to studs or other supports. Coordinate installation of studs or other supports to create symmetrical location of wall standards 3.03 CLEAN UP A Following completion of casework installation, ,rmove all rubbish and debris resulting from the work from the premises, legally disposed of, and leave the entire project in a neat, clean condition acceptable to the Architect. H hey not damage adjacent surfaces while cleaning the work of this section. END OF SECTION 06410-4 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06410 TIGARD,OREGON CUSTOM CASEWORK 2.03 CASEWORK FABRICATION A. Plastic Laminate Casework Construction: 1. Fabricate casework in accordance with AWl standard section 400;custom grade. 2. Design: AWl slush overlay design,unless indicated otherwise.Joint between exposed doors, drawer faces,and countertop edges shall be 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16. 3. Unless indicated otherwise, fabricate casework of plastic laminate covered particle board with plastic laminate self edging. Prefinished board with matching plastic laminate or I IC edges may be used for the semi-exposed portions of the casework. 4. Particle board shall be minimum 3/4" thick unless indicated otherwise. 5. Provide openings in casework for the incorporation of all electrical and mechanical components. 6. Provide all hardware, fasteners, and exposed trim. 7. Adjustable Shelves: Provisions for shelf adjustment shall be by adjustable shelf hardware as specified herein. R. Provide adjustable base to provide level installation which accommodates variations in floor levelness. B. Hardware Installation: 1. Install hardware straight and true and in perfect alignment horizontally and vertically with adjacent casework and hard-vare. 2. Carefully fit and securely attach cabinet hardware in accordance with manufacturers' printed instructions,and exercise caution not to mar or injure existing surfaces. 3. Recess adjustable shelf standards to be flush with face of finished surface. 4. Upon completion of work,and in the Architect's presence,demonstrate hardware to work freely as intended. 2.04 PLASTIC LAMINATE C' .i ERTOPS A. Fabricate to AWI Custom grade. B. Fabricate countertops from particle board and general purpose grade plastic laminate in the shapes indicated. C. Where countertops are indicated with sinks, use exterior grade plywood in lieu of particle board. 2.05 WALL AND CLOSET SHELF FABRICATION A. Unless indicated otherwise, fabricate from minimum 3/4 inch thick prefinished board with matching PVC edging. B. Provide intermediate supports for closet pole at maximum 3 feet on center. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of older trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 11/6/1'.4/21/92\4/22/92 06410-3 I AL GR SECTION 07180 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCI O GOON UP WATER REPELLENT COATING 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply water repellent to masonry surfaces when surface or air temperatures are below 40°or above 100° F; maintain temperatures within this range for 24 hours after water repellent application. B. Comply manufacturer's substrate to eive water repellent, weather before and during installation, and protection of tenstalled water- repellent coating. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard 10 year material and labor warranty against water penetration attributable to defects in water repellent coating materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agent: One of the following as recommended by the brick manufacturer and the cleaner manufacturer as most appropriate for the brick type;ProSoCo,Inc."No.600 Detergent"or ProSoCo, Inc "Vana Trol." B. Stain Remover: As recommended by the manufacturer of the cleaning agent. C. Water Repellent Material: 6 to 8 percent oligomeric alkylalkoxysiloxane in volatile solvent, formulated for application to brick,stone and mortar surfaces without significant change in appearance of surface; PmSoCo, Inc. "Weather Seal Siloxane." Include "Protection Plus" biocirial additive. 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspection: Inspect substrates to receive water repellent coating and verify that they are clean, dry, properly pointed, and ready for the application of cleaning and water repellent materials. Verify that sealants are installed, cured, and have been accepted. Water repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and compatibility have been tested and verified using substrate, water repellent, and sealant materials identical to those used in the Work. mence work n R. Notify the Architect of havetable beenrescidved nCommencemenl s,and do not of aapplicationiconsti ales areas,until the unacceptable conditions acceptance of conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from overrunl ���o�beapainted,wwith indows endtive talg. Mask as l other surfaces not and cover plants and shrubs,asp scheduled to receive water repellent coating. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4122/92 07180-2 SECTION 07160 W gTER REPELLENT COATING WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD,OREGON I PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Water repellent coating for exterior brick veneer. 2. Field acplication. I B. Related Sections: 1. 04210 -Brick Veneer. e General ds wo Conditions, and provisions of the Agreement,including bon all and c tifithiscat s,the C. Drawings,the P Division 1 specification sections apply under the terms and conditions of D. Substitutions: Substitute produc"will be considered only Section 01600. 1.112 SUBMITTALS tion 01300. A Make submittals under the provisions ofliterature.B B. Product Literature: Include complete product r. Manufacturer's latxmatory test data and recommended application rates for each masonry type application instructions. ata submittal, submit draft of manufacturer'sp. Manufacturer's printed app ified exceptions and i Draft: Concurrent with initial product shall include all spec E. Warranty for Architect's review of terms warranty inclusions. 1.03 QUALITY jurisdictional re ASSURANCE with the applicable Requirements: Products and ins installation techniques shall comply I A. Regulatory req uirements for VOC emiss lied by a single firm approved by the coating Water repellent coatings shall be app B. Installer. masonry materials manufacturer. performed prior to bid,submit samples of rrra_ Y 1 esting. Unless testing has the work. with water C. Preliminaryused in Submittals shall be in accordance I units from stock of those to be repellent coating manufacturer's requirements, D. Mock-up: Section 1142111. physical, and chemical) of planned 1 Apply in accordance witha )cant action. 2. Mock-up will be evaluated for feand water prepe I installation. Verify proper penetration 104 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 016111 07188 I I �4 22/`n 11/�+/q(1�4/21/� / I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07180 TIGARD, OREGON WATER REPELLENT COATING B. Remove stains,efflorescence,excess mortar, and other deleterious mr.erials i:. 'crcrdance with the cleaning agent and stain remover manufacturer's instructions. C. The use of muriatic acid for cleaning masonry surfaces is prohibited. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply water repellent materials by airless spray, in accordance with water repellent coating manufacturer's printed application instructions. B. Remove overspray from adjacent surfaces immediately before it dries using manufacturer's recommended solvent. Restore or replace all building components permanently damaged by overspray. C. Replace, with new equivalent materials, all landscape materials damaged by overspray or other work of this Section. END OF SECTION I I I I 11/6/911\4/21/92\4/22/91 07180-3 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07240 TIGARD, OREGON EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces, including hih►minous roofing materials, from contact with overspray and spatter of solvent based primers, adhesives, and finish coats. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,unless indicated or specified otherwise. 1. Insulation shall be mechanically fastened to plywood substrate beneath. Where gypsum sheathing is used fasteners shall be located to penetrate wood framing members B. Install synthetic plaster system to the shapes indicated. C. Tolerances: 1. Surface Flatness: Maximum deviation of 1/8 inch from a true plane when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. 2. Curves: No point on the curve shall vary from the prescribed arc more than 1 percent of the radius. 3 Arrises: No point on an arris shall vary more than 1/8th inch in 10 feet. I). Install heavy duty reinforcing at locations indicated. Extend reinforcing to the nearest joint or break line. Ends of heavy duty mesh shall be tightly butted without lapping; avoid wrinkles; smooth until fabric is not visible. E. Finish Coat: 1. The finish coat shall he applied continuously and in one operation to an entire distinct wall surface area. A wet edge shall be maintained. The finish coat shall not be allowed to set up in a distinct area. Sufficient manpower, scaffolding, and equipment shall be employed to ensure a continuous operation and a uniform appearance. 2. Finish: Provide fine texture similar to Dryvit Sandblast as approved by Architect. END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/°2 07240-3 SECTION 07514 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BUILT-UP ASPHAI T ROOFING SYSTEM TIGARD,OREGON 3. Completion of Installation: Certify materials were installed in accordance with the Contract Documents and in compliance with the manufacturer';recommendations. F Statement of Review: Prior to installation, submit written statement from an officer of the company manufacturing the roofing materials, stating that the Architect's drawings and specifications have been reviewed,and that the selected systems proposed by the Contractor for use on this project arc proper, compatible,and adequate for the applications shown, and that the conditions and details are not in conflict with the roofing manufacturer's recommendations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 01300. B. Product literature: Submit complete manufacturer's product literature for the following: 1. Roofing materials 2. Installation specifications 3. Insulation 4. Traffic walkway. C. Certifications: 1 Submit certification that the proposed roofing applicator is approved by the manufacturer of the roofing system. 2. Submit certification that the roofing system meets the fire and wind uplift requirements. 3. Submit manufacturer certifications. D. Statement of Review: Prior to installation, submit the specified manufacturer's statement of review. 1 04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 01000. B. Store all roof system materials on pallets,off ground. Cover products to protect from weather. Moisture damaged materials shall be removed from the site. C. If bulk or tanker asphalt is used, provide certification that asphalt meets specified requirements. D. Store insulation in accordance with NFPA standards or authority having jurisdiction. 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Apply roofing in dry weather. 2. Do not apply roofing when ambient temperature is below 400F. B. Protection: 1. Restore to original condition or replace work or materials damaged during handling of bitumens and roofing materials. 2. Protect paving and building walls adjacent to hoist and kettles prior to starting work a. Lap suitable protective material at least 3 inches. b. Secure protective coverings against wind. 3 Leave protective coverings in place for the duration of the work. 07514-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07514 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SECTION 07514 TIGARD,OREGON STEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes. 1. Built-up roofing. 2. Roof insulation. 3. Traffic walkways B. Related Sections 1. 06100-Rough Carpentry:Curbs; wood cants and nailers. 2. 06112 - Framing and Sheathing: Wood deck substrate. 3. 07620- Flashing and Trim. 4. Division 15: Curbs and roof penetrations; lead Flashings furnished to this Section for installation at drains and roof penetrations C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Roofing system shall conform to the following: 1. Wind uplift: Factory Mutual I-90. 2. Fire: Underwriter's Laboratory Class A. B. Qualifications of Installers. 1. Approved by the membrane rooting manufacturer in accordance with warranty requirements 2 Minimum of 5 years experience; use only competent and skilled roofers familiar with the products and the manufacturer's current recommended methods of installation. C. Pre-roofing Meeting: Prior to ordering materials and starting work of this Section, administer a preroofing meeting in accordance with 012(X1. 1. Require the following parties in attendance: a Architect b. Contractor c. Roofing Installer d. Sheet Metal Installer e. Mechanical Installer. f. Roofing manufacturer's representative 2. Agenda: Review all specification procedures,details and order of application regarding roofing and related construction. Discuss and determine responsibility for protection of the completed work during and after construction and subsequent maintenance of the roofing system. D. Manufacturer's Certifications: Require the roofing manufacturer's representative to inspect and certify the installation for the stages of work as follows: 1. Pre-roofing: Certify substrate is in a condition suitable for the successful application of the roofing membrane. 2. During Installation: Certify materials used comply with the requirements of the Contract DavmentS. 07514-1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 SECTION 07514 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM TIGARD, OREGON 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Gravel: Refund, washed,clean,and dry roofer's gravel; 3/8 to 5/8 inch diameter. B. Fiber Cants and Tapered Edge Strips: Asphalt impregnated wood fiberboard, preformed to 45 degree angle, unless detailed otherwise. C. Insulation Joint Tape: Asphalt treated glass fiber reinforced; 6 inches wide; self-adhering. D. Traffic Walkway: Asphalt impregnated mineral boards with granular surfaces; 36 x 72 x 1/2 inch size;similar to Tex-Mastic Roofwalk by J.P. Petroleum Products, Inc. Dallas Texas,or approved. E. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete installation of built-up bituminous roofing, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds,and subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Prior to starting the work, the roofing applicator shall inspect all surfaces to be covered. Defects in workmanship and materials of other trades that may affect the finished work of this section shall be corrected before work starts. The starting of work on any surface shall imply that the surface has been inspected and approved by the applicator. B. The laying of materia ;shall not start until surfaces are smooth, firm, dry, and free from dirt, foreign materials, sharp projections,or voids. 1.02 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Apply insulation as required to meet wind uplift requirements,and in accordance with approved shop drawings. B. Fasten tapered aged foam insulation to form the slopes indicated. C. Install a top layer of cover board with joints staggered from the insulation layer below. Hot mop backside of ever board and flip over into position, firmly bonded to foam insuttation substrate to mwt wind uplift requirements. Tape the insulation joints. D. Securely butt edges without deformation. Miter board edges at ridges and elsewhere to prevent open joints. E. Protect insulation from weather exposure at all times until roofing is installed. Seal off exposed edges at the end of each days work. F. Provide roof insulation with an average aged R value of 30. 1.03 TAPERED CRICKET,EDGE AND CANT STRIPS A. ' istall in full bed of hot steep asp .31t. 07514-4 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1 SECTION 07514 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM 'TIGARD,OREGON • 1.(16 MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE A. Prior to acceptance of workfurnish include labor and materials alscn 10 with an unlir mited penal sum.ed guarantee executed to the Owner. Guarantee shall 1.07 INSTALLERS GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall furnish from the roofing installer, a 2 year unlimited guarantee covering defects in workmanship and matenals in accordance with 017(X1. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURERS A. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation B. Manville Roofing Systems Division C. Consolidated Fiberglass Products, Inc. "Conglas" 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. Glass Fiber Felt: ASTM D2178,Type VI. B. Base Short: Type as recommended by the approved manufacturer for the substrate. C. Base Flashing: Smooth surface SBS or APP modified asphalt. 2.03 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Asphalt Bitumen: ASTM D312, I 'pe III. B. Asphalt Primer ASTM D41. C. Plastic Cement: ASTM D2822, cutback asphalt type. 2 04 ROOF INSULATION A Foam Insulation: phenolic insulation rated at a maximum of 8.3 R per inch or polyisocyanurate insulation rated at a maximum of 5.56 R per inch;types as recommended by the roofing materials manufacturer to meet warranty requirements;fiberglass facers both faces; FM Class I B. Tapered Insulation: Factory tapered to form an installed minimum slope of 1/4 inch per foot; approved by the manufacturer of the roofing system. Provide tapered insulation where required to form the crickets and slopes indicated. C. Cover Board: 3/4 inch thick rigid fiberglass or perlite board. 07514-3 I1/6/90\4/21/92\4/72/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07514 TIGARD, OREGON BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM 3.04 MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install selected roofing membrane in accordance with the respective manufacturer's published installation specifications listed below, except modify systems listed to provide 1 base ply, 3 intermediate plys, and gravel surfacing. 1. Over Insulation: Owens/Corning Fiberglass: 43- IG Manville: 4GIG Conglas: RI-34-G B. Prior to gravel installation, glaze coat installed roof felts which will remain exposed to the elements for more tha.1 S hours. 3.05 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Traffic Walkway: Set boards in locations indicated, spaced 6 inches on apart,and adhered by one 1 of the following means: 1. Hot mop at 20 lbs/square using the same bitumen used in the built-up roof assembly. 2. Use Tex-Mastic Adhesive No. 810; apply adhesive at 2 gallons/sq ft. with serrated trowel. 3.06 CLEANUP A. Remove all traces of splashed and spilled asphalt materials. END OF SECTION I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/42 07514-5 2 SECTION 07610 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP METAL ROOFING TIGARD,OREGON 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: Company specializing in sheet metal roofing installation with minimum three years documented experience in installations of type and scope similar to that of this project. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in accordance with Section 016(X). B. Stack preformed and prefinished material to prevent twisting,bending,or abrasion,and to provide ventilation. C. Protect stored materials from heat and direct sunlight. D. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration or staining. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply waterproofing during inclement weather or when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. 1.09 WARRANTY A Furnish warranties in accordance with Section 017(X). B. Prior to acceptance of work, furnish written two year warranty covering repairs required to maintain metal roof and associated flashing in watertight condition. Warrant installed system against defects due to faulty materials and workmanship. C. Furnish non-prorated 5 year warranty covering loss of film integrity,color change,and chalking. Finish on installed materials shall not show a color change greater than 5 NIBS color units, per ASTM D2244,and shall not show chalking in excess of 8,per ASTM D659. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET METAl.ROOFING SYSTEM A. Manufacturer: One of the following, subject to compliance with Drawings and specifications. 1. ASC Pacific, Inc., "Batten System" 2. Alumax Aluminum Corporation; "Sup-R-Batten" B. System: System shall consist of cleat retained snap-on batten metal roofing pans, nominal width 20 to 22-1/2 inch, seam width 1-1/2" to 2-3/8", seam height 1-7/8" to 2-1/4". 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel: 24 gage core steel with ASTM A525 G90 galvanized coating; flat surface. B. Finish: Minimum 70 percent resin Kynar 500 fluoropolymer system; 'Snowdrift White." C. Protective Backing Paint: Manufacturer's standard wash coat finish. 07610-2 11/6/90\4/21/Q2\4/24/42 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07610 TIGARD, OREGON METAL ROOFING I'ART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Snap-on batten metal roofing and associated fly.hings. 2. Membrane Flashings at metal roof edges B. Related Sections: 1. 06112 - Framing and Sheathing: Roof sheathing; 2. 07514 - Built-Up Asphalt Roofing System; 3. 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Flashing for built-up roofing; copings; materials specified under this Section; C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process. 2. D659 - Method for Evaluating Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paints. 3. D2244 - Method for Instrumental Evaluation of Color Differences of Opaque Materials. B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Sheet metal roofing system includes snap-on batten roofing applied over plywood sheathing pitched substrate, and includes sheet metal flashing, caps, and accessories directly related to the roofing system. B. System shall be designed and installed to preclude entrance of water to the building interior. C Installed system shall be capable of resisting wind uplift equivalent to that required for Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Class 60. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300- Submittals. B. Shop Drawings: 1 Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, (lashings, penetrations, and installation details. 2 Include manufacturer's installation instructions for manufactured items incorporated in work C. Samples: Submit a minimum of 3 samples of roofing material, with finish and texture proposed for the work. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/c2 07610-1 SECTION 07610 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP METAL ROOFING TIGARD, OREGON B. Apply slip sheet in single layer; weather lap edges 2 inches, minimum, and nail in place. C. Install starter strips, edge strips, flashing receivers, valley liners, and cleats before starting installation of roofing sheets; nail cleats at 12 inches on center, using two nails per cleat, or, where cleats are continuous,space nails tw o per toot. D. Install each roofing pan as a single continuous piece. Install systems to allow for expansion of the panels. E. Install ridge caps wid valley pans as single continuous lengths. F. Conceal fasteners wherever possible. G. Except as otherwise indicated, seal all joints with the exception of batten panel flanges; seal end- to-end intersections of batten panel flanges. H. Install cap flashings into receivers and screw through with color matched stainless steel rivets, maximum 24"o.c. I. Coordinate and schedule work such that the sheet menthrane roofing installation is complete prior to installation of the metal roofing system. END OF SECTION I 07610-4 11/6/90\4/21/92\1/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07610 TIGARD, OREGON METAL ROOFING 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Fasteners. 1. Exposed Applications: Galvanized steel with soft neoprene washers, factory prefinished to match roofing ,ulor. 2. Nailers, Cleats, and Other Concealed Applications! Hot dip galvanized; sizes as recommended by the roofing materials manufacturer. B. Slip Sheet: Rosin sized building paper, or 301 asphalt impregnated building felt. C. Sealant: As recommended by the manufacturer of the roofing materials. D. Bedding Compound: Rubber asph.�:e type. E. Touch up Paint: Manufacturer's special color-matched material, formulated for retouching fluoropolymer finishes. 2.04 FABI'ILATION A. Fabricate cleats and starter strips from minimum 22-gage galvanized steel sheet material, unless heavier gauge recommended for application indicated. B. Finishing: Apply in accordance with finish material manufacturer's requirements C. Cut and form in accordance with approved shop drawings,using recognized sheet metal practices. Perform cutting with clean, sharp properly aligned shearing tools;do not saw or file edges of sheets. D. Form pieces in longest practical lengths. I'ART 1 EXECUTION 1.01 INSPECTION A. Prior to starting 'vork, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. E'. Verify that substrate is clean,dry, and smooth, free of depressions, waves, and projections. Verify MAI items required to penetrate roof are solidly set. C. Notify the Architect immediately of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. D. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 102 ROOFING INSTALLATION A Perform n►etal roofing work in accordance with roofing manufa'turer's instructions 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/12/92 07610-3 L SECTION 07620 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FIN ANCiAL GROUP SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Tli:ARD, OREGON 1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Stack preformed and prefinished material to prevent twisting,bending,or abrasion,and to provide ventilation. C Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration, staining,or damage PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Pre-coated Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525,G90; 24 gage core steel, shop pre-coated with 70% Kynar-based fluorocarbon coating of color to match metal roofing or window mullions as indicated on drawings. B. Galvanized Steel. ASTM A525,G90;24 gage core steel. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fastener: Galvanized steel or Stainless steel with soft neoprene washers at exposed fasteners. Finish exposed fasteners same as flashing metal. B. Sealant: Butyl rubber type;one of the following 1. Curtain Wall Sealant, by Tremco; 2. Adcoseal BP-400,by Adco Products,inc. 203 FABRICATION A. Fabricate sheet metal items in accordance with approved shop drawings and standard practice of ';heet Metal Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA). B. I nrm sections true to shape,accurate in size,square,and free from distortion or defects. C. Fabricate cleats and static, strips of same material as sheet, interlockable with sheet. D. Form pieces in longest practical lengths. F. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch(13 mm);miter and seam corners. F. Form material with flat lock seam. G. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; scam for rigidity, seal with sealant. 11. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch(6 mm)and hemmed to form drip. 07620-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/f/e►2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07620 TiGARD,OREGON SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRiM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Coping, parapet,and cap flashings. 2. Gutters,downspouts and splashpans 3. Facias. 4. Roof flashings. 5. Counterflashings over bituminous base flashings. 6. Roof joint cover flashings. 7. Counterflashings at roof mounted mechanical equipment and vent stacks. B. Related Sections: 1. 06100:Wood blocking,nailers,and grounds. 2. 07514 - Built-Up Asphalt Roofing System 3. 07610- Metal Roofing. 4. 07900 - Sealants. 5. 09900- Painting: Prime and finish painting. C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. B. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Work of this Section is to physically protect membrane roofing,and base flashings,from damage that would permit water leakage to building interior. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in sheet metal flashing work with 5 years minimum experience. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Describe material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, and installation details. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 076201 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07620 TIGARD, OREGON SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 2.04 FINISH A. Shop prepare and prime exposed unfinished ferrous metal surfaces. B. Backpaint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify roof openings,curbs,pipes,sleeves,ducts,or vents through roof are solidly set,cant strips and reglets in place,and nailing strips located. B. Verify membrane termination and base flashings are in place, sealed,and secure. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. B. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. C. Install surface mounted regiets true to lines and levels. Seal top of reglets with sealant. D. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. E. Seam and seal all joints. F. Apply plastic cement compound between metal (lashings and felt flashings. G. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. H. Seal metal 'pints watertight. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install sheet metal flashing and trim in accordance with SMACNA guidelines. B. Conform to drawing details and approved shop drawings. END OF SECTION i I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07620-3 SECTION 07710 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL CROUP PREFABRICATED ROOF SPECIALTIES TIGARD, OREGON B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,and as indicated. Coordinate with:oncrete roof insulation system,built-up roofing, flashing rnd other trades as necessary to ensure secum and watertight installation. END OF SECTION 07710 7 11/6/W4/71/Q7\4/77/47 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07710 TIGARD, OREGON PREFABRICATED ROOF SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Rocf access hatches. B. Related Sections 1. 06100-Rough Carpentry: Wood curbs 2. 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Counterflashing. 3. 07514 - Built-up Asphalt Roofing: Coordination; 4. 09900-Painting: Painting of preprimed accessories. C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF ACCESS HATCH A. Manufacturer: The Bilco Company,or Milcor, Inc. B. Type: Similar to Bilco "S" or Milcor "M-1." C. Size,Configuration: 30 x finch nominal size,single leaf type. D. Curb: 14 gage galvanized steel with 1 inch rigid insulation; integral cap flashing to receive roof flashing system;extended flange for mounting. E. Cover: 14 gage galvanized steel with minimum one inch glass fiber insulation retained by inner liner. Continuous gasket to provide weatherproof seal. F. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard manually operated type with compression spring or torsion bar counterbalance,positive snap latch with turn handles inside and out and padlock hasp outside; automatic hold-open arm with grip handle for easy release. G. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard heavy duty zinc-plated pintle type. H. Provide for removal of condensatien. I. Provide neoprene or closed cell compression weather seal and weathertight assembly. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that deck openings, supports, and other items affecting the work of this Section are complete and positioned correctly. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07710-1 SECTION 07900 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SEALANTS TIGARD,OREGON 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Install and protect installed sealants under conditions recommended by the manufacturer and as follows: 1. Do not apply sealant when ambient temperatures are below 40 degrees F, or expected to fall below 40 degrees F before sealant cure is complete. 2. Do not apply sealant to substrates or accessories that are moist. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. Sealant contractor shall provide a 5 year guarantee covering materials and installation in accordance with Section 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Type I: ASTM C920,Type M,grade NS,Class 25;Tremco"Dymeric",Chem-Calk 500, Pecora "Dynatrol 11", Sonneborn "Sonalastic NP-II", PRC "Permapol RC-2", or approved. B. Type 2: ASTM C92.3,Type M,Grade P,class 25;Tremco"THC 900",Sonneborn"Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant", Pecora "Urexpan NR-200", or approved. C. Type 3: ASTM C834;Tremco"Acrylic Latex Caulk", Pecora "AC-20",Sonnebom "Sonolac"or approved. D. Type 4: Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: USDA Approved; Dow Corning 7S6 by Dow Chemical, GE Sanitary Sealant or Approved; clear. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type,recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyethelene foam; round profile; thickness approximately 130% of joint width. 1). Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.(11 INSPECTION A. Verify joint dimensions and conditions are acceptable to receive the work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance. 079(X)-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 079(X) TIGARD,OREGON SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cleaning and preparation of pint surfaces; 2. Sealant and hacking materials. B. Related Sections: 1. 03001 -Concrete: Expansion pints; 2 07240 - Synthetic Plaster System: Substrate compatibility. 3. 07620-Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Lap joints sealants, furnished and installed as part of flashing and sheet metal work: 4. 08410-Aluminum Storefront and Window System; 5. 09260-Gypsum Board Systems: Control Joints; 6. 09300-Ceramic Tile: Expansion/control joints in ceramic tile fields; C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions,anu Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. C790-Recommended Practices for Use of Latex Sealing Compounds. 2. C804 - Recommended Practice for Use of Solvent-Release Type Sealants. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300. 1. Product Literature for each material used. 2. Samples: a. Submit cured samples of each sealant type and color proposed for the work. b. For each sealant type indicated for "color as selected," or for which no color is indicated, submit manufacturer's standard color card indicating available stock colors for entire line of sealants of each type. c. For custom colors,obtain color selection from the Architect prior to sample submittal. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installers: Use only skilled workmen specially trained in the techniques of sealing, and familiar with the published recommendations of the manufacturers of the sealants being used. B. Verify that sealants are compatible with the substrates and accessory materials provided under other Sections. Notify Architect of evidence of incompatiblity. 1. Conduct field test with flexible flashing to verify color will not bleed into sealant. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07900-1 SECTION 07900 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SEALANTS 3.02 PREPARATION 1 A. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. ' B. Apply masking tightly around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from excess sealant C. Prime as required for proper bond to substrate materials. ' D. Place backing materials to achieve proper sealant width/depth ratios and to prevent sealant sag. Use bord breaker where required. ' 3.03 INSTALLATION ' A. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C804 for solvent release and C790 for latex base sealants. B Install sealant in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. I C Sealant beads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of 2 to 1, except no bead shall have a depth greater than 3/4 inch. I D. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. E. Tool joints concave, unless indicated otherwise. Finish free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. 3.04 CLEANUP IA. Clean adjacent surfaces free of excess sealant as the work progresses. Use cleaning agents recommended by the sealant manufacturer. B. Upon completion,remove and dispose of masking. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Type 1: Provide at all exterior joints, unless specified otherwise IB. Type 2: Provide at all exterior and interior horizontal joints subject to traffic and abrasion. C. Type 3: Provide at all interior joints, unless sp_cified otherwise. ID. Type 4: Provide at pints around countertops in lounge and toilet rooms. ' END OF SECTION 1 I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 079(M) WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08110 TIGARD, OREGON HOLLOW STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rolled steel doors,and frames. 2. Galvanized metal doors and frame at dumpster enclosure. B. Related Sections: 1. 08700 - Hardware. 2. 09900- Painting: Field painting of doors and frames. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions. Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016(x). 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 80-Fire Doors and Windows. B. Steel Door Institute (SDI) 1. SDI-100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. SDI-105- Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. A366 - Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold Rolled Sheet Commercial Quality. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements(if SDI-1(X). 1 04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 013(X). B. Submit shop drawings and product data. Indicate frame configuration,anchor types and spacings, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforcement, and finish. Indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement,closure method,and cut outs for glazing,reinforcing,and louvers. C. Submit manufacturer's published literature for doors and frames. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. In accordance with Section 016(X). B. Protect doors and frames with resilient packaging. 11/h/90\4/21/92\4/22/91 08110.1 SECTION 08110 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HOLLOW STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES TIGARD, OREGON C. Store on-site to permit ventilation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Members of the Steel Door Institute and of the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's,subject to compliance with the specified requirements. 2.02 DOORS A. SDI-100, Type Il, Style 3; (flush design). ' 1. Galvanized at dumpster enclosure. B. Minimum 16 gage face sheets for exterior doors. Fabricate face sheet from ASTM A366 steel sheet. ' C. Top and bottom shall be closed with 16 gage steel channels;flush top, weeps at bottom for dumpster enclosure doors. D. At dumpster enclosure;continuously fill vertical edge joints between face sheets,grind smooth,free of exposed seams. 111 E. Core: Polystyrene or polyurethane foam core. 2.03 FRAMES A. Design: Double equal rabbet, unless indicated otherwise; fully welded. B. Gages: 1. Exterior Frames Minimum 14 gage. 2.04 FABRICATION , A. Fabricate frames as one piece welded units to the shapes indicated. I B. Shop fabricate units to accommodate the hardware specified in Section 08700. C. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Reinforce for butts,closers,and other similar moving hardware items. Reinforcing shall be minimum 3/16 inch steel plate. Reinforce each butt with minimum 10-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch plate on hinge sides of both door and frame. Reinforce for closers the full width of the door. D. Prepare frame for silencers;three single rubber silencers for single doors,and mullions of double doors,on strike side,and two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. E. Attach fire rated label to each frame and door unit. F. Close top edge of exterior door flush with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight. G. Provide metal rain hood for exterior door frames. 08110-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 111 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08110 TIGARD, OREGON HOLLOW STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 2.05 FINISH A. Exterior Units: 0.60 oz/sq ft. galvanized. B. All units shall be cleaned, phosphatized, and coated with factory baked on rust inhibiting primer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALL A LION OF FRAMES A. Install frames in accordance with SDI-105 and in accordance with labeling requirements; grout solid at dumpster enclosure and elsewhere as indicated. B. Coordinate with wall construction for anchor placement. C. Install accessories. U Installation Tolerances: 1 Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge,corner to corner. F Door and hardware installation is specified in Section 08739. END OF SECTION I 1 11/6/911\4/21/92\4/22/92 08110 k l SECTION 08210 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES TIGARD, OREGON PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS A. Solid Core Flush Doors: 1. AWI Section 1300;solid particle board core, unless required otherwise for fire labeling requirements. 2. Provide labeled doors as required to meet the hourly fire rating indicated. 3. Face Veneers: Provide premium grade American Cherry; paint grade birch;and Minimum .050 inch thick plastic laminate veneer where indicated. 4. 1-3/4 inch thick, unless scheduled otherwise. 2.02 F ,BRICATION A. Fabricate doors to the configurations indicated, in accordance with the AWI standards specified, and to fire rated labeling requirements. Attach fire rating labels. B. Provide flush doors with 1/2 inch thick edge strips of wood species to match face veneer. C. Bevel lock and hinge edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches on all single acting doors. D. Prefit and premachine doors and frames in accordance with AWI 1300-S-6. Premachine for hardware specified in Section 08701, and locate as specified in Section 08739. E. Doors shall be finished as scheduled in Section 09900, to match Architect's sample. F Hush Door Blocking: For flush doors,provide solid lock blocks and special blocking as required for the hardware components specified elsewhere. Blocking for fire rated doors shall meet the door manufacturer's labeling requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 1.01 INSTALLATION A. Install doors as specified in Section 08739 and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,and the fire rated labeling requirements. B. Prepare doors to receive finish hardware in accordance with AWI requirements. 1.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement END OF SECTION 08210-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/72/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES TIG ARD,OREGON PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood doors; 2. Door and frame accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. 06200- Finish Carpentry: Wood door frames; 2. 08110 - Hollow Steel Doors and Frames:Steel frames, 3. 08700 - Hardware; 4. 08739 - Door and Hardware Installation; C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 102 REFERENCES A. AWI - Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirem:nts of the jurisdictional code authority. 1.04 SU BMITT AI.S A Make submittals in accordance with 0130o B. Submit shop drawings and product data Indicate door elevations, stile and rail reinforcement, internal blocking for hardware attachment. C. Submit two 8 x 10 inch samples of each door finish applied to specified veneer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A In accordance with Section 01600. B Package, deliver,and store doors in accordance with AWl requirements. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Pi wide manufacturer's standard wa-iranty under provisions of Section 01700. 08210-11l/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 — U SECTION 08410 WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND WINDOW TIGARD, OREGON SYSTEM B. Shop Drawings: Include wall opening dimensions,component dimensions, tolerances required, anchorages and fasteners, and installation details. C. Samples: Submit two samples indicating color and finish. D. Submit either of the following to verify that the proposed systems meet the structural performance requirements specified. 1. Shop drawings signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State where the project is located. 2. Certified test report data verifying structural compliance of systems similar to those to be provided. E. Submit verification that the systems have been tested to meet the performance requirements specified. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY A. Furnish five year written warranty executed to the Owner, from the manufacturer of the storefront system, against defects in materials and workmanship, in accordance with Section 01700. 1.(16 GUARANTEE A. Furnish from the installer, a five year written guarantee against defects in instAllation in accordance with Section 01700. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B771;606315 alloy and temper. B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209.5005-H32 alloy, or approved. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Storefront and Window Framing: Kawneer 451, U.S. Aluminum Corporation "451-5', Arcadia or approved;2 x 4-1/2 inch extruded aluminum section;center set flush design. B Doors: Kawneer 190, U.S. Alu•ninum Corporation 250, Arcadia or approved;a dtruded aluminum frame; narrow stile. C. Door Hardware: Manufacture ball provide standard flush bolts for inactive leaf of pairs of doors. Balance of hardware is specified in Section O87(X). D. ATM Enclosure: As per 2.02A with Crystalite or approved skylite extrusions. (*410-2 11/f+/90\4/21/42\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08410 TIGARD, OREGON ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND WINDOW SYSTEM PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Aluminum framed storefront and window systems. 2. Aluminum framed glass doors B. Related Sections 1. 08739- Door and Hardware Ins(allatiod: Installation of aluminum door hardware. 2. 08700- Hardware: Door hardware other than that specified in this Section; templates. 3. 08800-Glazing: Glass and glazing C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions,and Division 1 specificatior sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. B209 - Alumi,ium and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate. 2. B221 - Aluminum Alloy Ext,uded Bars, Rods, Wire,Shapes,and Tubes. 3. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,and Doors. 4. ASTM E330-Structural Te,formance of Exterior Windows,Curtain Walls,and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pre. sure Difference. B. Architectural Alumimir Manufacturer's Association (AAMA). 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIP'T;ON A. Performance- Allminum Window and Storefront System: 1. System shill accommodate expansion and contraction caused by a temperature range of 20 degrees f.to 140 degrees F. without detrimental effects to components, sealing systems,and surrou'►ding construction. 2. Design system with provisions to drain moisture to the exterior of the system. 3. Air infiltration: Shall not exceed .05 CFM pr square foot of fixed area when tested in a,cordance with ASTM E283. 4. Water Infiltration: No water penetration at a test pressure of 6.24 lb/sq ft. when measured iii accordance with ASTM E331. B Window and Storefront Structural Design: 1 Design and S17e members to withstand positive and negative wind loads as required by the currently enforced edition of the Uniform Building Code. 2. Limit mullion deflection to 1/175,or flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing material, whichever is less. 104 SUBMITTALS A Make submittals in accordance with 01300. I1/6/90\4/21/42\4;22/ 2 08410-1 SECTION 08410 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND WINDOW TIGARD, OREGON SYSTEM F. Adjust hardware installed in this section for smooth operation. t G. Protect aluminum from dissimilar materials with a coating of bitum'nous paint,a minimum 1 thickness of zinc chromate primer, plastic separator materials, or isolation tape. Keep isolation materials unexposed to vie +. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL I A. After completion of all glazing and sealing work, hose test all glazed storefront and window systems. B All areas which exhibit water penetration to the inside of the building shall be repaired, resealed, and retested until watertightness can be demonstrated. 1 END OF SECTION I 1 1 r I F 1 08410.4 HA/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08410 TIGARD,OREGON ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND WINDOW SYSTEM E. Glazing beads: manufacturer's standard EPDM or neoprene glazing beads,for a complete weatherproof seal. Furnish for installation as a part of the work of Section 08800. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames allowing for shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation. B Rigidly fit pints and corners. Accurately fit and secure corners tight. Make corner joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Seal joints with sealant. C. Provide drainage holes to allow water to flow to exterior. D. Prepare components to receive anchorage devices. Fabricate anchorage items. E. Provide internal reinforcement in mullions with members to maintain rigidity. Provide reinforcirg at all door strike jambs. F. Fabricate storefront system to accommodate hardware using templates furnished from Section 08700. G. Fabricate custom extrusions, closures, and sheet materials to the shapes indicated; fabricate for attachment with concealed fasteners to the greatest possible extent. H. Finish: PVF 70% "Kynar 500"; "Bone White " Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide at all exposed aluminum surfaces. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A Verify wall openings are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Notify Architect of unacceFtable conditions, prior to installation. Do not install units until such conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install frames,doors,and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame to structure. C. Align frames plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances, alit,,ning with adjacent work. I) Install aluminum flashings at head and sill (PVF Kynar-5(X) "Bone White"). F Perimeter sealant is provided under Section 079(0- Sealants. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/71/92 08411E-3 SECTION 08700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HARDWARE TIGARD, OREGON B Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary C. Mark each item of hardware as to description and location of installation in accordance with approved hardware schedule. D. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the finish on hardware before,during and after installation. 1.05 GUARANTEES A. In addition to required one year warranty under Conditions of the Contract, furnish 5-year unconditional guarantees for all door closers,under provisions of Section 01700 1.(16 MAINTENANCE A. Factory representatives for door closers, exit bolts, and locksets shall be available during the construction to instruct the Contractor on th.proper method of installation of their materials. They shall inspect and adjust their materials at the completion of the work, and supply proper maintenance manuals to the Owner. B. Furnish two (2) sets of special tools for installation and maintenance of hardware. Tools for maintenance and adjustments are to be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the work. PART 2 PROL`UCTS 2.01 HARDWARE A. Furnish hardware items as scheduled and specified. B. Except as listed in the following paragraphs, no substitutions of materials will be allowed unless approved by the Architect five days prior to hid opening. 2.02 FINISHES A. In general, unless otherwise indicated, finishes shall be satin chrome US26D. 2.03 KEYING A General: Construction master-key all locksets and cylinder items;provide 12 construction masterkeys. B. Owner sha ^responsible for final keying. Contractor shall return all construction keys to the Owner. 2.04 DOOR HARDWARE A. Butts: 1 In the following paragraphs %here McKinney Sal s Company numbers are listed, equivalent items of Lawrence or the Stanley Works may be supplied. 2. Exterior doors(outswing)38" wide or less shall have McKinney TA2114 butts,size 4-1/2 x 4-1/2. (18700-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 r � SECTION 08700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUT' HARDWAR0 TIGARD, OREGON PART 1 (;ENERAI. 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Finish hardware items. B. Related Sections 1. 01700-Contract Closeout: Submittal of keys. 2. 06200- Finish Carpentry: Wood frames. 3. (18110- Hollow Steel Doors and Frames. 4. 08210-Wood Doors. 5. 08739 - Door and Hardware Installation. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Make all submittals in accordance with Section 01300,Submittals. B. Schedules: Upon award of hardware contract, submit three (3)copies of the finish hardware schedule,organized into"hardware sets"and indicating complete designation of every item required for each door `opening. Architect'sdware hules does not relieve Co Ponsbilty to fulfill projectrequirements in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to door and frame fabricators, and hardware installers. Upon request,check shop drawings of such other work to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for the proper installation of hardware D. Manufacturer's Data: Submit three(3) copies of manufacturer's data for each item of finish hardware. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: Finish hardware shall be supplied by recognized builders' hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than two years. The supplier's organization shall include a member of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants who is available clot for reasonable aohardware duri during course u�of the work to meet with the Owner, Architect or project B. Installer: Finish hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union jurisdictions,either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site. C. Codes: 1. All finish hardware shall comply with applicable local and/or state current building codes. 2. Hardware for fire-rated openings shall also be in compliance with all fire building codes applicable to the district in which the building is located. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the types and sizes of doors required,and which complies with the requirements of the door and door frame labels. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver all hardwarename, manufacturers' and Ccurers' original unopened undamaged packages, clearly identifying manufacturer,brand s. 087(0111/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1111 SECTION 08700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HARDWARE TIGARD, OREGON 2.05 HARDWARE GROUPS A. Furnish for each door, the items scheduled within the designated hardware groups: ►iW-1 2 ea Floor closer 27105 x NHO x LFP x CC US26D 2 ea Intermediate pivot M19 3/4 US26D 1 ca Deadlock MS1850S US28 2 ea Cylinder 20.001 US26D 1-1/8" 2 set Push/pulls 2960 12"CTC US32D Type"N"Mtg at TB 1 ea Dustproof strike 4878 x 4898 US26D 1 ea Threshold 3x 700 Alum 72"MS& ES 1 Floor stop and hob FS2.' x US26D 1 ea Sign 'These d • Flush bolts and gasket by door supplier. •Sign specified in section 10999. HW-2 not used) 1-1/2 pr Butts 179 US26D 1 ea Lockset L9050 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ca Overhead stop 5-031 US26D 3 ea silencers t-1 W-3 1-1/2 pr Butts 179 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Lockset 19050 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Wall stop WC9 x US26D 3 ea Silencers 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 1 ea Lockset 19080 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Overhead stop 5-031 US26D 3 ea Silencers HW-5 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Lockset L9473 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Floor stop F8063-1/2 x 1.JS26D 3 ea Silencers HW-6 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Lockset L9040 All US32D CLS WBX 1 na Closer K120 SBL x SNB 1 ea Wall stop WC9X US26D 3 ea Silencers 08700-4 11/6/g0\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 087(X) TIGARD, OREGON HARDWARE 3. Interior doors 38" wide or less shall have McKinney TA2714, size 4-1/2 x 4-1/2. 4. Provide butts on exterior doors with nonremovable pins(set screw in barrel,pin nonremovable when door is closed),and safety stud. 5. All doors shall have 3 butts,aluminum entrance doors shall have pivots. 6. Provide full threaded wood screws for wood doors and/or jambs. 7. Butt widths listed are minimum. Provide butts of wider throw to suit conditions for 1800 operation of doors,structural conditions permitting. B. Pivots and Floor Closers 1. Rixson. C. Locksets, Deadlocks, Cylinders and Padlocks: 1. Manufacturer: a. Locks and Deadlocks - Schlage, Adams Rite,or approved. b. Cylinders and Padlocks - Schlage. 2. Provide lock strike.; with minimum projection to protect trim. 3. Provide wrought boxes for locksets and deadlocks. 4. Provide deadlocks with armored fronts. 5. Function as indicated in hardware groups. 6 Dead bolts at exterior doors shall have a minimum throw of 1 inch and minimum embedment of 3/4 inch. D. Door Closers: 1. Manufacturer:Corbin. 2. Types: as scheduled. 3. Provide finished (US26D)sex bolts for all closers applied to wood doors. 4. Provide suitable feet and proper length arms to suit all conditions. 5. Sizes shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. (losers shall have a 5-year unconditional guarantee. Finish shall match locksets 6. All door closers to be mounted on private side of door. No thru bolts. 7. Maximum closure pressure 8.5 pounds,per handicap code. F. Flush Bolts:by door manufacturer. F Door Stops and Overhead Stops 1 Manufacturer: a. Builders Brass as scheduled. b. Rixson 2. Locate floor stops free from foot traffic. 3. Provide silencers for metal jambs,3 for single jambs and 4 for double iambs. G Thresholds, Weather-strip, Door Bottom and Giskets: 1 Mikes: Pemko Mfg.Co.,or approved equal by Rixon. 2. Types as indicated in Hardware Groups. H. Door Viewer: 1. Make: Ives 2. Type as indicated in Hardware Groups. I I/6/90\4/21/92\4/72/92 08700-3 SECTION 08700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HARDWARE TIGARD, OREGON HW-14 1-1/2 pr Self-closing Hinges #2060 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26D 1 ea Lockset L9080 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Floor Stop F8063-1/2 US26D 1 set Smoke Gaskets SS8D PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation of hardware is specified in Section 08739. END OF SECTION 08700-6 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/97 Ma— — - - - WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 087(X) HARDWARE' HW-7 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Latchset 19010 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Wall stop WC9X US26D 3 ea Silencers 1-1W-8(nQLused) 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 n'RP 1 ea Lockset L9080 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Floor stop F8063-1/2 US26D 3 ea Silencers HW-9 1-1/2 pr Butts BB191 US32D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2,NRP I ea Lockset HT 19080 Al2 US32D CLS WBX' 1 ea Closer/stop KP120B SBL x SNB LH 1 ea Threshold 171 A 36" MS& ES 1 ea Door Bottom 315CN 36" 1 pc Gasket 305CR 36' 2 pc Gasket 305CR 84" 1 ea peephole U-700 B26D 3 ea Silencers * Lever trim on inside only. HW-IO 1 ea Butt BB191 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Spring Hinge Bommer#4310 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26D 1 ea Latchset - Furnished by Owner, Installed by Contractor. 2 ea Silencers I ea Wall stop WC9X US26D HW-11 (not used) 3 pr Butts BB191 US32D 5 x 4-1/2 x NRP 1 ea Latch - Lawrence SC109 Zinc I ea Cane Bolt - Lawrence T250 x 24"Zinc 1 ca Astragal 357 Sp MS 2 ea Wall Stop WC9 x US32D HW-12 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Latchset L9010 Al2 US26D CLS WBX 1 ea Closer K120 SBL x SNB 3 ea Silencers HW-13 (not used/ 1-1/2 pr Self-closing Hinges #2060 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26D 1 ea Lockset L9050 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Overhead Stop 55 Series,Surface Mounted US26D 1 set Smoke Gaskets S88D 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/42 O8700-5 Emir SECTION 08739 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION TIGARD, OREGON 3.02 WOCD DOOR AND FRAME !NSTALLATION A. Fit and prepare doors and frames for installation in accordance with the door manufacturer's printed instructions. B. !nstall doors plumb and square. C. Provide clearances of 1/8 inch at iambs and heads, 1/8 inch at meeting stiles for pairs of doors,and 1/Z inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering,except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 1/4-inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. D. Bevel doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. 1. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: Install roses, kick plates,closers,and other surface mounted hardware only after door finishing is complete and finishes are completely cured. 3.03 HOLLOW STEEL DOOR INSTALLATION A. Fit hollow metal doors accurately to the respective frames, within clearances specified in SDI 100. 3.04 FINISH HARDWARE INSTALLATION A. Installer shall receive delivery and unpack, tag, index, and file all keys. Keep hardware in a separate room under lock and key at the site until installation is made. B. Verify all dimensions and be responsible for the correct installation and fit of hardware at the locations indicated on the drawings and as specified. C. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. D. Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the finish application. After completion of the finishes, reinstall each item. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. F. Hardware Mounting Heights: Mounting heights are based on recommendations of the National , Builders Hardware Association INBHAI. Generally, mount hardware units at the following locations on each door or door opening,excer as otherwise indicated on the drawings or required to meet code and handicapped requirements. Verify any conflicts with location of other hardware for proper clearances for installatio- prior to cutting or milling for specified hardware. Notify Architect immediately if such conflicts are dMermined. 1. Latch and Locksets: 38 inches finish floor to center of knob. 2. Dead Locks: 52 inches finish floor to center of cylinder. 3. Emergency Exit Cross Bar: 36 in-lies from finish floor. 4. Top Hinge: 5 inches from top of door to top of hinge. 5. Bottom Hinge: 10 inches from finish floor to bottom of hinge. 6. Center Hinge: Equal distance between top and bottom hinges. 7. Multiple hinge locations shall be equally spaced between top and bottom hinge. 8. Wall Stops: Centerline of knob or point of first contact. 9. Thresholds. Mount at exterior doors such that slope breakpoint on threshold is at lead edge of door. Set in full bed of caulking material. 08739-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08739 TIGARD,OREGON DOOR AND HARDWARE INccTALLATION PART 1 GENFRAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Installation of word doors and frames. 2. Installation of hardware specified in Section 08700. 3. Installation of aluminum and hollow steel doors in frames installed in other Sections. B. Related Sections 1. 08110- Hollow Steel Doors and Frames. 2. 08210-Wood Doors and Frames. 3. 08410- Aluminum Storefront and Window System. 4. 08260 - Door and Hardware Installation. 5. 08700 - Finish Hardware. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certifi_ates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The types of doors included under work of this Section consist of wood doors and hollow metal doors used for pedestrian traffic or other similar functions, and not specified under other Sections. B. Work of this Section includes installation of all hardware specified in Section 08700. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installers of doors and fini'h hardware shall be skilled mechanics experienced in this type of work. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not subject wood doors to abnormal heat,dryness,or humidity,or sudden changes thereof. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity prior to hanging. PAR F 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE A. Doors, frames and hardware are specified in other sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install doors at locations indicated with the hardware scheduled. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 08739-1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08739 TIGARD,OREGON DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION 10. Closing: Mount for maximum degree of opening obtainable considering other hardware provided and opening conditions.Size closers for conditions and code requirements. 11. Trim/Protection: kickplate shall be 2" LDW x height indicated. 12. Other hardware items shall be located as recommended by NBHA,or as may be shown or required otherwise. 3.1.5 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation of function of every unit. Lubricate moving parts with graphite type lubricant unless otherwise recommended by the hardware manufacturer. Replace units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. 3.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT A. Wherever hardware installation is made more than 1 month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area,return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make a final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space of area. Clean and relubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment,spring power.back check,closing and latching speeds,and handicap requirements. B. Protect all items of finish hardware from damage until acceptance of the building. C. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper adjustment of hardware and hardware finishes during the final adjustment of hardware END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 0873Q-3 SECTION 08800 GLAZING WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON C. Structural Criteria: 1 Windload: (Design factor of 2.5 based on statistical glass breakage of 8 literr 1,000). and negative(inward and outward) wind pressure shall be in accordance with UBC using wind speed and exposure classification indicated on structural drawings. Breakage of either lite in an insulating glass unit shall constitute unit breakage. 2 Center Deflection: Maximum deflection shall not exceed L/175 or 3/4 inch, whichever is les 1.04 QUALITYASSURANCE ' A. Comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in the "Manual of Glazing" of the Flat Glass Marketing Association. B. Safety Glass Standard: Comply with UBC code requirements. CQualifications of Glass Manufacturer: Provide glass produced by a nationally recognized manufacturer of high efficiency glass. D Qualifications of Glazers: Provide required, and at least one person completely familiarhwith thy rthe refer need standards and the requirements of this Work, who shall experienced in the skills personally direct installation of work herein. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A Make submittals in accordance with 0130 B Glass Analysis: Submit glass manufacturer's analysis demonstrating compliance with requirements for windload, thermal stresses, and center deflection. I. Submittal shall identify eachglass the accommodate. type and the maximum deli wind load each t 2 Each separate glass type shall indicate glass thickness and whetherglass i � can strengthened,or tempered in annealed, heat C Certification• Submit coated glass manufacturer s written verification of review and approval all glnzing details and conditions, including pocket widths, edge bites and edge stresscs, and thicknesses of glass I) Warranty Submit draft of manufacturer s and fabricator's warranty for Architect's r of warranties shall be submitted concurrent with glass analysis submittal and shall incl specified inclusions. review. Draft ude all 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600 B. Provide cushions at edges of glass to prevent impact damage daring shipment and oto C. keep vacuum cups free from form • rage tin mat •nal that could scratch glass. D. Comply with insulating unit fabricators requirements for limits on exposure to reduc pressure during shipment ed barometric 08800-2 11/6/911\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 8100 TIGARD,OREGON GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY' A. Section Includes: 1. Glass and glazing for aluminum windows. 2. Glass and glazing for aluminum entrance and storefront. 3. Laminated glass and glazing for overhead installation. B. Related Sections: 1. 08110- Hollow Steel Doors and Frames: Doors and frames to receive glazing; 2. 08410- Aluminum Storefront dnd Window System Metal framing and glazing materials; C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,iiiclu;•ling bonds and certificztes, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work Jf this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 REFERENCES A American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). I C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass. 2. C10/11 - Standard Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass, Kind HS, Kind FT (Coated and Uncoated). 3 F771 - Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. 4. E774 - Specifications for Sealed Insulating Glass Units. B Flat Glass Marketing Association (F'GMA): FGMA Glazing Manual. C American National Standard (ANSI): Z97.1 - Performance Specifications and Test Methods for Safety Glazing Materials in Buildings. D. Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturer's Association (SIGMA): #70-7-1, 76- Glazing Recommendations for Sealed Glass Units. E. Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC): 16 CFR Part 1201 - Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing Materials. F !nternational Conference of Building Officials - Uniform Building Code(UBC) - currently enforced clition 1.03 GLASS PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A The glass manufacturer shall perform stress analysis to determine the proper glass thickness and treatment required to resist the structural and ti ermal stresses for each glazing condition All costs in conjunction with the analysis shall he borne by the glass manufacturer. B Should the stress analysis show that glass of greater strength or thickness is required over that scheduled, then all such changes shall be included in the bid price The glass manufacturer or installer shall not be entitled to an;' claims for additional compensation for his failure to meet this requirement 11/',/9I)\4/21/92\4/22/92 0881i(1--I I 16200 S.W. PACIFIC HIGHWAY 5 OF 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL/-IGARD TOWN SQUARE SECTION 088(1) WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP GLAZING TIGARD, OREGON ' I Tempered Glass: Glass whieh h*,been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not less �t than 4 times the annealed strength; free of "tong marks" Certified safety glass in accordance with ANSI Z97.1. 2. Heat Strength;red Glass: ASTM 011148, glass which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not less than 1.8 times annealed 'strength; free of tong marks 3 Fabncate tempered and heat strengthened glass units so teat principle distortion will be in the horizontal direction in the finished installation. 4 Unless otherwise approved by the building official, provide manufacturer's label on each light, indicating type and thickness of glass 5 Comply with UB(' Section 5406 for identification and iabelfng of safety-glazing materials in hazardous locations subject to human impact loads C Laminated Glass. 1 Two lavers of 1/8 inch minimum, heat-strengthened glass with .060 inch clear vinyl inner laver sandwiched between to form a monolithic unit I PART 3 EXECUTION 1.111 INSPECTION A Verify surfaces of glazing channels or messes are clean, free of obstructions,and ready for work of this Section H Hegir'rnng of installation means acceptance of substrat.' , 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry ' B. Seal frame corner points, and other leakage points with sealant At insulating glass units the ,sealant shall he compatible with the seal of the unit hey not plug weep holes , ( !'rime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer. ' 101 INSTALLATION A Setting Blocks Place setting blocks in frames fot support of glass. Place at quarter points unless I approved otherwise 13 Set glass tightly in position with proper clearances ;n accordance with the referenced standards. , ( Perimeter glass clearances within setting frame shall he as required by the manufacturer to meet the requirements of UBC Table No 54-( and as required to provide for wind, earthquake drift,and thermal expansion 1) Ur+:.s specified otherwise, glaze units with gaskets furnished with the framing systems specified in other sect (Lis ' F Where gazing gaskets are not furnished, install with glazing tape 118800-4 11/6/9f1\4/21/92\4/22/92 1 WASHINGTON Ml.rl'UAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08800 TIGARD, e)REGON GLAZING 1.07 WARRANTY A Submit warranties under provisions of Section 01700. B Replace all installed units which fail under use with new conforming units. Replacement snail include coordination with the Owner, immediate provision for maintaining openings secure and weathertight. timely ,irdenng and fabncation of replacement items as required, installation, and cleaning C Structural Failure. The Installer shall tarnish written guarantee to replace all glass units broken by temc rature changes flaws in materials, environmental conditions(excluding fire and impact), and normal deflection conditions for one year No allowances for statistical probability of breakage under anticipated loading conditions will be made in consideration of failure of glass materials under load This warranty shall include al! labor and materials for replacement of failed units) i) Insulating Glass Units 1 Furnish ten year manufacturer's warranty, including coverage of units for seat failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same, under provisions of Section 01700 PART i PRODUCT'S 2.01 GLASS A Float or Plate Glass: ASTM C1036. Type 1, class 1, clear, quality ql glazing select 2.02 ACCESSORIES A Setting Blocks. Neorrene; 70-40 Shore A durometer hardness,4 inches longi 1/4 high x width as required for application indicated B. Glazing Sealant C ompalihle with insulating glass seal C. Glazing Tape (Interior): Norton "V-980", Pf "303",or approv d. Size 1/8 inch by 1/2 mch. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Insulating Glass Units: 1. Dual lite units fabricated from glass as scheduled, 1/2 inch nominal airspace, dual seal system. 2 Twin primary seals of polvisohutvlene and secondary seal of silicone or polysulfide sealant Outer seal shall he compatible with glazing system 3 Spacer Bar Mill finish aluminum, fill with desiccant, corners shall be partially miter cut and bent (not cut through), or for ned with corner keys ultrasonically soldered in place. 4 Certified through the Insulatinf, Class Certification Council (ICC) in accordance with ASTM E773 and E774, certified to level CBA 5 Each piece shall hear certification number, date, and manufacturer's identification mark 6 Assembly of insulating units shall be by a fabricator approve.' by the glass materials manniar Curer B Tempered and Heat Strengthened Glass 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 08800-3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08800 TIGARD, OREGON GLAZING F Adiust glazing materials to form a uniform sightline 3.04 CLEANING ' A Clean excess glazing materials from adjacent finished surfaces. B Remove labels after work is completed ' 1 05 SCHEDULE A Exterior glass: Clear Low-F glass; Interpane (PLUS Neutral, or Hartung Agalite LOF l.t,w E (#2 Surface) over clear B Provide tempered safety glass when located in the following areas: I 1 In all hinged and sliding glazed doors,except where wire glass is required to meet fire rating requirements 2. Glass whose nearest vertical edge is within 12 inches of a door opening,and whose bottom edge is less than K' riches above the floor or walking surface. 3. Glass units whose bottom edge is within 18 inches of a floor or walking surface within 36 inches of the glass unit IEND OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 08800'5 SECTION 09260 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS TIGARD, OREGON B Acoustical Sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, tor use in conjunction with gypsum board. C. Tnm 1. Conform to GA 216, unless indicated or specified otherwise 2. Concealed flange screw-on type, metal or PVC at Contractor's option I Control Joint Tnm. USG 093 or approved I) Joint Compound,Tape,and Finishing Compound ASTM C475. E. Screws: ASTM C1(X12. F Water Resistant Sealant: USG Sheetrock W/R Sealant PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verity that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence Notify the Architect in wnting of conditions detnmental to the proper and timely completion of the work B Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions 3.02 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A Install gypsum board in accordance with GA 216,and tire rated assembly requirements B. Erect wallboard so that all edges and corners are hrml% supported C. Use screws to fasten gypsum hoard to metal furring or framing D. Double Laver Applications 1. Use backing board or standard board for first layer 2. Offset joints of second laver from joints of first laver E Adhesive application of gypsum board may he used if it is in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations and meets fire rating requirements. I MO-2 11/6/90\4/21/42\4/22/92 i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09260 TIGARD,OREGON GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Intenor gypsum board, B [)rawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General ( onditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. (7 Substitutions Substitute products will he considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016110 102 REFERENCES A American Society for Testing and Materials e ASTM 1. C36-Gypsum Wallboard 2. C442 -Gypsum Backing Board 3. C475 -Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction 4. C630 - Specification for Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Hoard 3. C1002 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board B Gypsum Association(GA) 1 GA-21h - Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Hoard 1 01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Perform work in accordance with GA 216, unless specified otherwise, or required otherwise to meet fire rating requirements. B Assembly Instructions. Contractor shall keep at the site and make available to installers a copy of the GA 216 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A Provide boards of maximum permissible length for type of installation indicated, tapered edge for boards to he exposed, taped and finished,square edge for hoards in concealed applications; 5/8 inch thick unless noted or specified otherwise, provide type X it, fere rated partitions B Types 1 Standard Beard ASTM C36. 2 Water Resistant Board: ASTM COO 1 Racking Hoare' ASTM C442. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A Adhesive for laminated construction ASTM C537,unless recommended otherwise by the gypsum hoard r'anufacturer 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/V/92 1192601 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION (19260 TIGARD, OREGON GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS F Tnm. 1 Use longest practical lengths. with no piece loss than 2 feet long for continuous runs greater than fl feet Securely fasten and align trim ends at pints 2 Place concealed flange corner beads at all external corners At angles other than 40 degrees. bend the flange to conform to the angle 3 Place concealed flange type 1. trim where gypsum heard abuts dissimilar materials 4 Use I tnm where sealant point is indicated G Allow a minimum of 1/4 inch and a maximum of 1/2 inch gap where gypsum hard extends to overhead structure Where the ceiling is exposed in the finished work, finish top edgy with a casing head, and caulk with acrylic sealant as specified in Section 07900 H Provide water resistant gypsum hard in restrooms, toilets. janitor closets, adjacent to lavatories, at coffee bar and other areas suhlect to similar damp conditions ( oat cut edges. fastener leads. and pints of water resistant gypsum hoard with water resistant sealant Treat fastener heads alter installation 3.03 FINISHING A. Taping 1 Apply a uniform laver of taping compound to all joints and angles to be reinforced 2 Apply reinforcing tape immediately centered over the pant and seated into the compound 3. Skim coat shall follow immediately but shall not function as a fill or second coat 4. Tape shall he properly folded and embedded in all angles to provide a true angle B. Filling 1 After taping rompiund has hardened apply taping compound filling the hoard flush with the su rtace 2 The fill coat shall cover the tape and feather out slightly beyond the tape ( Finishing I Fastener Depressions Apply taping i iimpo and to all fastener depressions followed when hardened by at least 2 coats of taping compound lea%ing all depressions level with the plane of the surface 2 Apply taping compound to all bead and trim. feathering out from the ground to the plane of the surface as specified for joints 1 Finish pints with at least 2 coats of taping compound,each coat extending beyond preceding coat joints shall be feathered to 12 inches each side of the pint 4 Feather the finish coat from the ground to the plane of the surface, with a maximum camber of 1/32 inch 5 Where necessary to sand,do so without damaging the face of the gypsum hoard h Provide a smooth wall surface with joints fully concealed i) Smooth Wall Finish 1 Provide a smooth wall finish, unless specified otherwise 2 Skim coat exposed hare paper surfaces,except at utility moms, storage rooms, and other locations where a completely smooth surface is not critical. F Acoustical Sealant 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/42 09260-3 BOARD WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL ROUP GYPSUMYT30A SECTION HSYS'T'EMS TIGA , nmeteT of all acoustically insulated partitions, one bead ON with substrate for single layer constructwn,and at edge 1 Install acousma; sealant around inala each side of framing member of base layer for double laver construction Seal all penetrations. A 04 TOLERANCES amo in any direction Install gypsum board with 1/K inch in 10 feet maximum vanatx l from Q END OF SECTION 11/6/a►`.4/21/v2\4/22/91 09260-4 SECTION 09100 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TiLE TiGARD, OREGON I 1 07 EXTRA STOCK I A Furnish U additional quantities of each type of the installed for mantenance purposes B Leave uninstalled quantities at site where directed, in dearly marked waled cartons C Extra stock tile which is used to satisfy extra stock requirements shall he fres• of damaged tiles, seconds, or tik which is not in conformance with these specifications PART 2 PRODUCTS , 2 01 TILE A General. Furnish tile manufactured in accordance with ANSI A1'171 1 B Special Shapes Unless otherwise indicated or specified furnish special shapes as standard with the tile manufacturer for uniform transitions and concealed edges in the finished installation Shapes shall include without limitation. bullnoses. double bullnoses, corner bullnoses,cove assemblies, and other special shapes ( Tile Types Types as indicated on the drawings Substitute products will not he considered 2 m A( ( FSS(1RY MATERIALS , A 'letting Materials 1 Thinset mortar latex•portland cement in accordance with ANSI A118 4. 1(109E acrylic latex additive at all locations PCI US Division (4(14/971-9419) '-PCI-Lastofes" muted with Nom- Sag,' Mapes 'Premium Kerahond with "Universal Keralastic"; proportions as recommended by the manufacturer 2. Organic Adhesives Bostik C instruction Product Division of Emhart (UPCOT " 'Itra-Set", or approved R Screed Strips Schluter Systems "AF 125', solid anodized aluminum angle 1/2' high or appro%ed ( Reinforcing Mesh 2 s 2' it 16/16 gage welded wire mesh or approved 11 Fasteners ( admium plated, type as required for application indicated ' I 'Tile Waterproofing Membrane Lattcrete Inti nationa), Inc , "Latecrete 9235 General Purpose Waterproof Membrane' system; T Noble Company, "Nobleseal TS', Hvdmment "Ultra-set,' or approved F Grout Mapm 'Piasti pints, Bostik Construction Products Division of Emhart (UPC01, "Hvdroment Ceramic Tile(.mut,Custom Building Products, '(ustom Colored Tik(trout,sanded as appropriate for installation, 100 percent acrylic or SBR latex additive as recommended by the grout manufacturer ( Vapor Barrier Minimum 4 mil polyethylene 093(10 2 11/a/110\4/71/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09300 TIGARD, OREGON PART 1 GENERAL. TILE 1.01 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1. Interior wall til 2. I ntenor floor tile B Related Sections 1 034101 -Concrete Substrate, 2 (m00 - Sealants Expansion point nth,rs 1 00260-Gypsum Board Systems substrate C Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the C,erteral Conditions. and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section I) Substitutions 'ubsntute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016011 102 REFERENCFS A American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. A1011.5 - Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set and later. Portland Cement Mortar 2 A1011.4 - Ceramic Tile :nstalkd with Organic Adhesives 3. A11A4 - Latex-Portlanc+ (ement Mortar 4 A136.1 • Organic Adhesive for Installation of Ceramic Tile B Tile Council of Amen a 1TCA) 1 Handbook of for Ceramic Tile Installation. current edition 2. 137.1 Recommended Standard Specifications for ( eramic Tile 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Expansion Joints t,nless oth"•rwise• detailed, expansion rants in tile fields are sealant-filled limits to accommodate expansion 4nd contraction of tile and possible substrate movement at slab control and construction runts 14 Reinforced Waterproofing Membrane Proprietary waterproofing membrane system installed in combination with thnset tike applicatiuii as part of the ceramic tile work 1.14 QUALITI ASSURAN(E A Conform to ANSI Standard Specifications for the Installation of (eramic Tile 1 115 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A In accordance with Section 01600 1.06 GUARANTEE A In accordance with Section 01700. furnish from the tile installer a two year written guarantee, executed to the Owner against defects in workmanship and matenals 11/6/91\4/21/92\4/22N2 0930(1-1 SECTION 09300 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL OREGON TILE TIGARD, 1 03 WATERPROOF ROOF MEMBRANE iNSTALLAT iON A Instill waterproof membranes in strict accordance with manufacturers installation instructions B At above grade locations, install waterprn of membrane completely over floor surfaces indicated. and a minimum of h inches up the wall base ( Use embedded reinforcing mesh at changes in plane and material t) Protect waterproof membrane from damage until after tile installation is complete 104 INSTALLATION OF TiLE A Interior floor Application •Thnset over (oncrete Substrate or Waterproof Membrane 1 TCA System F11 1 2 Installation Standard ANSI Atilt(c inch minimum thickness1 Setting Materials Thnset mortar. B Wall Application (wpsum Board Substrate I TCA System W223 2 Installation Standard ANSI A110 4 1 Setting Materials Organic adhesive ( joint Pattern I Lay out tilt. pattern prior to commencing tile installation 2Accurateh l,icate grout pints on Tines indicated where not indicated.adjust grout aunts within specified tolerances to minimize use cutflotir les at ile 'uchd field hat edges tile at each edge of each I Where cut tiles are neer%%an. position rectilinear field is not less than hall of a Lull size unit I► Installation Tolerances I eve% 1 install tile helds level to within tolerance' specified for tinished concrete substrate 2 No portion of a tile surface shall van more than 1/lh inch above or tx tow di '''j.is ent tile surface I Mit tiles from several hoses prior to installation to ensure that color vanations within each tile held are uniformly distributed throughout the field I Install tiles with faces in same plane and aligned wilh ad►acent finishes when ►ndieated i , Furl.' as otterwise indicated ins I Nattiest' tiles at exposed tile edges including without limitation. the following edges a, , tilt to carpetedges of planters.external corners and tops of ba WC II Install ceramic tile for squame comer. at vertical inside corners I ( lean Mints of mortar to minimum depth of 1/4 inch to allow subsequent grout installation I Joint Tolerances 1 Joint Width Variation flus or menu, 251 of the proposed Mint width ' 1 aper Plus or minus 2611 from one end to the other 11/4/411\4/71/92\4/72/V2 091(10-4 V'ASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 093(X) TIGARD, OREGON TILE H. Curing Paper Fortifiber ' All Purpose Building Paper: or approved; do not use polyethylene or products containing bituminous materials )'ART 3 EXEC TION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence B Verify that locations of control points and construction points in substrate correspond to tile expansion point locations C Notify the Architect in writing of conditions d .imental hi the proper and timely completion of the work D Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and resp►►nsibilih for deft dive installation caused tis prior observable cnndiUons 3.02 PREPARATION A Clean substrate surfaces free,of grease dirt, dust, organic imf+unnes, cunng agents aril other materials which would impair hand ( lean floors with 'Blast-track unit if necesvn 11/6/911\4/21/92\4/22/92 091011-3 SECTION 09300 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUT' TILE TIGARD. OREGON :111111 i Ott PROTECTION A Protect tile installations from damage in acconiance with Section 01500 B Rcpla( all damaged tiles CR CLEANING A In accordance with Section(1150(1 and Section 01700 B C poidtnate final cleaning with work of Section(17q(1) - Sealants ( o not begin cleanm} perateon. until tike expansion pint% .e•alant•are fully cured ( Prior PI building turnover wash and thoroughly nnse all tile Leave all tile surfaces clean I ,.t, if 4( TlO\ 1 1 I 11/6A1\4/21/10\4/22/92 ' WASHINGTON MUTUA FINANCIAL GROI,P SECTION (19300 TILE ' TIGARD, OREGON I h Special Floor Tile l'astallation Requirements 1 Wash hacks of each tile to remove all dust and soil which would compromtsr adhesion 2 Dampen suhstraee as necessary to prevent excessive suction Trowel mortar onto surface,to receive tile 3 Apply mortar bond with notst rat � for .per level 4 Set tile within lc i spreadingenR mortar 5 Rack butter tiles prior to setting to ach►evt 1(E percent contact h Set tiles to accurak alignment Beat in with a wood block and small hammer as necessary to level tiles U) EXPANSION IOINTS A Place expansion pints at maximum i(► too' intervals for interior installations 1( Place expansion punts at t .t►'rui and expansion pants en cont rete Blahs .end at intersest►ons with walls and columns C )o.nt Sizes Set to match wi thh of typical grouted pint. but in no cave less than I 4 I) Leave expansion pints tree of meorta. F Sealant materials and installation are specified in Section (179(0 3.01i GR(ll'TIN( A Mot grouts in accordance with manufacturers instructions B Grout all pints,except expansion pints,on accordance with the manufacturers recommendations Float mints to a slightly concave profile ► Remove excess grout from tile surfaces in accordance with the grout and tile manufacturer s rec.,mnwndatuins Ito not use excess amounts of water I e Protect a.ltatent surfaces from damage of ac id cleaners are used F Do not grout pints'rd's aired to receive sealants including linstdet g nght an a cornshallet ►nts hetwee floor and walls of column bases (.rout pints oerpen pa d flush with tile edges l ( ured grout pints shall he made free of effloreseen(t, prier to waling �r CURIN(. A Immediate', after grouting and leaning, wet .ire installation M►th curing paper for a m ear tiro period of '' hours p !suited tile surfaces during curing k eep traffic off tile surfaces for a minimum of 4 days, unless recommended otherwise Iw the grout or mortar r•amufacturf 11/fi/g1'a r21,,2\41V/"7 MIMS ril..116. SEC PiWASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCiA . GEGON ROUP SUSPENDED 0!510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS TI!_ PART 1 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTIC'N A Verify that existing Condit'ons are ready to receive work B \enfv that layout of h.ingers will not intertere with other work ngers with C install after rnalor ,txove-ceiling work e ar,s locatedltoeC oordinace the. location of accc►mrixodate fittings and unttsaof equipment other work Ensure dr:layout of hanger wh ch are to fie placed after the insiallaticn of ceiling grid system D b gin•iing of installation means,acceptance cif conditions 10: INF ALLATION. SUSPENDED TILE SYSTEMS A Install system in accordance with ASTM C636,the manufacturer's instructions,and as supplemented in this Section. Fl Install grid to produce finished ceiling true to tines and levels indicated, within the sprhed toleranc es c Install suspension systems in a manner to support all supenmposed loads, with maximum permvs&athle deflection of 1/:7ti of span I) Ilar.g system independent of walls columns,ducts,pipes and conduit. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers. provide secondary carrying me mbers abed cheer indirect support of tlw suspension system,or reinforce the nearest adpcent hanger; channels as required to span the requtred distanc"• E (enter system on room axis according to reflected ceiling plans F Provide all anchors required for the installation of the ceiling system C, Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths Miter corners Prov.dv edge moldings at ,unctions with other interruptions Fabricate edge moldings to fit the surfaces encountered H Form expansion joints as detailed Maintain visual closer:• 1 Fit acoustic lay-infree from damaged edges other defects detrimental appearance and function Fit bondeunis neatlgainabuttingrfaces Scribe and mill recessed tegular edge into partial border units supported at edge by wall molding I Adjust any sags or twists which develop in the ceiling system and replace acv part which is damaged or faulty h install hold-down clips to retain panels tight to grid system within 20 ft of an eextenor door l 1 oteratices 1 Vanation from Flat and Level Surface 1/B inch in 10 ft s maximum 2 Vanatie n from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Ecccntnc Loads Iwo degree 11/6/9[1\4/11/92 4122192 095111 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SFCTION 09510 TIGARD, OREGON SUSPE^;DED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 1.01 SUMMAI Y A. Section Includes: 1. Suspended acoustical ceilings. B. Related Sections: 1. 09260-Gypsum Board Systems. Adjacent wall and ceiling surfaces. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code: Comply with the seismic requirements of the Uniform building Code,seismic zone 3,and the requirements of the local code authorities. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C635- Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings. ' 2. C636- Recommended Practice for the Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels. I 1,04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F,and humidity of 20 to 40 percent prior to, during, and after installation. 1.05 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided,dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Schedule installation of acoustic units after interior wet work is dry. ' 1.06 i:XTRA STOCK A. Provide 5%extra quantity of acoustic units under provisions of Section 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Exposed T System: ASTM C635, intermediate duty classification;direct hung;exposed 'T'design; factory baked on finish to match acoustical panels. Provide all stabilizer bars, splices, edge and wall moldings,and other items as required to complete suspended ceiling grid system 2.02 ACOUSTICAL. PANELS A. ACT-1: 24 x 24 inch size;tegular edge; white color; flame spread of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM ER4. Use with exposed T System. Manufacturer, style and texture as indicated on drawings. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/42 09510-1 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09510 TIGARD, OREGON SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS END OF SECTION 11/6/911\4/21/92\4/22/92 09510-1 4 • SECTION 09650 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCI�,OREGON GROUP RESILIENT FLOORING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RESILIENT FLLORING A. Resilient Tile Flooring: As scheduled on the drawings. 2.C2 RESILIENT BASE A. Resilient Base: Rubber; 1/8 inch thick;coved base;manufacturer,color and height as scheduled on the drawings. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex filler, mixed with water t' produce a cementitirus paste. B Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof;types recommended by resilient flooring and base manufacturers for specific application. C. Transition Strips: Vinyl;color as selected by the Architect. e and r D. All other materials not specifically as recommended by th�manufactufor a relrtof the material to which nt of resilient flooring, shall be only is applied and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect on work commenctrades e. Notify the Architect in verify that such work is complete to the point where work of writing of conditions detrimental to the grope-and timely completion of the work. B. Ensure concrete floors are dry(maximum 7 percent moisture content)and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting. C. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION nts, oles and r defects, A. as required subfloorj fistile to fill (meet adjtcentacks,finishes.struction Fea her tot maximum slope of 1/8 inch in a feet, required to adjust level to la float to smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic over filler. 3.03 FLOORING INSTALLATION A. Install all resilient flooring where scheduled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 09650-2 - WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09650 TIGARD, OREGON RESILIENT FLOORING PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient tile flooring; 2. Resilient base. B. Related Sections: 1. 03001 •Concrete;Substrate 2. 09680-Carpeting C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. The Tenant Improvement Construction Drawings and Division One Specification Sections apply to the work of this Section. E. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered 1.02 REFERENCES A. Federal Secifications (FS) 1. SS-T-312 - Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, Vinyl-Asbestos. 2. FS SS-W-40 - Wall Base: Rubber and Vinyl Plastic. 1.02 QUALI'I / ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Installers: 1. Use only skilled and experienced resilient flooring installers for preparation of substrate and actual installation of resilient flooring. 2. Helpers and apprentices used for such work shall be under full and constant supervision at all times by thoroughly skilled resilient flooring installers. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 0160). 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain minimum 70 degrees F air temperature at flooring installation area for three days prior to,during, and for 24 hours after installation. B. Store flooring materials in area of application. Allow three days for material to reach equal temperature as area 1.05 EXTRA STOCK A. Deliver 10% of each color and pattern of floor tile and base material required for project,for maintenance use. B Clearly identify each box or roll. 11/6/941\4/21/92\4/22/92 09650-1 SECTION 09650 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUP RESILIENT FLOORING TIGARD, OREGON H Scribe and fit to door frames, stairs, and other obstructions. I. Install straight and level to maximum variation of plus or minus 1/8 inch over 10 feet. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Unless recommended otherwise by the adhesive manufacturer, prohibit traffic from resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation. 3.05 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the installation, immediately remove all surplus adhesive from ad}acent surfaces. B. As soon as possible after installation,and in accordance with the timing recommended by the manufacturers,clean the entire resilient flooring surface using the materials recommended for that purpose by the manufacturers of the materials being cleaned. END OF SECTION 0460114 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09650 TIGARD, OREGON RESILIENT FLOORING B Unless indicated otherwise, install resilient flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines. C. Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of door at door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar, and where no threshold is indicated. D. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. E. Scribe flooring to walls,columns,cabinets,floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tight pints. F. Clean substrate. Spread:,ement evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. G. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. H. Special Requirements for Resilient Tile: 1. Open floor tile cartons,enough to cover each area,and mix tile to ensure shade variations do not occur within any one area. 2. Unless indicated otherwise, lay tiles parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical tile pattern. 3. Install with minimum tile width 1/2 full size at room or area perimeter. 4. Arrange to square grid pattern as scheduled or indicated on drawings with all joints aligned 1. Seal joint betweem flooring and adjacent materials at restrooms, bathrooms, kitchens, and other moist areas with clear silicone sealant. 3.03 RASE INSTALLATION A. Adhesive install base materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install straight style base at all walls where resilient base is scheduled in areas with carpeted floors; install cove style base at walls scheduled for resilient base abutting hard surface and resilient floors. C. Install base to walls and to wood casework toe kicks in all areas where resilient base is scheduled, and where no other base finish is specifically noted or detailed. D. Coordinate installation of straight base with work of Section 09680. E. Fit joints tight and vertical, in accurate alignment. F. Score back of base material with grooving tool,at all outside corners; maintain minimum leg length 18 inches where wall length permits. Mount base so that scored groove is accurately aligned with corner,and with base tightly adhered to wall at both sides of corner, with no visible gaps at top of base. Where cove base is formed around outside corners,stretch toe of cove for smooth transition around corner, with toe in uniform contact with the finish flooring. G. Miter or cope inside corners for accurate fit. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 09650-3 SECTION 09680 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CARPETING TIGARD, OREGON 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives: Use adhesives as recommended by the manufacturer of the carpet. When none is recommended use adhesives as manufactured by Roberts Consolidated Industries Adhesives; waterproof for installation of carpets and mats at entnes, sinks,and other wet areas. B. Latex Underlayment: White premix latex filler, mixed with water to produce cementitious paste. Dependable Chemical Company, Inc., "Dependable White Skimcoat Underlayment," with "Latex Liquid" additive; or approved. C. Hot Melt Tape: Roberts "50-330 Supertape;"Orcon "CT-3 Super Tape;"or approved. D. Edge Strips: Vinyl reducer strips;size as appropriate for conditions;color as selected from the manufacturer's standard line. Roberts 'Naplock,"or approved. PART 3 EXEC JTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect the preparatory work of other trades,and verify that such work is acceptable for the proper performance c,f the work of this Section. Report unacceptable conditions to the Architect. Do not begin work until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. B. Ensure that concrete floors are free from scaling, and exhibit acid neutrality. C. Moisture Testing of Concrete Slabs: Tape and see' a 24 inch square polyethylene sheet to the floor for a 24 hour period.Contact the Architect,and do not commence installation if condensation appears under the sheet. D. Upon commencement of carpet installation,the Contractor accepts the substrate and responsibility for unacceptable finished work caused by prior observable substrate conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean floors of dust,dirt, grease,and other substances which would be detrimental to the proper performance of adhesive and carpet. B. Fill low spots and cracks over 1/8 inch in width with latex underlaymrr.;. I 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Carpet installation shall be tight and flat to the subfloor, securely fastened in position, and shall present a uniform appearance. Provide color, pattern, and texture match within each area. Seams shall be strong and flat. B. Install carpets in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for the type of substrate and application indicated. C. Carpet shall be glue mounted. D. Installation shall be done using sequential rolls. 09680-2 I I/h/c41\4/21/92\4/24/Q7 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 09680 CARPETING PART 1 GENERAL ----- 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1 Glue down carpeting. B. Related Sections: 1. 03001 -Concrete: Substrate 2. 06200- Finish Carpentry: Wood base 3. 09650-Resilient Flooring: Rubber base. C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,includingbonds and Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections aply to all work o thisficates Section.General D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Carpet Installer: Minimum of 3 years experience in carpet installations of similar size and scope Able to show evidence of experience when requested by the Architect. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. HVAC system shall be permanently in operation B Space shall be maintained at a minimum of 68 degrees F.a minimum of 72 hours prior to carpet installation. 1.05 GUARANTEE A. In accordance with Section 01700, furnish a 1 year written guarantee covering defects in installation of carpets. Guarantee work shall include, without limitation, reseaming, restretching, and all other proceduresn required to resolve installation deficiencies. B. In addition to the requirements of the 1 year guarantee, if installation defects have caused irreparable damage to the carpet, the Contractor shall furnish and install new materials to match that damaged at no additional cost to the Owner, at a time convenient to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET A. Carpet: Manufacturer, pattern and color shall be as scheduled on drawings. Carpet #1 (CPT1)is owner furnished. Contractor to deliver to site and install. l i not 1\4/21/92\4/24/92 09680-1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09680 TIGARD, OREGON CARPETING E. Unless recommended otherwise bv the carpet manufacturer, seam carpets by one of the following methods: I Hand sewing: Per Mohawk Carpet Bulletin 05A.dated February 27, 1984,except item 13. Overcast stitch will not be permitted 2 Hot Melt Tape: Per Mohawk Carpet Bulletin 15C, dated February 27, 1984. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install resilient edge strips at carpet edges where carpet meets concrete or resilient flooring Where carpet to resilient or concrete surface flooring transition is indicated at door openings,locate to center resilient edge stnp under door. C. Glue-Application at Coupon Booth Counters Direct glue carpet in a single piece to particle board substrate, trim for tight fit to adjacent walls, wrap around countertop apron and staple to backside as detailed. 3.04 REMNANTS A. Upon completion of the installation, contact the Owner's Representative for selection of remnants. Carefully wrap and mark separately the selected remnants for each type of carpet,and note the type and locahonlsl where installed Deliver selected remnants to a location on site as directed by the Owner's Representative. Remove and dispose of remainder at a legal off-site location. 1.05 CLEANUP A The premises shall be kept free from unnecessary accumulation of tools,equipment and surplus materials during the progress of the work. 11 Remove threads with sharp scissors. Remove spots with manufacturer's recommended spot remover. C. Immediately after laying, thoroughly power vacuum entire surface using equipment with motor driven brushes 3.(16 PROTECTION A. Protect carpet from damage during remainder of construction and move-in period. END OF SECTION II/6/911\4/21/92\4/24/92 09680-3 i SECTION 09900 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP PAINTING TIGARD, OREGON D Visual Standards: Each distinct area of the finished work shall be free of variations in color and sheen, orange peel,runs, sags,blistenng,checking,cracking, scratches, dust,dirt,and other contaminants 1.05 SUBMITTALS ' A Submit in accordance with 013(1(1 B Paint Samples 1. Submit 3 -Sx10 samples of each paint finish on an M"x10" piece of substrate. Reference manufacturer, type of paint, color, sheen, substrate, and application. 2. Furnish additional samples until all paint finishes are approved. C Transparent Finish Samples: 1. Submit samples of each wood species and transparent finish combination. 2 If, in the judgment of the Contractor, the wood species or finish method selected indicate that color variations may be inevitable, submit samples in sets of 3 or more illustrating the possible range of these variations. 3. When approved, the finished sample or sets shall become the standard for approval. 1.(16 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 016)0. B. Delivery: Deliver paint materials to the jobsite in sealed, original, labeled containers, each bearing manufacturer's name,type of paint,brand name,color designation,and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. C. Storage Materials: Store paint materials at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F. in a well ventilated area. D. Toxic, acidic, and combustible materials: Take all necessary precautionary safety measures as recommended by the matenal manufacturers and governing regulations. E. Place cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and daily remove from the site. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: 1. Do no exterior work on unprotected surfaces when raining,or other moisture is present or expected,or before applied paints can dry or attain proper cure. 2. Allow wetted surfaces to dry and attain temperatures and condition specified hereinafter before proceeding with previously started work. B. Temperature: 1. Do no painting work when surface and air temperatures are below 40 degrees F or below those temperatures recommended by the manufacturer for the material type used. 2. Minimum temperatures for latex finishes: 45 degrees F for interior work and 50 degrees F. for exterior work, unless approved otherwise. 09900.2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 099(X) TIGARD, OREGON PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Site applied paint coatings. B Related Sections 1. 05500 - Metal Fabncat ons: Pre-primed metal surfaces 2. 06200 - Finish Carpentry Shop and field applied finishes 3. 08110- Hollow Steel Doors and Frames: Prepnmed metal surfaces 4. 08210- Wood Doors and Frames. Substrate. 5 09260 Gypsum Board Systems: Substrate 6 09950 - Wall Covenngs: Finish material over premed surfaces. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 102 REFERENCES A Structural Steel Preparation Council (SSPC). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. The following sheens shall be as listed below, when tested to accordance with a 61)degree gloss meter. 1. Flat: Less than 10 units. 2. Eggshell: 10 to 25 units. 3. Satin: 25 to 40 units. 4. Semi-gloss:40 to 70 units. 5. Gloss: 70 or greater units. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with a minimum of three years documented experience. B. Environmental Requirements for Solvent Rased Paints: Comply with the Environmental Pmtection Agency (EPA) requirements for volatile solvents content limitations, as applicable to each classification of coating. C Unless otherwise specified, all work herein shall conform to "Premium" grade standards for materials and work required in either of the following: 1. The "Paint and Wallcoverings Specification Manual" (PWSM), latest edition, published by Peninsula Area Painting Industry Fund, 1916-F Old Middlefield Way, Mountain View, California 94043, 1415) 961-8710 2. The "Architectural Specification Manual for Painting, Wallcovenng, and Gypsum Wallboard Finishing", (ASM) latest edition, published by Specification Services, 23830 Pacific Hwy South,Suite 102, Kent, WA 98012, phone (206)878-6630 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 09900-1 OUP WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL ORE SECTION 0'400pA{NTING 1.02 FIELD TESTING A Check for excess moisture using an approved electronic moisture meter Do not paint materials with moisture levels exceeding the following limits: 1 Interior Woodwork and Trim: Average of 791 with )O' maximum. 3.01 PROTECTION drips,ls, over painting, and other damage A Adequately is woe surfaces nude surfaceswit painted,the paint►lsto age and preparation areas. caused by this work. Include B Hardware and Miscellaneous Items. diffusers, escutcheons, surface 1 Carefully renx.ve electrical outlet and switch plates, mechanical hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to starting work. Hent lac uer i►nish 2 Carefully store,clean and replace these items upcm coin P completion of work nin each area in a 1 Use no solvent or abrasives toccleanitemhardware that will remove the pe normally used on some 1 04 PREPARATION surfaces byremoving all din,dust, grease,oil,moisture.and other contaminants which willl impair the p A Pre cPe r adhesion of the finish B Follow the specifications of the ASM for surfaces not noted herein surfaces to rust,blistered and peeling paint to bare metal by scraping,C Ferrous Metal Shop Primed under other Sections: Solvent clean previously primed Immediately apply sand.n oil and wire brushing Remove in ored roteted Immediately to receive to sanding and age or accordancesurfacces. Lightly sand all2shop prime Spa up pnme damaged or abraded paint finish D. Galvanized Ferreous Metal: Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-l. E. Gypsum Wall Board: Remove all light dust and dirt. 3.05 GENERAL. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS of ASM, PWSM A Unless specified or indicated otherwise,comply with irequirements B. Unless specified or indicated otherwise, follow pan manufacturer's label directions for general application procedures and coverage rates lighter in valuei (shade). Sand ghtly between C coat Apply primer Hints uoa rim Where more than one coat of paint is required,tint each succeeding coat up to the final coat similar in tint, but slightlyg coats to achieve required finish. ry sure e mat of I). { finishes on surfaces that arc not sufficiently ufa Make's d re tiach state otherwise finish is dry Ck. not appy and hard before a following coat is applied unless theI/2 inch or less: for all other E Rollers for application pptahell have nap 3/8 inch or Iessf latex flat sheen paints hall have nap paint types. rollers 11/6/)\4/71/92\4/22/92 (199(10 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 099110 'f1GARD, OREGON PAINTING C Lighting: Maintain a lighting level of 15 footcandles per square foot minimum on the surfaces to be painted or finished I) Ventilation: Provide adequate continuous ventilation 1.0B MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish quantity of paint equal or greater than 10 percent of the quantity of each type, color, and sheen of paint used in the work,except amount shall be not more'.ran 5 gallons,nor less than two one quart cans,of each type of finish coat of each color and sheen required. B Material shall be furnished in manufacturer's labeled and unopened containers. !'ART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A Matenals not specifically noted and otherwise required for the work, such as linseed oil, shellac. thinners and the like shall be of a quality not less than that required by applicable published Federal or State Specification Standards, and as manufactured by approved firms B Products for each general purpose shall be compatible. Each system shall be products of one manufacturer where ever possible C. Acrylic-Epoxy:Tnemec Series 111 "Tnem.'-Tufcoat' or approved. 1. Solids by volume: 44.0+/- 2% (Mixed) 2. Abrasion: Fed Test Method Std. No. 141, Method 6192,CS-17 Wheel, 1,00(1 grams load, no more than 1341 mg. loss after 1,000 cycles. 3. Scrubbability: Fed.Test Method Std. No. 141, Method 6142, 10,()00 cycles; no coating removed, 159E gloss change,maximum 2.02 MIXING A. Furnish paints ready-mix& unless otherwise specified, excep' site mixed coatings which are in paste or powder form,or to be site catalyzed,in accordance with manufacturer's directions. PART 3 EXECUTION 1.01 INSPECTION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect the preparatory work of other sections, and verify that such work is acceptable for the work of this section Report all unacceptable conditions to the Architect. Do not begin work in areas of unacceptable conditions until the conditions have been resolved B. Starting painting work shall constitute Contractor acceptance of surfaces, and responsibility for unacceptable work caused by prior observable substrate conditions. 11/6/9)\4/21/92\4/72/92 (19900-1 SECTION 09900 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP "1GARD, OREGON PANTING 1) Wood - Stain & Varnish Transparent Finish System I System: Custom system to match Architect's sample Products availabel from I)alv'z, (206)633-4200; file name Washington Mutual Red, ask for Polly or Bob 2 First coat: Aniline stain, heavy wet coat, immediately wipe completely , minimum 4 ho.ir drying time,check for bleeding 3. Second coat: Penetrating oil stain, heavy coat, wipe;minimum R hour drying time 4 Third coat: Catalyzed lacquer sealer, sand with 220 grit i Fourth coat: Catalyzed lacquer finish coat, low satin sheen 6. Surfaces: Apply to all transparent finish woods as scheduled and as specified in 062(10, 06410, and 00210. E Wood - Opaque Finish Alkyd System. 1. System: (ASM) INT I-A, (PWSM)iNT 5-A,Custom Grade; sheen as scheduled; wo coats• first coat alkyd wood prime , second coat alkyd finish. 2. Surfaces: Use on wood shelving and nuscellaneous wood trim as scheduled F. Ferrous Metal - Alkyd System: 1. System: (ASM) INT 16-A;(PWSM) INT 6-A, premium grade; sheen as scheduled; three coats first coat alkyd rust-inhibitive primer, second and third coats alkyd enamel 2 Surfaces: Use on all interior ferrous metal surfaces incuding metal doors and frames, electrical panels, fire extinguisher cabinets, access doors and the like 3.()t( CLEANUP A As the work proceeds and on completion of the work, promptly remove air sealers,primers,paints and finishes where spilled, splashed or splattered in a manner not to damage the surface from which it is removed. B Remove masking. C Clean, or replace with new, all lamps and electncal fixtures damaged by overspray; replace with new identical components all lighting fixture louvers and reflectors damaged by overspray. 31)9 COLOR AND SHEEN SCHEDULE A. Provide paint colors and sheens to match those indicated on the drawings Where no paint color or sheen is indicated, provide color and sheen as selected by thn Architect. END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/221Q2 09900-6 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09900 TIGARD, OREGON PAINTING t". Where roller finishes are scheduled for application to gypsum board surfaces,apply first coat with a 3/8 inch nap roller to achieve desired stipple texture;finish coats may be spray applied at Contractor's option. Backroll spray applied finish coats immediately after application. C. Factory Primed Surfaces: Apply scheduled finish system, less primer coat, except as necessary to for patching damage to factory prime coating. 3.06 EXTERIOR PAINTING c YSTEMS A. Ferrous Metal - Alkyd System: 1. System: (ASM)EXT 12-A;(PWSM)EXT 14-A, premium grade; semi-gloss sheen; three(3) coag• first coat rust-inhibitive primer, second and third coats alkyd enamel. 2. Location: Use on all exterior ferrous metal including metal doors and frames,handrails and other miscellaneous metal items except those items scheduled for Special Coatings. B. Galvanized Metal - Alkyd System: 1. System: (ASM)EXT 14-A; (PWSM) EXT 15-A, premium grade; alkyd finish,semi-gloss sheen; four (4)coats: first coat pretreatment primer,second coat rust-inhibitive primer, third and fourth coats alkyd enamel. 2. location: use on all exterior galvanized and zinc coated metal,except as indicated under Special Coatings below. C. Ferrous and Galvanized Metal - Special Coatings: Epoxy/Urethane System 1. First Coat: Solvent Wipe (for gatianized only). 2. Second Coat:Tnemec"Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline"epoxy polyamide primer;3.0- 5.0 mils dry film thickness. 3. Third Coat:Tnemec "Series 73 Endura Shield Ill" acrylic polyurethane enamel; 3.0- 5.0 mils DFT. 4. Locations: Wall louvers,exterior metal access doors,ferrous components of ATM Shelter,metal handrails exterior or interior. and as indicated on drawings. D. Concrete- Latex System: 1. System: (ASM) EXT 6-A; (PWSM) EXT 1-A, sheen to match Exterior Insulation and Finish System: First coat alkyd or latex primer, second coat exterior latex. 3.07 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SYSTEMS A. Gypsum Wall Board and Plaster - Epoxy System: 1. System: Acrylic-Epoxy system;premium grade; sheen as scheduled;three coats- first coat PVA primer sealer(untinted), second and third coat Epoxy coating applied at 2- 2.5 mils DFT per coat. 2. Surfaces: Use on all gypsum wallboard surfaces at toilets and lounge coffee bar 3. Verify locations of each sheen with Architect before proceeding with work. B. Gypsum Wall Board and Plaster - Latex System. 1. System: (ASM) INT 3-B; (PWSM) INT 1-B, latex finish; premium grade; sheen as scheduled, three coats - first coat latex primer sealer(untinted), second and third coats interior latex. Provide additional third coat when deep tone colors are used. 2. Surfaces! Use on all gypsum wallboard surfaces. 3. Verify locations of each sheen with Architect before proceeding with work. C. Gypsum Board - Surfaces to Receive Wallcovering: Apply one coat of alkyd primer. 11/6/90\4/21/y2\4/22/92 0941X)-5 SECTION 09950 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP WALL COVERINGS TIGARD, OREGON PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL COVERING A Manufacturer and pattern shall be as scheduled on drawings. H All wall coverings shall have a maximum flame spread of 75 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM EM4. Fire retardant treat all nonconforming wall covering. Treatment shall not alter the appearance of the fabric. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Gibson-Homans"Shure Stick 111", unless approved otherwise by the wall covering manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect the wall covering materials immediately after receiving shipment. Replace all defective materials with new acceptable materials. B. Inspect substrate conditions, and notify the Architect of all unacceptable condition which would prevent a satisfactory installation. Unacceptable conditions shall include, without limitation, unprimed surfaces,cracks, voids, ridges,oils,grease, moisture, porosity, indelible and water soluble crayon,ball or felt tip pen marks,and foreign materials. Do no work until these conditions have been corrected. C. Ensure that all surfaces have received a coat of alkyd primer as specified elsewhere. D. The installation of wall covering constitutes the Contractor's acceptance of substrate conditions and responsibility for all unacceptable finished work caused by prior observable substrate conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Schedule work such that the subsequent work of other sections will not damage the work of this section. B Verify the type, pattern, color, and quantity of each type wall covering for each location scheduled to receive wall covering. C. Remove electrical outlet and switch plates, mechanical diffusers. escutcheons, registers, surface hardware, fittings,and fastenings prior to starting work; store during and replace after work. D Protection: Provide sufficient drop cloths, shields, and protective equipment to prevent wall covering materials from fouling adjacent surfaces, and in particular at storage and preparation areas. 09950-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/42 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 09950 WALL COVERINGS PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY i I A. Section Includes: Wall coverings. B. Related Sections: 1. 09260-Gypsum Board Systems: Substrate. 2. 09900-Painting: Alkyd primer for substrate. C. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered D. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,Conditions,Drawings, including bonds and specification sections apply to all work of this ty the io General 1.02 REFERENCES Section. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Certification: Submit certification that all fabric which does not meet has been fire retardant treated to meetCode(edition h the acquirements of Chapter 42<�/atmhee spread requirements u Via;Rnts currently enforced by the local jurisdiction.) 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 01600. B. Store wall covering materials flat, of degreesF.,unless a highernot upright, in a dry area.Maintain teen ofM45 in tem temperature is recommended by temperature fata a minimum erratum equal to the space or area where the wall coveg is to be installed. covering manufacturer. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A Temperature- 1. Do no wall covering wort, until surfaces and materials have minimum,or higher i/ or wall covering mended bybeen maintained at 60 degreesF minig manufacturer,for 3 da 2 Maintain minimum or above temperatures ��'�'work have fully dried or cured. during the entire installing time and until ed B. Lighting: �i� g. During installation, maintain minimum lighting level of 15 foot-candles le the surfaces to receive wall covering. Use temporary lighting, if level. tos per square foot necessary, attain specified C. Ventilation: Procured adequate continuous ventilation during the work fully dried or cured and until adhesives have 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 09950-1 1 L WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 09950 WALL COVERINGS 3.03 WALL COVERING INSTALLATION A. Mix and apply adhesives in strict accordance with the adhesive manufacturer's directions for the type of material being applied. B. Install wall covering secure, smooth, clean, and without wrinkles,gaps or overlaps. C. Extend wall covering continuously behind such items as mirrors,and other items which are close to but not touching walls. D. Install wall covering where scheduled in strict accordance with the wall covering manufacturer's recommendations. E. Provide double-cut seams on nonmatch patterns;butt seams on match patterns. F. Horizontal seams are not permitted. G. Corner Seams: Make no seams within 6 inches of an inside or outside corner,except where a color or pattern change is indicated. Lap wall coverings at inside corner seams to prevent substrate show through. II. Fabrics: 1. Use fabric rolls in consecutive numerical sequence of manufacture. 2. Place fabric sections consecutively in exact order in which they are cut from the roll including filling all spaces above or below windows, doors, relights,or similar penetrations. 3. Trim patterned fabrics which are not factory pretrimmed on a work table with a straight edge and an industrial razor blade for exact pattern match. 3.04 CLEANUP A Remove all adhesives, and other contaminants in a manner which will not damage the surface from which it is removed. B. Remove debris and leave areas neat and clean. C. Replace all removed wall plates and other accessories. D. Repair to like-new condition, or replace as directed by the Architect, all surfaces damaged by work of this Section. 3.05 EXCESS YARDAGE A. Notify designated Owner's representative at the site prior to removing excess yardage from the job. The Owner's representative will select the materials which are to be retained by the Owner. B. Carefully wrap the excess yardage selected to be retained. Deliver to a location on site as directed by the Owner. Remove remainder from the site and dispose of legally. END OF SECTION 11/6/90\1/21/92\1/22/92 09950-3 SECTION 10210 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCI ORE ARCHITECTURAL LOUVERS TI ON 2.03 FABRICATION A Fabricate louvers to the special shapes as indicated on the drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ensure openings affecting this work are properly prepared and and that opening dimensions are as required B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3 02 INSTALLATION A. Install louvers in openings properly aligned and level. B. Secure louver rigid with semi-concealed fasteners. C. Clean surfaces and joints. END OF SECTION 1 I I 1 1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 10210-2 111 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 10210 TIGARD, OREGON ARCHITECTURAL LOUVERS PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Exterior architectural metal louvers. B. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions,and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. I 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of AMCA certified louvers with minimum three years experience. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AMCA-Air Moving and Conditioning Association 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect louvers and finishes from damage during delivery and installation. B. Protect adjacent surfaces, finishes and materials from damage during installation of louvers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED LOUVERS A. Airolite "6776", formed metal blades and frame, or approved. 1. Louver depth:6 inches. 2. Frame and Blades: 16 gauge galvanized steel. 3. Construction: All welded. 4. Finish: Factory primed for field finish;color as indicated on Drawings. B Louvers shall hear AMCA Certified Ratings Seals for air performance and water penetration ratings. 1. Free Area not less than indicated on drawings. 2. Water penetration: not more than 0.02 oz/sq ft of free area at an air flow of 1320 FPM when f tested for 15 minutes per AMCA Standard 500. 3. Pressure Drop- Free Area velocity at .15"W.G.: 1120 FPM minimum. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Bird Screen: Interwoven wire mesh of 16 gauge galvanized steel wire, 1/4 inch square mesh,open weave, set in frame. Provide with each louver. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 10210-1 r WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 10410 ' TIGARD, OREGON TRAFFIC SIGNAGE PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: ' 1. Exterior Traffic Signage B. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, includirg bonds and certificates, the General MConditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 102 SUBMITTALS A Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Product Data: Submit 3 copies of manufacturer's product data where applicable. All products to be used in their original manufactured form clearly marked and fully described. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE t A Fabricator: Signage manufacturer with three years documented experience in work of similar type and scope. ' B. Qualifications of Installers: 1. Use only skilled and experienced installers for preparation and actual installation of , raphicr 2. Helpers an' apprentices used for such work shall he under full and constant supervision at all ' times by t roughly skilled installers. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.01 SIGNS A. Seton name Plate Corporation; New Haven,CT;or approved: 1. Matenal: Galvanized, bonderized steel, with baked enamel finish. 2. Support: U-Channel hot-rolled steel;deep green baked enamel finish; punched for bolt mounting of sign. 3. Type: As indicated on Drawings. I 4. Finish: a. Traffic Control - beaded embossed; b. Parking Control - flat screened. IPART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Verify locations and spacing with Architect prior to final installation B. Set sign posts plumb and rigid, where indicated on drawings and as detailed. END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 104101 1 SECTION 10800 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TOILET ACCESSORIES TIGARD, OREGON D. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces from damage during installation of work of this I Section. E. Verify exact location of accessories. r 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures,accessories and items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install true, plumb,and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Use tamper-proof fasteners. END OF SECTION ' 1 I I 1 1 1 i 1 r 1 I 10800-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\ /?2/42 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 10800 TIGARD, OREGON TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Toilet and bath accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. 06100- Rough Carpentry: Blocking C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturers product data,including a description of each item to be supplied,under provisions of Section 01300. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which they are to be installed are ready to receive them. B. Pack accessories individually in a manner to protect accessory and its finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESSORIES A. Provide accessories as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment Company, unless approved otherwise. B. Accessories:As scheduled on the drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to tobsite at appropriate time for building-in. B. Furnish templates and rough-in measurements as required. C Before starting work notify Architect in writing of conflicts detrimental to installation or operation of units. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 101800`1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP MISCELLANEOUS SECTION CTION 1099909 S TIGARD, OREGON PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes: 1. Clear plastic corner guards. 2. Exterior metal access doors. 1 3. Fire Extinguishers. 4. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets. 5. Plastic Signs B. Drawings,the provisions os fthi Agreement, including ing bopply a all work ofcertiftMs Sectes, te ion. General Conditions, and Division C. Substitutions. Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section I01600. I 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data for each item specified. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING IA. In accordance with Section 01600. IPART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CORNER GUARDS A. Clear polycarbonate angle, 1/8" thick x 1-1/8" x 1-1/8" x 3'-0'long. Tn-Gurads, Inc. TG4118C,or approved. t 1. Furnish with predrilled countersunk mounting holes and chrome plated oval head mounting screws. 2.02 METAL ACCESS DOORS 1 A Type: DSB-123SD Security access door as manufactured by Karp Associates, Inc.,SAP-PW Security access door as manufactured by Nystrom,or approved. 1 1. Size: 24 in x 24 in. l/R"x 1" x 1"stop on 2. Frames:3/16"x 2"x 2"angle welded with' ints ground smooth;applied four sides.. 3. Door: 10 gauge steel plate. in 4. Lock: prepared famed for field finish, coloin r as indicated ndi sled on Draer lock, as specified rigs.Section 08700. 5. Finish: factory p I2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (FE): A. Dry Chemical Type- ABC Multi-purpose Type: ! 10999-1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 1 SECTION 10999 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES TIGARD, OREGON 1. Type: Standard Fire-west Model ABC-5, Potter-Roemer Model No. 3005, Larsen's Manufacturing Company Model MP5, J.L. Industries Cosmic 5E,or approved. 2. 5 lb. capacity, UL rated 2A-10B:C, approximately 4-1/2 inch diameter x 14 inches high, baked enamel steel shell. 3. Agent: Ammonium Phosphate Base. 4. Location: Provide at all fire extinguisher and fire extinguisher cabinet locations, unless noted otherwise. 2.04 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS (FEC): ' A. Potter-Roemer,Inc. #7023-Dy, Larsen's Manufacturing Company#2409-R3-VD, J.L. Industries #1817-V-10 . B. Type: Semi-recessed; white baked enamel interior and door. 2.05 PLASTIC SIGNS A. Type: Engraved ES plastic signs, white core, face color as selected. 1. Text: As scheduled below. 2. Style/Size Helvetica Medium/1" high. Manufacterei. Best Sign Systems,or approved. 4. Submit sign for approval. B. Schedule 1. At Entry doors: 'This door to remain unlocked during business hours;"size as required;blue core, white face color. 2. For each toilet room door: #BLT1-A, Black; "MEN" or"WOMEN" as appropriate; accompanied with Grade 2 Braille symbol;2-1/2 inch high by length required. 3. For each toilet room door: International Symbol of Accessibility: nominal 3 inches by 3 inches; standard blue and white. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3(�2 INSTALLTION OF CORNER GUARDS , A. Install where indicated -in drawings, from top of vinyl base. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF ACCESS DOORS , A Install metal access doors in 2 x 6 wood subframe, recessed 1/2"from exterior finish face of wall. 1 Set door frame in solid bed of sealant. 10999 2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 10999 TIGARD, OREGON MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES 2. Install rain drip above door, flashed under exterior insulation and finish system. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINE A. Install fire extinguisher cabinets at locations indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B When recessed cabinets are installed in fire rated walls, maintain fire resistance rating continuous behind cabinets. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF SIGNS A. Install signs permanently, in location as specified. I. At Entry Door: as directed by Architect. 2. At Toilet Rooms: mount on wall adjacent to latch side of door;60 inches on center above finished floor. 3 International Symbol of Accessibility: mount below identification signs. END OF SECTION I I i 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 10999-3 I i I -- ISECTION 12510 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS TIGARD,OREGON PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 111 A. Section Includes: 1. Horizontal window blinds with accesories for attachment. B. Drawings, the provisions of the Agree hent,secincluding s apply too ast and wocertik of f icates he General l 111 Conditions, and Division 1 speccati i. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1 1.02 DELIVERY,STORAGE, AND HANDLING IA. In accordance with Section 01600. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements. Do not install blinds before painting in the immediate arca is complete. tPART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Furnish products of one of the following,subject to compliance with specification requirements 1. Levelor 2.02 BLINDS A. "Riviera" horizintal blinds of aluminum construction, factory-painted, manufactured by Levelor, I with "Magic Wand" tilting control. 1. Slat Size: 1 inch 2. Color:as scheduled on drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.01 EXAMINATION A. is comp to starting wort where work inspect f isnSectioon may properly commence. Notify the Architect work of other trades and verify that such in I complete to the point whe writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. nning k B. Do acceptance not begin installation nce of site conditions and responsibility for defey conditions are ctive ins�tafllation causedrby prior constitutes observable conditions I3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install window blinds in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. I1251G-111/6/90\4/21/92\4/21/92 I SECTION 1'510 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS TIGARD, OREGON B. Secure with concealed fasteners where possiole. C. Adjust parts for smooth operation. END OF SECTION r 12510-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 12692 TIGARD, OREGON FLOOR MATS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Carpet tread floor mat. 2. Recessed aluminum frame. B. Related Sections: 1. 09300 -Tile PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ENTRANCE MATS A. Link Mat: 1. All aluminum hinged tread rail with carpet insert wearing surface. 2. Interior Entrance Mat: Tread line Model TL-375RM, no frame required. 3. Exterior Entrance Mat: Pedimat Model PM-375RM,cast-in-place clear anodized aluminum frame. 4. Size: as indicated on drawings. 5. Carpet color: #8912 Blue. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Mat: Set flush with tile surface at interior and with concrete at exterior. B. Vinyl Filler Strips: As required to neatly fill floor recess; black. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install mat frame in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate with installation of tile. B. Place mats in floor recess after final cleaning of finish flooring. END OF SECTION I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 12692-1 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANC;:d. GROUP SECTION 15010 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 , 1 WORK INCLUDED A. Description Provide complete mechanical design documentation and construction for building mechanical systems, including plumbing, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning. B. Base Bid, Alternates, and Unit Prices The proposal shall clearly identify Contractor-generated Alternate and Unit Prices separately from the Base Bid. Owner reserves right to reject any and all proposals. li C. The Proposal shall include percentage mark-up to be used for change orders. 1 .2 SPECIFICATION INDEX A. Coordinate related work specified in other parts of th=se specifications, including but not limited to following: 1 . 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 2. 15250 - Mechanical Insulation 3. 15400 - Plumbing 4. 15500 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 5. 15950 - Controls 6. 15990 - Testing, Adjusting, Balancing (TAB) Work 1 .3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with all applicable Uniform Building, Mechanical and Plumbing Codes and any local authority amendments. 1 . Notify the A/E of any deviations in contract documents to applicable codes and ordinances prior to installation of the work. Provide changes in the work after initial installation due to requirements of code enforcing agencies at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Provide and pay for all permits required. B. Codes and Standards 1 . Uniform Building Code (with Tigard Amendments) 2. Uniform Mechanical Code (with Tigard Amendments) 3. Uniform Plumbing Code (with Tigard Amendments) 4. Oregon State Energy Code 5. NFPA-90A, Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 6. NFPA-101, Life Safety Code 15010 - 1 III I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP 15010 II TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICALSECTION REQUIIREMENTS 1 .4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide three copies; bindII Y and equipment for Division 15 in one three-ring binder. Include all materials not be accepted. Label front of binder with name of piecemeal submittals willf11 Owner, year of completion title SUBMITTALS", or "MECHANICAL OPERATIONS "MECHANICAL PROPOSAL", name of SUBMITTALS", and names AND MAINTENANCE MECHANICAL II applicable), of Architect, Engineer, MANUAL" (as Cont Label back edge of binder with title, name of project, and year of completion. Fold drawings to 8-1 2 above or place in project, submitted, including catalog numberof sordrawingnumbers" size and bind as riate. Bind index as first sheet of submittal r. Provide index of all items unless they conform to these requirementsubmitals will notaberapcepted B. Submittals II 1 . Proposal Documents: Provide the a. HVAC schematic plans showing systemlayout,minimum, includinge following with the proposal . ' roof equipment locations andssizescale l/(i 1 �ing duct curbs),layouwi with diffusersduct andgrilleayout, and typicalbranchb. Plumbing scheM1,itic plans. s' c. Catalog cuts of HVAC equipment . d. Outline specification of materials and methods. e• "Basis of Design" f. Schedule showing describing the systems and controls. includingdedesign design and construction " 9 progress submittals, final design t�ompletion, equipment submittal data, design by OWE and 9 and submittal review designyand Owner,nretc.tCoordinate with Periin:s 2. Construction periods, and update as and Owner during Documents: Provide required. ations for construction in a timely scale 1/8 1 - " rely manner to plans and submittalschedule, during the design0" minimum; meet Owner'si submitprovide 95% progressminiprint following drawings to define theeriod. Provide ask: a minimum the Equipment Schedules, Plumbing Mechanical Work: Section(s), and Details as required.VAC Floor Plan, Ceilingn Spaced Work specifications. q Provide complete Mechanical Oregon.rgistered Professional MechanicalsE�9ineer sealed and signed by a Red in the State of 3. Calculations: At 95 percent stage of design, rov including, hut not limited to P ire calculations pump head losses, duct and 1 Building heat gain and loss, fan and and equipment selection data. p si�ing, energy code calculations, 4. Obtain approval from dawings, materials A/E and Owner as required on and equipment. system design, 15010 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15010 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 5. Record Drawings: Provide reproducible record drawings prior to final acceptance of the Mechanical Work. Revise original drawings as required; reproducibles made from marked-up prints are not acceptable. 6. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Provide complete mechanical systems operation and maintenance manuals prior to final acceptance of the Mechanical Work, including sequences of operation of each mechanical system with schematic diagrams; operation and maintenance instructions for each piece of mechanical equipment and the control systems; and spare parts lists. Labels shall be permanently imprinted on binders. 7. Certificate of Inspection: Provide written evidence of approval from the local inspecting authority upon completion of the project. 8. Warranty: Provide certificate of warranty prior to final acceptance of the Mechanical Work. 1 .5 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Substitutions: 1 . Conform to Division 1; A/E shall be the final authority with respect to acceptability of substitutions. 2. Whenever anv product is specified by patent or proprietary nage or by the name of the manufacturer, such specification establishes the standard of quality in that particular field of manufacture. 3. When the substitute product necessitates revisions to the plans or involves other trades, include drawings and details showing all such changes, and coordinate and assume any liability from the affected trades. 4. Provide equipment to fit within the available space as indicated, including manufacturers recommended clearances. B. Codes and Ordinances: Provide all products in strict accordance with all governing codes and ordinances. C. Quantity Items: Provide products of one manufacturer only for items of any one classification which are used in quantity, such as accessories, valves, specialties, fixtures, cleanouts, drains, fittings, packaged HVAC units, exhaust fans, controls. D. Mechanical Equipment Locations: Provide adequate space around all mechanical equipment for maintenance. 1 .6 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS 1 A. The word "provide", as used in these specifications, means "furnish and install" . B. The word "Contractor", as used in these specifications, means the 15010 - 3 l WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICALSECTInN REQUIREM15010 ENTS Mechanical Subcontractor. C. Abbreviations: A/F Architect/Engineer AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Air-Conditioning Engineers Refrigerating ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials ASIS American Welding Society CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute F Degrees, Fahrenheit FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation HVAC Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and NEC Fittings Industry, Inc. NEMA National Electric Code National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association OSEC Oregon State Energy Code OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Admi,iistration Product Materials and equipment Provide Furnish and installpsi Pounds per square inch psig Pounds per square inch gauge pressure SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air-Conditioning Contractors National Association UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. V Volts UBC Uniform Building Code UPC Uniform Plumbing Code UMC Uniform Mechanical Code 1 . 7 WORKMANSHIP A. Use the best trade methods throughout. Correct or replace work which is substandard as directed by the A/I . 15010 - 4 ■ II IIWASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15010 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS I 1 .8 SAFETY AND PROTECTION I A. Safety Measures: The A/E has not been retained to provide design and construction review services relating to the Contractor' s safety precautions. or to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required f • Cie Contractor to perform his work. The Contractor shall Ibe solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement applies continuously and is not limited to II normal working hours. Comply with "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction", Volume 36, No. 75, Part II of the Federal Register by the U.S. Department of Labor. Provide all required safety measures and II consult with the state or federal safety inspector for interpretation whenever in doubt as to whether safe conditions do or do not exist or whether compliance with ctate or federal regulations exists. I ' .9 COORDINATION A. Work of Other Trades: Obtain specific locations of structural and II architectural features or equipment items from the referenced drawings, field measurements, or the trade providing the material or equipment. No extra payments will be allowed for failure to obtain this I/ information. B. Cooperation: Plan and execute work in cooperation with all other trades. Make every reasonable effort to provide all concerned with r timely notice of work affecting other trades, and to prevent conflicts or interference as to space requirements, dimensions, openings, block- outs, sleeving or other matters which will cause delays or necessitate IIwork-around methods. 1 .10 TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION IIA. Commissioning: Provide demonstration prior to final acceptance of the 1 Mechanical Work. Items to be covered are as follows: II 1 . Design concept. 2. General demonstration of operation. 3. Operation and maintenance of each piece of mechanical equipment. 4. Operation and maintenance of control systems. Demonstrate that all equipment and systems operate as Indicated and in Iaccordance with manufacturer' s recommendations. Perform tests in the presence of the Owner; give minimum one week notice prior to test. 1 Provide all instruments and personnel required to conduct the tests. 1 I 15010 - 5 1 AmmimmEMININIMMIIIIIMMIlli 15010 TIONN 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BASIC MECHANICAL SERCQUIEM50TS TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK 1 . 11 WARRANTY , A. Conform with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 . PART 2 - NOT USED PART 3 - NOT USED END OF SECTION 1 1111 1 15010 6 SI • II IIWP"HINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15050 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIS MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 WORK INCLUDED A. General : Provide motors,ndd esreevesk, anchors and supports, vibration II Isolation, nameplates, B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division I apply to all work in this Section. II1 .2 QUALITY ASSURANCE II A. Regulatory Requirements: 1 . Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, II the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code II c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. NFPA-90A I 1 .3 SUBMITTALS A. General : Submit in accordance with Division l and the following. I B. Product Data: 1 . Vibration Isolation Mountings. II PARI 2 - PRODUCTS 2. 1 GENERAL cifications, and A. uwith "QualltWheresurance"these may be ins conflict, the more stringent I Manufacturer's Data. requirements govern. i I 2.2 MOTORS ANIi CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Provide motors conformiugtto ionthe following ss unless eisenoted lndi of a rwiseprovide I1 . Design And Con electricn mtoothe and appl icableenclosures definitionscovered a and requirements specification NEMA confoorm g I c MG- 1 . 15050 - I 1 FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15050 1 TIGARD OREGON WASHINGTONREGON BRANCH BANK MUTUAL BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS O 2. Standard Commercial Product: Provide motors of manufacturer's standard commercial product. A standard commercial product is a I product which has been or will be sold on the commercial market through advertisements or manufacturer's catalogs, or brochures, and represents the latest production model (s) . I 3. Nameplates: Provide all motors with readily visible nameplates containing the information required in NEMA MG-I. B. Control Equipment: Unless supplied (manufactured) as an integral part if the equipment, or indicated otherwise, disconnects, starting II equipment, and motor protective devices for equipment included in Division 15 is provided under Division 16. Coordinate with Electrical IIContractor. 2.3 UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORY, INC. (UL) LISTED EQUIPMENT A. Whenever UL Standards exist for equipment with electrical components, I provide UL-approved equipment bearing the UL label . Otherwise provide equipment certified by the manufacturer as complying with UL Standards for similar items. II 2.4 MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION, AND S11;MIC CONTROL A. Rooftop Air Conditioning Units: Rooftop spring curb, neoprene pad between unit and curb, flexible connectors to ductwork, sound traps/attenuation as required for maximum RC 35 sound level in adjacent occupied spaces. il B. Other :measures as needed for sound and vibration control of all IIcomponents. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Mason or approved. 2.5 FORMED STEEL CHANNELS 11 A. 12-gauge minimum, 1 3/8" x 1 -5/8" minimum cross-section size; Unistrut, IPowerstrut, Fee & Mason, or Elcen. 2.6 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL FRAMING A. Standard structural steel shapes or Schedule 40 steel pipe. II 2.7 SLEEVES11 A. Materials, General : Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with unthreaded ends, cast iron pipe, galvanized sheet steel , or standard structural steel shapes. Use pipe sleeves at slabs. II 15050 - 2II 1 WM a 11 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15050 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS B. Fireproofing: Three-hour rated penetration sealing system per UL 1479 and ASTM E-814; 3M Fire Barrier, Dow Chemical RTV, Manville Cerafiber, or equivalent. 2.8 NAMEPLATES A. Laminated black plastic with lettering cut through to white background. Plastic strips with raised letters made by a marking device are not acceptable. 2.9 PAINTING A. Painting of all work specified in mechanical sections which is exposed, including exterior exposed mechanical work, is specified in the General Construction section of the specifications. B. Touch up mechanical equipment with factory finished surfaces as required by the A/E and Owner using matching factory furnished paint. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3. 1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. Install , apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 15050 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALSECTIANDMET15050 HODS 3.4 COORDINATION A. Electrical Interface: 1 . Coordinate mechanical equipment electrical requirements with the Electrical Engineer and Electrical Contractor, through the A/E and Owner. Rooftop HVAC units shall be provided with integral starters; starters for other motors will be provided by the Electrical Contractor. 2. Provide control wiring in conformance with the Electrical Work specifications. 3. Controls: Provide ladder-type wiring diagrams for all mechanical equipment, showing external power and control interfaces. B. Architectural Interface: Coordinate and receive approval for required curbs, furrings, mechanical equipment arrangements, etc. , with pthe chases,e n Owner. A/E and C. Structural Interface: Coordinate equipment weights and roof mounted equipment supports with the Structural Engineer, through the A/E and Owner. D. Site Work Utilities Interface: Coordinate locations and elevations of poini. of connection of water, sanitary sewer, storm drainage, and natural gas uiilities with the local utilities and Civil Engineer, through the A/E and Ow;ier. 1 Points of connection shall generally be at 5' -0" outside of the building exterior wall line. Provide all connections. E. Irrigation Interface: By Civil Engineer. 3.5 CLEANING A. Promptly remove waste material and rubbish caused by mechanical construction work. At completion of the project, clean all a u1 and fixtures installed or provided under this contract. q pm4nt 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut all openings and holes required for mechanical work. Carefully examine existing conditions prior to commencing work. Patch and paint the patched work. 15050 - 4 I SECTION 15050 WASHINGTON ONTBl BRANCHFIRANK GROUP BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS TIGARD OREGON BANK 3.7 ACCESSIBILITY A. Locate valves, dampers, controls, etc. , to be easily accessible. Provide access doors if required to achieve accessibility; coordinate access door locations with the A/E. B. Install all equipment which requires periodic servicing or repairs of location to be readily accessible. Otherwise, obtain A/E's approval 3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. General : Provide supports for all equipment and appurtenances as required; these include supports for rooftop air conditioning unit and fan. 3.9 PIPE AND DUCT SUPPORTS A. Attach hangers and supportawheredl required. totbuilding structure; provide supplementary steel framing 3. 10 SLEEVES AND SEALING OF SLEEVES A. Provide all sleeving and sealing of sleeves for pipes and ducts. B. Provide a"drclear space of insulation passing through approximately sleeVeinch to 1/2 inch; size to accommodate ng of concrete in ew C. cosleeve lacegrout sleeves esoin plaice for unit masonry construction construction; constructionand core dr 9 existing construction. D. Sealing of Sleeves Through Floor Slabs and Firewalls: Provide material packed tightly wallwithin floor. Fill" 1 inchsleeve, bothand ends of s eeve full withta thrrough t non-hardening silicone sealer. 15050 - 5 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15050 TIGARII OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 3. 11 FLASHING AT ROOF PENETRATIONS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS I A. Provide galvanized metal flashing for all pipes, ducts, and corduits through the roof surface and for equipment supports and similar items supported by or attached to the roof deck. Use galvanized sheet metal unless otherwise indicated. B. Provide galvanized steel weatherproof rainhood all around pipes through roof, overlapping flashing. 3. 12 NAMEPLATES A. Provide for all equipment; fasten with adhesive. 3. 13 TEMPORARY SEkVICES A. Temporary Heat: Temporary heat is specified in Division 1 . Cooperate with the General Contractor and prepare the terminal heating equipment for operation when the building addition is enclosed and ready for finishing. If ventilation system is used for temporary heat , inst.'' temporary filters over return air intakes and in equipment. Form from continuous section of 2-inch roll filter media tied securely over unit or equipment intake and over return air intakes. B. Air Systems: Oo not use air systems during construction. Cover duct and grille openings with taped-on plastic sheet or equivalent to keep construction dust out of the ductwork. 3. 14 EARTHWORK A. Description: Provide all earthwork required for installation of mwchanical work in the ground. Coordinate with Division 2. B. Trench Excavation: Excavate trenches of necessary width for proper laying of pipe, with banks as nearly vertical as possible. Accurately grade trench bottoms to provide uniform undisturbed bedding for each section of pipe, along entire length. Form holes and depressions for joints after trench -)l,00 as been graded. Provide temporary pumping equipment to keep _x-avat an free from water. Provide pipe bedding in rock excavation cr ist .ng of not less than 6 inches of sand or equivalent materio C . Provide bracing and shoring as necessary to maintain stability of excavation. 15050 - 6 ammo WASHINGTON NJTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15050 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS D. Backfilling: Backfill trenches only after completion of pressure tests and inspection by the A/E. Fill spaces between pipe and sides of trench by hand, shovel tamped in place. Cover in 6 inch layers to thickness of 12 inches over top of pipe. Fill and tamp remainder of backfill material in 6 inch layers. Provide backfill materials generally coisistiA of clean earth or sand relatively free of clods or stones. For sewer and water piping, use pea gravel ; for gas piping, use sand. Backfill under, around and to 6 inches above top of piping. E . Compacting: 1 . Perform compacting individually, for each 6 inch layer (maximum) loose thickness of backfill . Provide a compacted density of 90 percent of maximum density. Test in accordance with Divisions 1 and 2. 2. Take special care in compacting under services where they enter building to prevent settling. Mechanical Contractor shall be fully responsible for any damage to piping or property as a result of settling around service piping. F. Surplus Earth: Disposal per Division 1 requirements. G. Barricades: Place and maintain barricades, construction signs, torches, lanterns and guards, as required during periods of open excavation as necessary to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. 11. Clean-Up: Leave premises thor,ughly clean at completion. I . Installation of Piping in Backfilled Areas: Wherever any piping is to be installed in areas wh.ch have been excavated below pipe inverts, for any purpose, install pip4 ,g it a manner which will prevent subsequent settlement. Do not irst 11 piping until backfill is to full compaction, completed up to a le E' of 16 inches or more above the le' el of the installed pipe; inst? ,1 the piping in re-excavated trenches through the backfill . 3. 15 MISCELLAIItOUS ED'.,I.'NAT AND FIXTURE CONNECTIONS A. Provide piping, ductwork, and make final mechanical connections in accordance with Manufacturer' s recommendations for Owner-furnished equipment and fixtures, and equipment and fixtures specified in Division, 1 -14. This applies to work of Sections 15400 and 15500. B Perfo m on-site review and refer to Manufacturer's Shop Drawings for details of connections. Provide . ough- in at locations to conveniently se' ve items. END OF SECTION 15050 - 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15250 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 WORK INCLUDED A. Wurk includes insulation for plumbing piping and ductwork. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. 1 .2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: I . Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes a,►d ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. Oregon State Energy Code 1 .3 SUBMITTALS A. General : Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. B. Product Data: 1 . Insulation 2. Inserts 1 .4 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS (MOST RECENT EDITION) A. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) Standards: E84 Surface Burn Characteristics of Building Materials E96 Test for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards: 90A Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 255 Building Materials, Tests o' Surface Burning Characteristics C. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications: 723 Hazard Classification of Building Materials 15250 - I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK SECTION 15250 I 1 .5 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS MECHANICAL INSULATION 'A. Definitions: 1 . "Exposis occJpios areas work exposed to the view of occupants in normally II 2. 'Concealed" is work located rooms. locations not ex;osed to view in ceiliri 3. 'Cold Piping" 9 spaces, chases and other a. Domestic includes the following to 0 Degree F: ' b. Horizontal°rainl,dcrs bodies , and roof drain and overflow roof 4. "Hot Piping" includesdrain a. Domestic hot water.the Following to 851 I 5. "Conditioned Air " Degrees F: cooled and includesrDu t ork is ductwork for 6. "Piping" includes all supply and return ductwork. that is heated or pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances. B. Abbreviations: ASJ All-Service Jacket FSK Fol -Scrim K Thermal Kraft Jacket Conductivity, NI F, for each inchgtu of per hour per square foot Herm Pound per cubic foot densityhickness. per SSL Water vapor transmission rate Self-sealing lap j►�e►meabil +ty) 1 .6 SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS A. Provide composite or component r 1 . Fiberglass stings per NFPA 255, g Insolation: F� As1M E84 or UL 723 2. Closed-Cell most acre spread ?5 wneric: Flame spread ,moise developed 50. B. Composite lnclules 25, smoke developed 50. jacketing insulation, jacketing g or fa. ing• g and adhesive C. Components include PVC used to secure tape and cloth. racketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement, 1 . 7 MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESSES A. Thickness of insulation • medium not includidefined as the 9 finishin Zhickness of the basic insulatingg materials, 15250 - 2 li II II 15250 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROI,° SECTION INSULA5O0 T I GARD OREGON BRANCH BlfrK MECHANICAE ' B. Plumbing Pipe Insulation, Fiberglass: Conform with the following table. I L PLUMBING MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION Fluid Insulation Thickness for Pipe Sizes Range,II g. 2-1/2" and 1" and Ser Ce less 1-114" to 2" greater a. Domestic 1 0 1.5 IHot Water 100-140 1 .0 b. Domestic I Cold Water, 0 5 0 5 0.5 Rainleaders 40-70 c. Ductwork, Fiberglass: 1-1/2-inch minimum thickness, or thicker as IIrequired to meet OSEC. PART 2 - PRODUCTS II2.1 GENERAL IIA. Comply r "Qualityheresthese may be inrance" sions,conflict, the more ons, and Mstringent Manufacturer's ctuu reer's Data. requirements govern. II 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Fibergl6ss: Owens-Corning, Knauf, Certain Teed, Manville. IA. 2.3 PIPING INSULATION Fiberglass: One-piece, m ed densityheavy vith ASJ/SSL; K value not IA. greater than 0.23 at 75 Ftemperature. Fittings: 1 . General : Provide insu'ation of equal thickness to adjacent pipe Is. insulation. 2. Id fiberglassobllaanket; cover with PVC fitting covers s of oreglasslfabric U or rlith suitable mastic. Valves: Removable flexible blanket insulation with stainless steel wire IC. lacing. 2.4 EXTERNAL DUCTWORK INSULATION IA. General : Fiberglass, maximum 0.02 perms vapor transmission rate. 15250 - 3 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15250 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK MECHANICAL INSULATION B. Concealed Conditioned Air Ductwork, Rectangular and Round: Flexible wrap, 1 .0 PCF, FSK facing, K value not greater than 0.28 at 75 degrees F mean temperature. 2.5 INSERTS (LOAD-BEARING INSULATION) BETWEEN PIPES AND PIPE HANGERS/SUPPORTS A. General : Coordinate with the work of Sections 15400. B. Provide rigid insulation inserts, thickness equal to the adjoining insulation, with vapor barrier. C. Provide insulation protection shields between inserts and pipe hanger .;/supports, minimum 12 inches long, 18 gauge galvanized steel ; Grinnell , Fee & Mason, Elcen, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3. 1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes accep. nce of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE A. Install , apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 TIME OF APPLICATION A. Apply insulation only after piping has been tested and certified by the A/E as ready for insulation. If insulation is applied prior to testing, necessary removals, repairs and modifications to insulation due to leaks that may occur in piping systems shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. 15250 - 4 52 SECTION 50 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP MECHANIC SE SEINSULATION50 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK 3.5 EXTENT OF INSULATION A. Insulate piping, conditioned air ductwork, and equipment completely, except as indicated. B. Do not insulate the following: 1 . Piping: a. Unions on domestic hot. water piping. b. Vertical rainleaders. 2. Ductwork: a. Exhaust ductwork. b. Items specified to have internal acoustical (sound) lining. c. Nameplates. Inde nitems dCsto have additionaleinsulationtisarequired)toimeet need notot h.: insulateted unles requirements of this sect4on. 3.6 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Apply in a workmanlike manner by skilled workmen regularly engaged in this type of work. B. Apply to clean and dry surfaces. C. On cold surfaces, apply with continuous, unbroken moisture and vapor seal . Insulate and vapor seal all hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections that are secured to cold surfaces, to prevent condensation. D. Extend all surface finishes to protect all raw edges, ends, and surfaces of insulation. E . Install all piping aneninus insulation sleeves, continuous except wherarfi9estoplor ceilings, and floor openings and firesafing materials are required. F . Install with all joints tightly butted. G. Tuck and tuft all edges of insulation. H. Install insulation to allow easy access to equipment for inspection and repairs. I . Carefully bevel and seal insulation around equipment nameplates. 15250 - 5 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUP SECTION 15250 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK MECHANICAL INSULATION 3 .l INDOOR PIPING INSULATION A. PVC Covers For Fittings: Seal all circumferential edges by an overlap of at least 2 inches unto adjacent pipe insulation, using PVC tape or ASJ/SSL butt strip material . B. Cold Piping: 1 . Secure all ends with SSL butt strips, minimum 3 inches wide. 2. Secure all joints and exposed ends at fittings, valves, and equipment with vapor barrier mastic. C. Hot Piping: 1 . Secure all ends with ASJ or SSL butt strips, minimu►a 3 inches wide; secure ASJ laps and butt strips with outward clinch staples at 4 inch spacing, or with suitable lap adhesive. 2. Secure PVC covers with tacks, outward clinch staples, or solvent type PVC adhesive. 3.8 EXTERNAL DUCTWORK INSULATION A. Concealed Conditioned Air Ductwork, Rectangular and Round: I . Maximum allowable compression 25%. Overlap all seams minimum 2 inches. Finish with pressure sensitive tape or glass fabric and vapor barrier mastic, minimum 3 inches wide. 2. Rectangular Ducts Over 18 Inches Wide: Secure insulation to bottom of ductwork with mechanical fasteners on 18 inch centers; apply washers without compressing insulation. 3. Seal all seams, joints, breaks, punctures, and penetrations with vapor barrier mastic. END OF SECTION 1 I 15250 - 6 ' .weeww. WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 WORK INCLUDED A. General : Provide complete design and construction of the domestic water, sanitary drainage and vent, and roof drainage systems within the building. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. 1 .2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1 . Comply with all applicable City, County, and State Codes and Ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the Codes and Ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code 1 .3 SUBMITTALS A. General : Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. 8. Product Uata: 1 . Piping 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 3. Fixture Supports 4. Cleanouts 5. Stops 6. Hose Bibbs 7. Trap Primers 8. Water Hammer Arrestors 9. Pressure Reducing Valves 10. Relief Valves 11 . Plumbing Equipment C. Certificates: 1 . Certificates of Inspection by Local Authorities. 2. Certificates of Satisfactory Bacteriological Test . 1 .4 PIPING, GENERAL A. Do not install pressure water piping or natural gas piping underground beneath floor slabs. 15400 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2. 1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" 11 ions, Sec , and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may beoinsconflictpthe moreications requirements govern. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Plumbing Fixtures: Refer to Architectural Drawings. B. Plumbing Trim: Refer to Architectural Drawings. C. Flush Valves: 1. Sloan 2. Zurn D. Closet Seats: 1 . Church 2. Sperzel 11 3. Olsonite E. Drains, Cleanouts, Fixture Supports, and Miscellaneous: 1 . Jay R. Smith ' 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Zurn 11 F . Water Heaters 1 . A.O. Smith 2. Ruud 3. Rheem 4. State G. Pressure Reducing and Relief Valves 1 . Watts 2. Spence 11 3. Wilkins 4. Mueller 5. Keckley 6. Rockwood 7. Norgren 15400 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING 2.3 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM A. Service Entrances and Distribution 1 . General : Coordinate all service entrance locations with the A/E and Owner. 2. Water: Coordinate required sitework devices (water meter, etc. ) , and determine street water pressure. Provide PRV station if water pressure exceeds 80 psig. Provide hard copper for all piping, with 95-5 joints. Provide two non-freeze type wall hydrants at the perimeter of the building, locations per Architectural Drawings. Do not route water piping in cold (uninsulated) spaces. B. Pipe (Tubing) : 1 . Above Grade: lype L copper water tube, hard drawn, ASTM B88. 2. Underground: Type K copper water tube, hard drawn, ASTM B88. C . Fittings: Wrought copper solder fittings and screwed adapters, ANSI 816.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings and screwed adapters, ANSI 816. 18. D. Unions: Wrought copper solder joint unions, ANSI 816.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings, ANSI 816.18. E. Joint Compound: Teflon tape. F. Solder: 95 percent tin, 5 percent antimony solder, ASTM B32, 951A. G. Ball Valves: 250 pound bronze or brass body, ball and stem; solder or screwed ends, three piece construction, Teflon seat and seal . H. Dielectric Unions: Provide at each joint between dissimilar metals; Capital insulating unions per specification Sheet IUS-2; Epco dielectric unions per Catalog 12-70. I . Escutcheon Plates: Chrome plated, spring clip type at ceilings; Beaton & Cadwell Series 10 or equivalent. 2.4 BUILDING DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Description: Provide the following piping systems. 1 . Soil , waste anG vent. 2. Rainleader. 3. Indirect drain and cooling coil condensate drains. B. Piping Materials: 1 . Cast Iron: a. Pipe: Service weight cast iron soil pipe, ASTM A74. 1500 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 PLUMBING � TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK b. Hub and Spigot Joints: Compression gasknted type, specifically designed for pipe and fittings used, or caulked and leaded type. c. Htrbless Joints: CI_ 1 301 , neoprene gaskets. 1) Stainless Steel : Clamp and shield ors approved clamp and 2) Heavy Stainless Steel : Clamp-All shield assemblies. 3) Cast Iron: Clamp assemblies with stainless steel nuts, bolts and washers. • d. Fittings: ASTM A74 and ANSI A112.5.1. 2. Galvanized Steel : a. Pipe: Standard weight, ASTM A120. b. Fittings: 1) Drainage Fittings: Galvanized drainage pattern screwed, ANSI B16.12• 2) Vent Fittings: 150 pound galvanized malleable iron, screwed, ANSI 816.3. 3. Copper: ASTM 8306. a. Pipe: Hard drawn drainage tubing, b. Fittings: Cast bronze, ANSI 816.23. C. Above-Grade n�iSmallereWast , Vent, and GalvanizedRsteelader Piping: 1 . 1-1/2 a 2. 2" and Larger: Cast iron. Cast iron; for er Piping: D. Underground Soil , Waste, Vent, stee 1 orycast diron clamps. hubless, use heavy stainless f. Indirect Drain Piping: Copper. Drainage: Provide roof drains and overflow roofaisas termlocated F . byorm 9 pipingthrough wall grade, g in the smooth Route ovrlend1/4" beyond face of wall . Provide interior in finished pipe rainleader piping same as Soil , Waste & Vent. P.5 NATURAL GAS PIPING A. Coordinate service with local natural gas company. B. Description: of 125 ri tion: Provide components with minimum pressure rating psig working pressure C . Pipe: Black steel , standard weight, ASTM A53, Grade A or B. D. Fittings: 150 pound black malleable iron, screwed, ANSI B16.3 and ASTM A191. E. Unions: 150 pound black malleable iron screwed, ASTM A197, brass seat. 15400 4 , WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP PLUMBINGSECTION 15400M500 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK F. Joint Compound: Teflon tape. G. Flexible Connectors: Braided type, corrugated stainless steel core inless steel en coverewith high deflection 1/2 le tasuitable for use withiibrgas;aiding, minimum 1 Keflex, Metraflex, Mercer or Garlock. H. Valves: 1 Plug: 200 psiy w.o.g. , screwed, cast iron body, lubricated, UL label for 175 psi working pressure, regular port or full pipe area port, material ASTM A126, Grade B, wrench operated. 2. Ball ' 275 w.o.g. , post,body, screwed, ' UL label for 250 psi working presure, reular Teflon trim. 2 .6 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide minimum one hanger or support between any two joints or fittings of building drainage piping. B. Provide manufacture6 pipe support and alignment system for plumbing chases; Sumner or equivalent. 2.7 CLEANOUTS d A. Cleanouts: Cast lead iron seal ironand pl g;aaJay R. n SmithFigureadjustable secured Figure 402C0o nicke Wilk equivalent. B. Wall Cleanouts: Cast iron cleanout tee, square lickel -bronze frame and cover, bronze plug; Jay R. Smith Figure 4730 n: equivalent. 2.8 VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Coordin'te with Division 7. 2.9 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Factory-sealed shock arrestors with direct action bellows, rated in accordance with Plumbing and Dreinage institute (PD1) Standards; Jay R. Smith, Josam or equivalent. 2. 10 HOSE BIBBS A. Non freeze box type wi' h integral vacuum breaker, recessed n bronze hose, hinged locking cover, bronze hydrants, bronze casing, connection, 12-inch exi.ensioll length; Jay R. Smith 5509. 15400 - 5 I I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING 2. 11 TRAP PRIMER A. Cast bronze automatic air gap type, I/2" connection; J.M.J. , E k S, P.P.P. , Smith or approved. e. 12 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Provide large capacity water regulators with associated integral strainer with 32 mesh screen, 250 psig minimum working pressure, 25 to I00 psig adjustable pressure range, maximum 10 psig fall -off pressure through the valve and strainer. B. 1/2" to 2-1/2" Size: Bronze body with screwed ends, nickel alloy seat and replaceable composition disc; Watts No. 223SHP or equivalent. 2. 13 RELIEF VALVES A. ASM rode rated water relief valves, Watts No. 174-A Series or approved. 2. 14 PLUMBING TRIM A. Trim is defined as any metal part used with a fixture, i .e. , faucets, drains, traps, and supplies. B. Provide brass trim, except Federal Specifications grade zinc-aluminum may be furnished for faucet handles. C. Finish exposed metal parts with chromium over nickel . D. Frovide stops in each water connection to each fixture, except where a fitting has integral stops; loose key pattern with shield, polished finish where exposed and rough where concealed; Bridgeport Brass , Brass Craft (Speedway), Teledyne Ansonia or equivalent. E . Provide exposed supplies with 1/2" outside diameter tubing. f . Provide escutcheons at each point where pipe or other fittings enter wall at fixture. G. Provide 17 cauge (0.043") traps of seamless cast brass tubing without cleanouts; adjustable; manufacturer's name and gauge on trap. H. Provide vacuum breaker on the water supply to each fixture which has a water connection located below the rim, or a hose attachment; flow-thru pattern; Sloan, Watrous, Delaney', Watts or approved. I . Provide trap primer connection on all flo'w drains. 15400 - 6 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINAI'CIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING 2 . 15 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Water Closet, Lavatory, Sink, Service Sink: Provide fixtures specified on Architectural Drawings. B. Floor Drain P-5: Foot traffic du'.y, cauare top, coated cast iron body and flashing collar, 6' size nickel -bronze adjustable strainer stead, secured square hole grate; Smith Figure 2010-B. C. Roof Drains P-6: Coated cast iron body, clamp ring with integral gravel stop, roof flange, underdeck clamp, bottom outlet, polypropylene or polyethylene locking dome; Smith 1010. D Overflow Roof Drains P-1: Same as Roof Drains except with standpipe type secured plastic internal waterguard, 2' water depth. 2. 16 FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. Water Closet Carriers: 1 . Provide concealed cast iron carrier, vertical non adjustable patt°rn or adjustable horizontal pattern. Provide manufacturer and typt as required to fit within available wall space. 2. Support fixture independent of wall construction, installed per manufacturer' s instructions. s. Provide support feet set on sub-floor or cast in sub-floor. 4. Provide brass fixture attachment bolts and chrome-plated acorn type nuts. B Wall Hung Fixtures: Mount with wall bracket/hang furnished with fixture; coordinate with General Contractor to insure adequai,e r.gia stud supports. 2 17 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT A Water Heater: Co .ercial electric type, ASME tank construction, glass- lined, magnesium anode, direct immersion heating elements, automatic temperature control thermostat, high limit controls, fiberglat.; insulation to meet Washington State Energy Code requirements. enameled steel jacket, 150 psig working pressure, UL listed, magnetic contactors, control circuit transformer, terminal block for single-point power supply connection. A.O. Smith USE Series or equivalent. 2 . 18 WAIL SEAL A Manufacture and Type: General Electric No. 1200 Silicon* Building Sealant or Dow Corning No. 780 Construction Sealant. 15400 - 7 16200 S.W. PACIFIC HIGHWAY 6 OF 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL,'TIGARO TOWN SQUARE . • • t 1, WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 'JtiAkO OREGON BRANCH BANK --_____ _ _--PART 3 EXECUTION — PLUMBINu '' 3. 1 INSPECTION I A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory Section. Do notIcorrected. Beginningnot install until to receive work of this satisfactory. work any uns_tisfactor constitute. acceptance yconditions are 3.2 PREPARATION of conr+;tions as 11 II A. Field Measureaents: prior toM c Field verify locations o en, 'ng work of of new and this Section, existing work this Section.surrounding arra` ani surfaces to preclude damage from work of 11 3.3 INSTAIIATION • . APPLICATION, ERECTION AND P A. Install , apply, PERFORMANCE ' Assurance erect, and perform instructions provisions. Specifications, work in accordance ucce" and directions. and Manufacturer' with "Quality stringent re Mh�re these s installationmore I qui"�.'pnts govern may be it conflict c< Do riot cover , the more If riot compliance, enclose work until completely inspected and cost to Owner. replace to satisfaction of approved. 1 4 DOMESTIC MATER PIPING /E at no A. General : Install pipe general) worktS' free from trips. Y sloped to permitdrainage at all low cao or p1u and in a manner g all °Pen ends. t0 conserve B. Conform t,, r spare for other equirements of the UPC. C. Space pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP-69. D. floor Drain Trap primers: a water clod Connect trap primer lines valveconst •uction. et ; conceal trap primer tee i lines i�below flush Location of Piping: building 1 . Piping plans, indicatingg sections, details piping Arran and diagrams are 9 avoid general arrangement of piping installation. Locate piping building openings, with building structural . weork, and other obstructions, light fixtures members, Provide offset ductwork, electrical etc as required. 15400 8 00 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 1DCUM545400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK 2. Arrange piping to allow rclt operation, service, diszonnectian, and removal and eDaceme ofalvesflxturesand equipment . 3. Within buildings. conceal all piping in walls and above ceilings except where indicated to remain exposed. Doo o tcoverld work ver up or enclose work until completely inspected to dinspections and approvals, be covered up or enclosed p uncover work as required and, after completely inspected and approsed wake repairs and replacements with materials as necessary to approval of A/E and at no additional cost to Owner. 4. Route piping parallel to column lines and perpendicular to floor unless indicated otherwise. F . Provi` ctionrisflanges other�risevalves, providedfixtures and equipment if a means of disconne G. Provide reducing fittings for all changes in pipe size; bushings are not acceptable. H. Use fittings for all changes in direction of piping. I . Do not cut or reduce size of structural members. in position by J . Clean interior of piping T o�re making compressedoair.sand Mapntain9 cleanliness of blowing clean with sten piping throughout installation; provide caps or plugs on open ends of cleaned piping. K. Correct leaks immediately, using new materials; do not peen or use leak- sealing compounos. I . Position valve stems horizontal or above. 3.5 BUILDING DRAINAGE PIPING A. General : r foot for horizontal 1 . Provide uniform pitch of at least 1/4' per waste, soil and rainleader piping within building; pitch vents for propel drainage. 2. Joints and Connections: a. Bell and Spigot: Neoprene compression seals or packed oakum secured with 1' deep lead caulking smoothly finished. b. Hubless: Alternately and incrementally tighten clamp bolts to manufacturers recommended torque value, using single setpoint or this purpose. otque use wrenchspecifically curl nt ermanufactured f types eoff wrenches. Retorgue no n ue after 24 hours. 15400 - 9 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING B. Above-Grade Piping: 1 . Support horizontal piping to maintain alignment, prevent grade reversals, and prevent sagging. 2 . Support vertical stacks at floors Rlth clamp anchors. 3. Huh and Spigot Pipe: Support at 5 feet maximum centers and at each joint . 4. Hubless Pipe: Provide hangers and supports in accordance with CISPI No. 100. C . Underjround Piping: 1 . Perform trenching and backfilling associated with plumbing installation in strict accordance with pertinent prJvisions of excavating, filling and grading specifications in Division 2 and Section 15050. 2 . Laying of Bell and Spigot Piping: Install in bedding of trench, graded to provide uniform sup -t for pipe with bell holes to permit joining; bells at upgrade end. 3.6 CLEANOUTS A. Provide as required by UPC. 3 7 VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Provide weatherproof installation; coordinate with Division /. 3 8 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Install in accordance with PDI recommendations. 3.9 FIXTURES A. Locate fixtures where indicated on the Architectural drawings . B. Secure floor outlet of floor-mounted fixtures rigidly to drainage connections and floor. C. Support wal! -hung fixtures rigidly with metal supporting members such that st, ss is not transm!tred to connections. 0. Make all connections gas and water-tight. E . Use one-piece special molded gaskets for connections between earthenware of fixtures and soil pipe flanges. Do not use bulk material , including putty and plastic, for gaskets. F . Provide individual vents for each fixture. 15400 - 10 WASHINt,TON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP 11TIGARD OREGON BRANCHBANK SECTION 15400 PLUMBING 3 . 13 CLEANING UP A. Prior to acceptance of work, thoroughly clean exposed items, removing ' labels and traces of foreign material , using only cleaning solutions approved by manufacturers of plumbing items and being careful to avoid damage to finished surfaces. END OF SECTION I 1 t I I I 15400 - 12 am WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARO OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING G. Provide separate trap where manufacturer does not include trap far fixture. H. Provide silicone wall sealer between top and sides of plumbing fixtures and adjacent wall surfaces. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations to form smooth unobtrusive joint. Install one sample joint on each type of fixture for the A/E's review before proceeding with installation of remainder of sealant. 3. 10 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT A. Mount water heater on platform in Janitor Room as indicated on Architectural Drawings. B. Provide plastic or galvanized steel drain pan ;under water heater, with piped indirect drain to sink in Janitor's Room or to exterior of building. C . Pipe water heater valve outlet to sioic in Janitor' s Room or to exterior of building. 3 . 11 PRESSURE TESTING A. Drainage Piping: Pressure test in accordance with UPC and local authority requirements. B. Water Piping: Test at full working pressure in accordance with UPC. 3. 12 STERILIZATION AND FLUSHING A. Description: After completion of water piping installation, flush system thoroughly. Take sample of water from system to determine compliance with Health Department standards. Obtain necessary tests from governing Health Department. if sample is not in compliance, perform sterilization as follows. B. Sterilization: 8-hour sterilization contact time, 50 parts per million chlorine concentration. Open all valves :several times; follow by flushing with clean water until residual chlorine is less than 0.2 parts per million. C . Results: After sterilization and flushing is complete, conduct tests to determine compliance with Health Department standards for sterilization results. If pipe system is found to be contaminated, correct defects and perform additional sterilization and flushing until satisfactory results are obtained. 15400 - 11 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15500 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 4. Air Filtration: Provide air handling systems with filters rated at 20% minimum efficiency (Efficiency based on test per ASHRAE Standard 52) . 5. Building Envelope and Interior Conditions: a. Components of the building envelope will be insulated to meet or exceed the requirements of the Oregon State Energy :ode; coordinate with Architectural work. b. The following minimum insulation, construction, and internal load parameters shall be used for the preparation of the Mechanical Work proposal ; verify final design parameters with A/E and Owner: (1 ) Windows Double pane, clear; glass cross-section consists of 1/4- inch clear outside pane, 1/2- inch air space, and 1/4-inch clear inside pane with low emissivity coating; overall winter U-value ( including frame) is 0. 71 . This value includes an adjustment factor for metal frame; thermal -break frames will not be used. Overall shading coefficient, including clear panes and medium-color inside blinds, is 0. 56 (glass SC 0. 73. blinds SC 0. 76) . (2) Miscellaneous Internal Load . . . Refer to attached sheet . (3) Occupancy . . . Refer to attached sheet. (4) Ventilation . . Refer to attached sheet for minimum occupancy requirements. Provide additional as required per 1 . 1 C 3 above. (5) General Structural System . . . c .od trusses and joists. 6. Toilet and Miscellaneous Exhaust: Provide roof-mounted exhaust fan with ductwork to each room requiring exhaust, as follows: a. Each Toilet Room. b. Janitor' s Room. c lounge. Provide ceiling transfer grilles and lined connecting ductwork in attic as required for air makeup. 0. HVAC System Selection: I . General : Rooftop "Demand VAV" system with DX cooling and gas heating. 2 Demand VAV System: Electronic tone damper control system; coordinate with Section 15950. 3. Perform calculations to verify compliance with the Orec^n State Energy Code . 4 Provide design and construction of the HVAC System based upon individual temperature control zones as follows: a. Platform Rooms. b. Closing Room. c. Teller Area. d. Secured Area. e. Lounge. f. Elec . Room. 15500 2 111111 WASHINGTON PUTUAI FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK SECTION 15500 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONiNG (HVAC) PART I GENERAL 1 . 1 WORK INCLUDED A. General : Provide completeProvide building. design and construction for serve tlity. ThHVAC system shall be designed with a HVAC degreeyteto reliability, primary features desired by high of y, ease of maintenance the Owner include high H. Contract r and l� energy cost. Conditions,requirements of the General and Division 1 apply to all Conditions, the Supplementary C. Design Parameters 1 . Outdoor Design Conditions: !!!!!1_1iLtry_l_vlb, 67 F wet bulb, _ ?1 F dell�,�� i in y range, 7.S mph wind ?• indoor 1 i�'r`-- Design Conditions: A General 7S-�L1M� � • T .� � � I. PR ' Al 50X RH 0 F 6 AC/hr min P Lounge ---�""- 75• E ---- 50% RH 70' F 6 AC/hr min. N ---_._-- Toilet Rooms, 78' F Janitor's SO% PH 70' F cf*/sq. ft.----r--___I Room --- ----- Ela Elec. '— 75° F SOX RH 7Q• F4 AC/hr min. E or a. AC/hr- ;� Air changes b. RH Relative humid p y hour (at 100% airflow for Variable Volume systems • Positive relative to mdjacent areas N - Negative relative to adjacent areas F - Equal relative to adjacent areas 3. Outdoor Air Ventilation: occupancy enenation re Provide a- required to occutoila and miscellarequirements (20 cfm meet Energy Code pressurization. exhaust per person mini) make-up, and building 15500 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15500 TiGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK HEATING, VENTILATiNG, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) C . Components: Centrifugal supply fan, centrifugal exhaust fan for building pressure relief with backdraft dampers (backdraft dampers only are not acceptable) , 100 percent outside air economizer cycle dampers and controls, filter section, coapressor-condenser section, gas heat section, discharge temperature controller, compressor short cycling p-o-ect'on, and single point power connection. Provide compressor unloading capability fo, direct expansion (DX) refrigeration systems. 2 3 ROOFTOP SPRING CURB A. Description: Roof curb for HVAC equipment support and weatherproofing with irtegral spring vibration isolation B Acceptable Manufacturers: Industries, Amber Booth, or Kinetics Corporation. Basis of design is Mason Type RSC/FDR. C . Spring Isolation Curb: Rigid steel tube lower member, adjustable and removable steel springs, upper floating section with frame to provide continuous support of HVAC unit and to remain captive while resiliently resisting wind and seismic forces, all -direction neoprene snubber bushings minimae 0.25- inch thick. Steel springs mounted on 0.25- inch neoprene acoustical pads, and cadmium or zinc electroplated. D. Spring Access Panels: Removable waterproof covers, screw attached. E . Minimum Spring Deflection: 2 .5- inches . F . Hardware: Cadmium or zinc electroplated. G. Curb Waterproofing: Continuous galvanized flexible counterflashing joined at the corners with EPOM bellows, designed to be secured over the lower curb' s waterproofing. H. Flexible Duct Connection: Designed to be suspended fram upper floating section, directly beneath unit duct opening, foam rubber gasket seal against unit bottom. I . Flexible Gas Pipe Connector: Coordinate with Section 15400. J. Flexible Electrical and Control Conduits: Coordinate with Division 16 and Sectior 15950. K Arrangement and Dimensions : Coordinate with exact rooftop HVAC unit being provided. Provide components dimensioned to exactly match the equipment . 15500 - 4 0181111111.11111111111111111M111111/1111/11Milaimimimm 15500 �. WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HEATING.SECTION TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 5. Electronic lone Damper Selection:' In general , e on sizesla gerct thann size required for load, to permit rap under part load conditions. larger than size required 6. Duct Szing: In general , one size or 10% arg at 0.08 inches of water pressure loss per 100 feet of duct, to permit rapid temperature satisfaction under part load conditions. 1 . 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1 . Comply with all applicable City, County, and State Codes and Ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings ar specifications, the Codes and Ordinancesgovern. 2 . Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniforn Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. NF PA 90A e. OSEC i 3 SUBMITTALS A General Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following B. Product Data: 1 . HVAC Unit . 2 . Rooftop Sprang Curb. 3. Fan. 4. Duct Construction Standards . 5. Grilles and Diffusers . PART 2 - PROOUCTS T. 1 GENERAL 1 with 'Quality Assurance' provisions, specifications, and A Comply in conflict, the more stringent manufacturer' s data. Where these may be requirements govern. 2 2 ROOFTOP HVAC UNiTS A Description: Factory packaged gas-electric return self-contained air conlitioning unit arranged for vertical supply andB. Manufacturer: Carrier, McQuay, or approved. 15500 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15500 TiGARD OREGON BRANCH 1:ANK HEATING, VENTiLATiNG, AND AiR CONDITIONING (HVAC) (3) Latches: Die-cast, Ventfabrics No. 100 for doors 2' -0' high Jr smaller; Cat . No. 260 for up to 3' -0' height; Cat . No. 310 or larger, use two. e. Duct lining: Fiber glass, 1 inch thickness unless noted otherwise, with a black pigmented neoprene coated sat surface on the airstream side, 1 - 1/2 pounds per cubic foot density, Fire Hazard Classification FHC 25/50 per UL 723; Owens-Corning Fiberglass Duct Liner Board, Knauf, Manville or Certain-Teed. 2 Volume Dampers and Quadrants: a. Construction: Provide dampers in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. b. Quadrants Where Ducts Are Accessible: ( 1 ) Acceptable Manufacturers: Duro Dyne, Young, Ventfabrics; catalog numbers listed are Duro Dyne. (2) For blades with maximum dimension under 10- inches: Cat . No. KS- 145, dial regulator with locking nut, round end spring- in bearing and square end damper bearing. (3) For blades with a maximum dimension 10- inches to 20- inches: Cat . No. KSR- 195, dial regulator with locking nut, round end spring-in bearing, and square end bearing. (4) For blades with a maximum dimension over 20- inches: Cat . No 12, damper Quadrant with 1/2- inch size damper bearings. 3 . Fiberglass Ductwork. a. Manufacturer And Type. Knauf, Manville, Owens-Corning, Certain teed, or approved. Provide in accordance with NFPA 90A and with factory-applied U1 181 Class i air duct listing label . Duct dimensions shown are net inside dimensions . b. Rectangular Fiberglass Ductboard: Provide 1 inch thick ductboard with scrim reinforced aluminum jacket, in accordant with the following requirements: ( 1 ) Thermal conductance 0. 23 at 75 F . (2) SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards . (3) All grooves modified shiplap. (4) Thermal or glass fab and mastic closures . (5) Tie rod or channel reinforcement per SMACNA where duct sizes and pressures dictate. (6) Reinforce negative pressure J..tts beginning at least 6' before SMACNA schedule calls for reinforcing. C . Round Fiberglass Duct : ( I ) General : Provide 1 - inch thick, one piece construction. rigid round fiberglass duct with scrim reinforced aluminum jacket; thermal conductance 0.23 at 75 F . (2) Fittings: a. All niter and saddle cuts done with a bandsaw; b. All reducers cut with an alligator notcher designed specifically ')r that purpose; 15500 - 6 I 1 —711 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FiNANCIA; GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK SECTION 15500 HEATING, VENTILATIC, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 2. 4 ROOF EXHAUST FAN — — - A. AMCA 210 rated, forward-curved, belt-driven centrifugal fan with back drift damper, adjustable pitch motor sheave, bird screen, baked enamel finish, factory prefabricated metal curb with acoustical fiberglass lining, bottom sloped to match roof slope, top level , 12• minimum height. 8. Manufacturer: Greenheck, Cook, Penn, Jenn Air, Acme, or approved 2. 5 HVAC UNIT ANO fAN DRIVES A Description. Provide an electric motor and V-belt for each unit unless otherwise indicated. B. Drives : Variable pitch V-belt sized for 175% of motor horsepower. C Drive Ratio: Drive ratio for each fai. shall be such as to give the required CFM at the static pressure of the system. In each case, if during balancing the static pressure in any system is found to vary from that shown, the Contrac'.,r shall change the drive ratio as required, at no extra cost. 2 .6 AIR DISTRIBUTION S'vSit:: A General : Provide complete low pressurefor including grilles and diffusers. Coordinaattek with iheiling dinnd floor-to- floor heights, light fixtures, structural items. All duct work shall bF concealed above suspendedleisli g and hin shafts and furred spaces B Ductwork 1 Sheet Metal Work, General : a Duct Construction: Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible. b. Pressure Classification: Low Pressure: 1-inch M.G. , Seal Class A. c. Turning Vanes : Double thickness type with runners in accordance with SMACNA recoem1endations; H.E .D. or approved. d Access Doors And Frames : ( I ) General : Include access door wherever access to ducts is necessary for reaching equipment ; double construction, tiggnht fitting, hinged, with latch, insulation or sound g equivalent to that of the duct ; steel angle frame. (2) Access Door Sizes: As indicated ; 12' x 15' minimum size. 15500 - 5 WASHINGTON MURAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15500 TIGAR') OREGON BRANCH BANK HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) J Fasteners I General - Use blind rivets, sheet metal screws, or bolted 'onne-..tions where required by SMACNA for attachment purposes for sheet metal . Sheet metal screws and rivets shall be of the minimum length required for a secure fastening. Where rivets are specifically called for in this Section, sheet metal screws may be used. 2. For all ductwork, grilles, and accessories exposed to view in finished rooms, provide finish-type fasteners. a. Permanent Work. Blind stainless steel pop rivets b Removable Items and Grilles: Cadmium-plated pan head or countersunk tapping screws . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Suction. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work con. titutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory 3 2 PREPARATION A Field Measurements: Field verify locations of work prior to commencing work of this Section. e Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section 3 ? INSTALLATION, APPLICATION. ERECTION ANO PERFORMANCE A Install , apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with 'Quality Assurance' provisions, Specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B Rooftop HVAC Unit, Exhaust Fan. and Ductwork Installation: 1 Route supply ductwork in ceiling space to VAV terminals and diffusers; route return ductwork in ceiling space to grilles. 2 Provide HVAC unit r.ondensate drain trap with discharge to roof . 3 Install duct smoke detectors furnished under Section 15950 3.4 CLEANING A Clean entire air handling and di'tribution system. 15500 - 6 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK GROW, HEATING� SECTION 15500 AND AIR C VENTILATING, CONDITIONING ITIONING (HVAC) c ' All seal goreS glued with construction d. Use edveith thermal closure; adhesive and O. lake Off Fittings: D ece elbows_ lar fiberglass duct with Prov'de round take fiberume conic offs roctan or approved. quadrant ; General Environment,iFlex�s including v91r E. Job 4. Flexible iDucts Storage: Keep fiberglass ductwork stenh'st. G� nsco, Factory- Insulated flexible dry at all tiweS suitable for lowduct with glass insulation,e pressure application vapordbarrier bonded to fiber zinc-coated tN 1 s indicated, 1 packet, both flao fiber r glass cloth, spring helix reinforcement inch sled over SO D ead raft polyester or pylar lin Connectng not over 25, smoke-developed °rc Ment fire-resistant to metal smoke Bevel liner; Ul listed fire-resistant fte mastic and l ducts with a slip °per rating not with No 670 at each claclamp; 'deal joint r Ve ustny 'Sna • *Sur abrupt b! When installing.D-Loc k no Yn install section area bends or with any offsets uo not °Ck b. M which reduce the S :Din Acceptable Fittings : Wtremold. Ther'maflex, or cross . Conical type, GEC Series approved accessories.typ. C SM-2DEL with volume damper, acoustical ) °mplete with tnsul y lined ductwork at ton guard foristalBrant and C DuctInstallation Des tgn in friction gn: Use Computer-assist ' ()generally, RC 3C i , Closing R. Occupied oom. "0diesiatic level shallin method or equal Dnot exceed RC 35 duce ancp,pampers provide at each branch II branch E Flexible to a terminal , and at each main Connections Provide ' exhaust fan; Duro 0e at Dyne Super Metal Fab withh connection to HVAC F. Flexible ab F•celonunit and e Duct insulated, max) fabric II G Fire Dampers: Pr w 7 ft . length; Ul Provide outdo toClass l ! access doors t " ductco�rk) with local authority ' H Supply Diffusers , events requirements y- in equivalent�el ' white baked enmel adjustable air blow directions, I i finish; ons. 21• x 24. Return and Krueger 1200 SeriNs or equivalent Exhaust Grilles: Fixed angle blade type: Krueger S 80N or )5500 7 I Pape I of 1 ABACUS CONSULTANTS. P S PROD NAME TIGARD Seattle. W sAinpton PROJ NO.: 2034-039 FILL NAME: TIGARD-I 6,/DATE- MA014-21-92 PROJ TITLE- wASM MUTUAL. TIGARD (STRETCH-6) ...N... HVAC LCAD '.ALCULATIONS OCCUPANCY • VENTILATION DENSITY, $TW/PENSON -- 1000 ROOM FLOOR SF/ NO Of CFR/ NC NAME AREA PERSON PEOPLE SfNS LAT PERSON Cfl • .... 101 PLATFOON 1021 100 10 255 255 20 200 102 PLATFORM 623 100 7 ?SS ISS 20 140 103 CLOS1M6 164 30 6 2S5 2SS 20 120 104 TELLERS 330 S4 ' 2S5 253 20 140 LOS STORAGE 106 0 TSS 155 20 106. C0041006 1"16 0 TSS 2SS 10 113 0 107 SECURED 66 66 1 2SS 2SS 20 20 $06 COUPON 30 30 1 2SS 2SS 20 20 110 VAULT 64 0 2SS 2S5 20 112 CASH 34 0 2SS 2SS 20 114 MEN 44 0 ?SS ?SS 20 115 JANITOR 20 0 ?SS ?SS 20 116 WOMEN 49 0 2SS 2SS 20 11? ELECT/ATN 64 C ?SS ?SS 2C 116 10116: 747 40 6 255 255 70 120 TOTALS 3069 41 34 760 i I II 15500-10 I I WASHINGTON ASH �GQNTBANAAL GROUP HEATING,SECTION 15500 TIGARCGFINANCIAL VNTIATING, AIRAND CONDITIONING (HVAC) _-- 3.5 ADJUSTING rA. Adjust fans to obtain design air quantities; provide sheave changes as required. B. Coordinate with "Contract Closeout" Section Division 1 . I 15500 9 I /1 Page 1 of 2 PROJECT NAME TIGARD ABACUS CONSULTANTS, D.S. PROJECT NO. 2038-039 Seattle, Washington FILE NAME. TIGARD-E i BY. MAD PROJ TITLE WASHINGTONMUTUAL 1 HVAC LOAD CALCULATIONS EQUIPMENT . EQUIPMENT HEAT OUTPUT TOTAL TOTAL FLOOR - HEAT, WATTS, WATTS/ A ROOM ROOM SF REMARKS NO. NAME AREA 07r TYPE WATTS BTU/N WATTS ROOM 101 PLATFORM 1021 3 PRINTER 32 110 97 771 0.76 18$ PTEL 11 IBM PS/2 S/2 MOMODE;- Sot f 3 CPU 145 494 134 IBM PS/2 MODEL 8513 3 MONITOR 80 213 240 102 PLATFORM 623 3 PRINTER 32 110 91 771 1.24 IBMM PPRO/PRM0 ER II 3 MONITORCPU 1458 493 240 IBM P5/2 MODEL 8513 3 80 273 240 103 CLOSING 184 1 MISC EQPT 92 314 92 92 0.50 0.5 VATTS/SF INPUT 104 TELLERS 350 6 MONITOR 72 246 432 2136 6.10 IBM 4704-2 4 PRINTER 56 191 224 IBM 4122.32W IDLE. 80W OPR 50% USAGE FACTOR RICOH F14480, EST: 1 COPIER 270 922 270 15A 120V, .80 PF. 15% LOAD FACTOR, 25% USAGE FACTOR I MAIL SCALE 13 43 13 D-B M6262P-B I MAIL MACH 55 188 55 4.6A. 120V, 10% USE VIEWER 38 1130LIST RECO 11/12/90 1 FAX MACH. 145 145120V, 1.25A, 25% USAGE 30 38 115V, I.EA, 25% USAGE 1 LAMINATOR 43 147 43 115V, FA, 25% USAGE 1 CHECK PROT 173 590 173 115 .BM BA 8513 1 MONITOR 80 273 80 IBM PS/2 1 CPU 145 494 145 IBM PS/2 50101ER 11 1 PRINTER 32 110 32 1 ADMIN PRTR 56 191 56 IBM IBM 4715475 1 CONTRLLR 430 1468 430 105 STORAGE 106 1 COPIER 810 2765 810 810 7.64 RICOH 111448C, EST 15A.75% LOAD FACTOR, 75% USAGE FACTOR 15500-11 i 1 Page 2 of 2 ABACUS CONSULTANTS, P.S. PROJECT NAME TIGARD Seattle, Washington PROJECT NO. : 2038-039 FILE NAME: TIGARD-1 BY: MAO PROJ TITLE: WASHINGTON MUTUAL TIGARD BRANCH (STRETCH-B) HVAC LOAD CALCULATIONS - EQUIPMENT ' EQUIPMENT HEAT OUTPUT TOTAL TOTAL ROOM ROOM FLOOR HEAT, WATTS. WATTS/ NO. NAME AREA QTY TYPE WATTS BTU/H WATTS ROOM SF REMARKS 106, CORRIDORS 108 113 107 SECURED 66 108 COUPON 30 110 VAULT 94 111 CASH 34 114 MEN 49 115 JANITOR 20 116 WOMEN 49 117 ELECT. 88 1 PHONE SYS 1316 4492 1316 1902 21.62 EAGLE KEY. EST: ISA, 11710, 75% L.F. 1 CASH MACH 586 2000 586 DIEBOLD TABS 911 OR 910 118 LOUNGE 247 1 REFRIG 124 474 124 841 3.41 TBFI6SK(MFR?), EST 'I 1J3HP X SO% OPERT'N 1 MICROWAVE 288 983 288 REM4F (GE?), E;T 12A. 1206, 20% USE 1 1 DISHWASHER 103 352 103 G E GS0600G 8 6A, 1?0V, 10% USE 1 COFFEE 326 1113 376 BUNN MODEL YPS 60W TANK "KEEP WM". 3-100W WARMERS(2 IN USE) - 260W, . 1370W TANK HEATER P 5% USAGE FACTOR. TOTALS: 3069 7323 7321 2.39 EQUIV BTUH • 24994 NOTES: IBM PROPRINTER II (4201, 4202) HEAT OUTPUT IS 70 BTUH IDLING, 150 BTUH OPERATING; EST USAGE FACTOR OF 50%; NET • 110 BTUH. ENDI OF SECTION I 15500-12 ' WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15950 TIGARD OREGON BRALH BANK CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. General : Provide complete design and construction for mechanical systems control . Detailed design .hall be provided by the authorized representative of the control system manufacturer. Provide preliminary sequence of operation and diagram with proposal . B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division I apply to all r •k in this Section. C. Control System Manufacturer: Alerton; no substitutions. Contact AVAC Incorporated, Bellevue, Washington, (206) 649-3234. D. Design Parameters: 1 . Provide complete "Demand VAV" control of the rooftop HVAC unit and the various zones served, including bypass control . 2. Interlock exhaust fan with rooftop HVAC unit for occupied/unoccupied control . 1 .2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1 . Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. NFPA-90A e. OSEC B. Installation: By the authorized representative of the manufacturer as a subcontract . C. Demonstration: Comply with requirements of Section 15010, Mechanical Work, General . 1 .03 SUBMITTALS A. General : Submit in accordance with Division l and the following. B. °roduct Data: Specification data sheet for each component; provide tan numbers on submittal documents. 15950 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15950 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK CONTROLS C. Shop Drawings: 1. Schematic diagrams of the control systems showing controls, relays, control valves, malfunction alarms, switches, wiring, instrument settings, and other items not specified herein or otherwise indicated but necessary to perform the functions in the sequences of operation. 2. Floor plans showing locations of all items and wiring. /./ 3. Sequence of operation. 4. Ladder-type electrical starter diagram for each electric motor-operated unit served by controls and interlocks of this 11 section of the specification, including pumps, fans, etc. Coordinate with the Electrical Contractor as required to provide the required sequence of operation and safety interlocks. II 5. Label all components with tag numbers. Show locations of all items within the building or site. Drawings shall be complete, showing all components and interlocks. Submit drawings for review prior to commencement of installation. 11 D. Record Documents: Provide for each control system showing installed status; as a minimum, include the diagrams and documents listed in "Shop Drawings" of this Section with sequences of operation. Submit reproducib'e drawings (mylar, vellum, or sepia) ; conform to Division 1 and Section 15010. 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. 1 GENERAL I A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.2 DEMAND VARIABLE VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM 11 A. General : Provide a direct digital control system 9 y em consisting of zone dampers, thermostats, central unit control interfaces and an air bypass control system. B. Provide communication capability that allows all thermostats and bypass controllers to communicate with one another. Each thermostat shall have the capability of having its own setup/setback time schedule, with 7-day and holiday programming capability. C. Zone temperature shall be controlled by varying the quantity of supply 1 air delivered to the zone; a duct temperature sensor determines whether heating, cooling, or ventilation air is available. The zone damper is modulated based upon a comparison of zone HVAC demand as sensed by the zone thermostat vs. duct temperature. Initial setpoint 72' F. 15950 - 2 t 1111 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15950 CONTROLS TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK D. The same thermostat thatproportionally HVAC ounitnaslwellntrEachizoneeshallihaveoan damper shall control th input as to the operattimeand-demand priority matrix.on of the HVAC unit, to result in Heating or 11cooling or damper based upon a cooling shall be delivered based nu upon wait time.requirement of the majority of the zones, with maximum 20 I/ E . Provide each thermostat with separate and independently^ teehforeatingzand cooling temperature setpoints. The throttling g temperature control shall not exceed plus-or-minus 1 .5' F from setpoint. All thermostats shall incorporate logic which allows Individual zone air circulation to occur when there is no zoneheating air to enter the or cooling demand while not allowing counter-productive zone. F . Provide a bypass controller and bypass damper(s) to maintain minimum air revent excessive duct static lew across e central . TheAC ubypassit contto roller shall incorporate purge pressures from occurring. 1 air duct when over cycle logic to purge hot air from the supply 1 changingair duct from heating tucooling, 00 from and to cooling to purge cold from the supply when changing G. Provide a high limit and a low limit supply air duct temperature function to protect the central HVAC unit from excessive duct temperatures. H. Provide a telephonemodem and communications software, suitable for use by a remote1BM-PC/X / coompatiblecomputer. Coordinatetelephoneline with work of Division 16 and Owner. I . Provide HVAC Unit control functions as follows: I . Unoccupied mode; fans are off, and the system is cycled to maintain designated al zoneutimed override of HVACial unit Lunoccupoint 0iedF cycle; 2. Individual zone initial setting 3 hours. 3. Optimum start control to vary morning start time based on indoor and outdoor temperatures. 4. Morning warm- up cycle; outdoor air dampers completely closed, and exhaust fan off. 5. Nor ing cool -down cycle; 100% outdoor air, mechanical cooling energized only upon economizer override. 6. Sequential control of HVAC unit gas heating, economizer cooling, and mechanical cooling cycles.rm weather if 7. Economizer :ycle override during outside air temperature exceeds return air temperature. 8. Lockoutof mechanical cooling at outdoor temperatures below 50 ° F . 15950 - 3 IT WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15950 CONTROLS TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK 9. Power relief fan operation to prevent excessive building pressurization during operation of the economizer cycle dampers. When the economizer cycle automatic dampers are in minimmou the rel ief fatoor air in, the building is slightly pressurized, The, el l the relief a 1 i i s started fan backdraft stooped based ampers are closed. upon The re outdoor air damper position. 2 .3 FLOW CONTROL DEVICES A. Rectangular Zone and Bypass Dampers: Provide tight closing ndampers withh leakage of less than 1 percent with one-inch (1") static differential ; extrudaluminum sealedfoil withblades, aluminumior stainlextrudeess vinyl or rubber edge seals; blade steel "arc" seals. Provide external bearing rame of heavy gaugead aluminum or welded steel with 1/4" plateosan- bronze or plastic insert bearing. Arrange e linkage for opp blade action. Ruskin CD-50 or app B. Round Zone Dampers: Low leakage butterfly damper, 20 gauge galvanized rene lde frame, dble lt�etween ter 14 he twe o bladeized steel layers, axle and staiade, nless blade seal sandwiched steel bearing sleeves Ruskin CORS25 oriapprovd control shaft for automatic actuator, mill finish C. Actuators: 24 volt, spring return, continuously adjustable stroke; provide linkages as required. 2.4 INTERLOCKING AND CONTROL WIRING A. Wiring: Control Wiring minimum size No. 14 gage for line er vending and No. 18 gage for low voltage. Identify wires by numerical tags on dWeach control device without splices to terminals. Provieintegralcircuitprotection for all panel -mounted control devices. Conform with Division 16 requirements for wiring in general . B. Provide auxiliary junction boxes as required. Coordi atto rough location and arrangement of all control equipment with the A/E p ror2.5 TRANSFORMERS A. Requirements: Provide dedicated a step-down Articlef 725 transformersfor otheall National control circuits in Electric Code; coordinate with electrical contractor. 15950 - 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUT' SECTION 15950 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK CONTROLS 2.6 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS A. Sampling photo electric or ionization type for sensing of products of combustion within the air stream of inducted fan systems; comply with NFPA 72A and 72E ; include necessary sampling tube extensions and sensitivity adjustments for detection of prod,. ;.s cf combustion r►cross the width of the duct; actuate upon nominal 2 percent light obscuration per foot; visual indication of normal and alarm/trouble on the exposed surface of the device; remote annunciator light for ceiling-mounting below detector. 2. 7 INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL MOUNTING PANEL A. Provide for miscellaneous controls and instruments. B. Provide record control diagrams secured to inside of panel door, enclosed in plastic jackets. C. Coordinate required electrical power supply with work of Division 16. 2.6 NAMEPLATES A. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for all equipment and devices. Identify the equipment name by function. Laminated plastic shall be I/8" thick, white with black center core. Minimum size 1" by 3", with minimum of 1/4" high engraved block lettering. Mechanically attach nameplates adjacent to the device. 2.9 EQUIPMENT CONTROLS, GENERAL A. Furnish interlocks, contactors, relays, transformers, thermostats, and switches that are not furnished with the equipment, to accomplish the monitoring and control functions indicated. Install control and interlocks. Coordinate with Section 15500. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3. 1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not in-tall until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 15950 - 5 111 11 WASHINGTON MUTUAL rINANCIAI GROUP , TIGARD ORtGOH RrANCH BANK SECTION 15950 CONTROLS 3 .2 PREPARATION ' A. Field verify locations of work prior to commencing work of this Section. 8. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to 11r this Section. P eclude damage from work of 1/3.3 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/:RECTION/PERFORMANCE A. Install , apply, er.-ct, and perform the work in accordance with "Quality ' Assurance' provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Provide all design, t devices, hardware, and installation required to insure a complete operating system. 1/ C. Location of Thermostats and Panels: Locate and install components for easy accessibility; in general , mount 5' -0" above floor with minimum 3' -0" clear access space in front of devices. Obtain E approval on locations prior to installation. Locate control eOwner Electrical Room. panell in D. Duct Smoke Detectors: Coordinate installat,ln of detectors with sheet metal installer. Electrically connect and provide remote indicator lights for duct smoke detectors where the detector is located above a suspended ceiling or in an area which is not readily accessible. Connect auxiliary contact to shutdown fan system. Refer to UMC Section 15500 and Division 16. 1009. Courdlnate with 3.4 INTERLOCKING AND CONTROL WIRING A. Responsibility: All interlockii,g and control wiring responsibility of the Control Contractor. Provide all is the t accordance with Division 16 in compliance with the governing national, state and local electrical codes. B. Installation: Do not install control wiring in pcwar circuit raceways. Do not use magnetic starters and disconnect switches as ju"rtion boxes. Provide auxiliary junct m boxes as required. Coordinate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the Engineer prior to rough- in. 3.5 TESTING AND ADJUSTING A. The completed system shall be tested out under operating servi-e by a qualified person in the employ of the manufacturer. When the system has 15950 - 6 11 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH HASECTION 15950 NK CONTROLS been put in correct operating and Owner; include date thafinal �inspectionsend atter occu rso elating to the q/E H. Adjust controls to provide correct sequence of operation and satisfactory operation. END OF SECTION I I I r 1/ I 11 15950 - 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15990 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical systems. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. 1 .2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1 . Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinance: govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. NFPA-90A B. TAB Contractor: 1 . General : TAB work shall be performed by an independent balancing and testing contractor, not affiliated with the mechanical contractor. 2. Qualifications: Certified by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau, or approved prior to bid. 3. Experience: Minimum 5 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. 1 .3 SUBMITTALS A. General : Submit in accordance with Division I, Section 15010, and the following. B. Preliminary Data: Submit the following within 30 days after award of contract: 1 . Name of TAB contractor. 2. Individual qualifications of all persons responsible for supervising and performing the work of this project. 3. TAB agenda listing methods and procedures, and including blank forms applicable to this project. C. Pre-Balance System Check-Out Report: Prior to commencement of TAB work, mechanical contractor shall confirm in writing that equipment and system check-out has been performed. D. Balancing Report: I . Comply with Section 15010, paragraph "SUBMITTALS", subparagraph A, regarding format of TAB report, except title "BALANCING REPORT' . 15990 - 1 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15990 1111!TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING (TAB) WOW. II 2. Provide complete Balancing Report as indicated, including the following: a. System Diagrams/Floor Plans. b. Gas/Oil Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports. c. Electric Coil/Duct Heater Test Reports. d. Fan Test Reports. e. Rectangular and Round Duct Traverse Reports. f. Air Outlet Test Reports. li q. Instrument Calibration Report. 1 .4 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULINGII A. Phase in properly with A/E reviewed/accepted Construction Schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS II 2. 1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance' provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer' s Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.2 TAB INSTRUMENTATION A. TAB contractor shall furnish materials and equipment necessary to I properly measure system capacities, electrical voltage and current, fan speeds, static pressures, air velocities, water pressure drops, refrigeration pressures, and other readings necessary to evaluate I 1 system performance and adjust qu-.ntlties to those indicated. Materials and Equipment shall remain in the possession of the TAB contractor after project is completel. accurate,Instrumentation shall be ac , with calibration histories available for examination upon r ' 'est. C. Instrumentation shall be used in accordance with manufacturers instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3. 1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work cf this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. 15990 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 159x3 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BATIK TESTING ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK I B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3. 3 PERFORMANCE A. Perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer' s installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3 . 4 WORK BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR A. System Performance: This contractcr is responsible for the performance of the equipment and the system. Do not assume that supplier will ship equipment adjusted to meet the project requirements. B. Equipment Operation: 1 . Check equipment for propel operation as soon as electrical power is available. Perform adjustments required for proper operation. 2 Report malfunctions to the manufacturer, and take corrective action immediately to prevent delay of the work. 3. Check-out equipment for electrical problems, check rotation of motors, read voltage and current in each leg of each motor, heater, etc. , and check the readings against the nameplate. Lubricate per manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Before balancing and testing commences, operate (test run) equipment for a minimum of one week. C . Air Distribution System Inspection: Check out the air distribution system to ensure that each outlet is properly connected to the branch duct. and that . volume damper exists for each outlet (supply, return and exhaust) an( is in the wide-open position; in addition, verify existence and function of all other volume dampers . D. Controls Operation: Check out and calibrate all control components under equipment and system operation ser ice; these components include, but are not limited to, thermostats to ensure they are connected to the appropriate device, respond to temperature changes. and are of the correct action to be compatible with the controlled device. E. Filters: After equipment and system check-out work has been completed, and prior to commencement of TAB work, perform the follrwing: 1 . Replace air filters in air distribution equipment and systems with new filters. F . Access: Provide scaffolds, staging, and accessories required to allow TAB contractor to gain access to equipment, dampers, valves and other devices located beyond the range of a 6-foot stepladder. 15990 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL F i iwnc iAL GROUP SECT ION 15990 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK TESTING. ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING %TAB) WORK G. Fan Drives: Provide drive changes necessary as directed by TAB contractor, including required shaves and belts; coordinate with Section. H. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices after check-out and test run period, prior to TAB work. 3.5 WORK BY TAB CONTRACTOR A. General : Perform TAB of mechanical systems in accordance with NEBB publications, or SMACNA publication 'HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting. and Balancing", 1st Edition, 1983. Adjust quantities to within 10% of design va'ues. B. Systems: Include, but a, 0 not limited to, the following: 1 . Supply air systems. 2. Return air systems. 3. Exhaust air systems. C. Readings: 1 . General : Provide readings including, but not limited to, the following: a. Air Quantities: Air flow at each terminal . b. Air Temperatures: 1 ) Outside air at equipment. 2) Return air at equipment. 3) Supply air leaving equipment. 4) Mixture of outside and return air before entering the cooling or heating coil or heater. c. Electrical : 1) Measured voltage and amps on each phase of each motor (compressors, pumps, fans, etc. ) while the equipment is under maximum normal load. 2) The nameplate voltage and current for each motor. d. Refrigeration: Suction and discharge pressure of each compressor or, in the case of packaged condensing units, the suction and liquid line pressures. 2. Explain readings ort of range. D. Outside Air/Economizer Cycles: After supply and return air are in balance and the quantity correct, adjust the outside air dampers to the air quantities indicated (if not indicated, use 10% of the supply air quantity) . Is economizer control is specified, check for proper setting sof the controls and for proper operation of the dampers (outside air, return air, and relief) . Adjust the return/relief system to result i.t a slight positive pressure in the building. E. Inspection and Recheck: 1 . Upon request, recheck random selections of up to 10% of the readings recorded in the Balancing Report in the presence of the Owner' s representative. 15990 - 4 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINJ,NCIAL GROUP SECTION 15990 TIGARD OREGON BkANCH BANK ? ;TING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK 2. The Balancing Report will be rejected if more than 20% of the rechecked readings deviate more than 10% of the recorded reading in tiie report. In this event, provide complete rebalancing. F. Marking of Adjustments: 1 . Permanently mark dampers, valves. and other adjustment devices to allow adjus*;Hent to be restored if disturbed in the future. 2. If recheck requires re-balancing, eradicate previous markings and re- mark. G. System Difficulties: Obtain readings on each unit or piece of equipment as early as possible, such that any apparent difficulties can be resolved before the anticipated close of the job. Minor problems, such as the necessity to adjust a fan sheave, often raise questions and doubts in the Owner's .Hind about the system. Such problems are normal , and if corrected without delay lead to a much happier Owner. END OF SECTION 15990 - 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVI1ION0 TIGARD BRANCH B. Install undimensioned electrical items in a manner to provide symmetrical appearance. Do not scale drawings for equipment location. Review Architectural , Structural and Mechanical drawings and adjust work to conform to conditions shown. Dimensional accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of dimensions, locations, and levels to suit field conditions is required. C. Circuits and connections are shown diagrammatically and indicate the general character and approximate location. The layout does not necessarily show the total number of conduits for the circuits required, nor are the locations of indicated runs '.ntended to show the actual routing of the conduits. Contractor may modify circuit number assignments routing etc. within the intent of the design sutject to incorporation of changes into r€cord drawings. D. The horsepower of motors and apparatus wattages indicated on the plans are estimated requirements of equipment furnished under other Divisions of this contract and bid is based on these sizes. Overload elements shall be furnished to suit equipment nameplate current. Advise Architect of any subsequent equipment changes affecting electrical circuits. F. Any minor changes in the location of the conduits, outlets, etc. , from those shown on the plans shall be made without extra charge, if so directed by the Architect before installation. i . Contractor shall consult the architectural drawings for the exact height of all outlets not specified herein or on the drawings. G. Outlet locations shown on the drawings are approximate. Contractor shall study the building drawings in relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet so that the lighting fixtures are symmetrically located according to ceiling tile and room layout. When necessary, with the Architect's approval , outlet shall be relocated to avoid interference with structural features of the building. 1 . 6 CODES AND STANDARDS A. If any conflict occurs between legally adopted codes and this Specification, the codes are to prevail except that, this shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with any requirements of the plans or specifications which may be in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. Notify Engineer of conflicts in the documents with regulations prior to commencing work. 16010 - 2 SECTION 16010 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ELECTRICAL GENERAL PRONI1ION0 TIGARD BRANCH PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 SCOPE A. All provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions, and the General Requirements apply to this work. B. This specification is not intended to be used as a method of division of work among subcontractors. 1. 2 WORK INCLUDED A. It is the intention of thi Section of the Specifications and the accompanying drawings to describe and provide for the furnishing, installing, testing and placing in satisfactory and successful operation the equipment, materials, devices and necessary accessories to provide a complete electrical system. The work shall include all materials, appliances and apparatus not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the plans, but which are necessary to make a complete working installation of all electrical systems shown on the plans or described herein. Certain equipment and devices furnished and installed under other Divisions of this Contract (or by Owner) shall be connected under this Division. The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is required by either shall be inferred to be required by both. 1 . 3 RELATED WORK A. All of the Contract Documents including those defining Structural , Architectural Mechanical work (etc. ) are pertinent to the electrical work. 1.4 ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS A. The Electrical "Legend" shown on the drawings is standardized for this project. Use legend as reference for symbols used on plans. 1 . 5 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS A. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic and not intended to show all features of work. 16010 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16010 TIGARD BRANCH ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS C. When conduit, inserts, or sleeves for outlet boxes and/or conduits are required, Contractor shall fully coordinate the installation thereof with other trades. 1 .9 ABBREVIATIONS AFF Above Finished Floor ANSI American National Standards Institute NEC National Electrical Code, National Board of Fire Underwriters Publication #70 (latest adopted edition with amendments) Engineer Party responsible for electrical construction (Electrical) drawings Or Equal Approved by the Engineer Furnish Deliver to jobsite Install Enter permanently into the project Provide Furnish and install UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (or other code authority recognized testing laboratory) Contractor The company responsible for accomplishing Division 16 work Owner Purchaser of Division 16 work or authorized representative Signal Refer to Section 16700 Subcontractor(s) 1 . 10 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all work installed under this specification. He shall make good, repair or replace, at his own expense as may be necessary, any defective work, materials or parts which may show themselves within the warranty period if said defect is due to imperfection in material, design or workmanship. The warranty period shall be as prescribed by law and as defined in Division One of this specification. Where not so prescribed or defined, the period shall be one year after final acceptance. Lamps are not warrantied, but all shall be operating at the time of final acceptance. 16010 - 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16010 TIGARD BRANCH ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS B. All materials and equipment installed, including lighting fixtures, shall have been tested and listed by Underwriters ' Laboratories (or other code recognized laboratory) unless otherwise permitted by the Code Inspector and the Owner. C. NFPA No. 70, National Electric Code (as adopted and amended by RCW 19. 28 , WAC 296 . 46, and WAC 296-401: Laws, Rules & Regulations for Installing Electric Wires & Equipment) and as enforced by the local code authority. D. Utility Company Regulations. E. The Contractor is required to familiarize himself with the detailed requirements of these standards and any local codes and ordinances as they affect the installation of specific electrical systems. 1 . 7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES A. Purchase all code authority required electrical permits and pay fees. B. Pay Utility charges. 1 . 8 COORDINATION A. The Division 16 Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of the other contractors doing work in the building and shall examine all drawings, including the several Divisions of mechanical , ventilating, structural and general, for construction details and necessary coordination. Special attention is called for the following items and all conflicts shall be reported to the Owner before installation for decision or correction: 1. Door swings such that switches will be located on the "strike" side of the door. 2 . Location of fixtures, pipes, ducts and other mechanical equipment such that electrical outlets, lighting fixtures and other electrical equipment are mounted in proper relationship to these items. 3 . Location of cabinets and counters such that electrical work is clear from and in proper relation to these items. 4 . Penetration of Building Structure for Electrical Work: Refer to Section 16050, Basic Materials and Met.hod'. E. Serving Utilities: Coordinate with the telephone and power serving utilities and make the necessary provisions and interfaces to assure an orderly constructed and properly operable system. 16010 - 3 1111 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16010 TIGARD BRANCH ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 . 14 DEMONSTRATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Conform with Section 01700 "Contract Closeout" . B. During Contract Closeout, conduct an operating test for approval by Owner Staff Representative. Demcnstrate installation to be in accordance with the Contract Documents. Should any portion of the installation fail to meet requirements of Contract Documents, repair or replace items failing to meet requirements until items can be demonstrated to comply. Obtain signature of Owner Staff Representative on Job Completion form. C. Ensure that instruments are available for measuring light intenr,sties, voltage and current values, and for demonstration of continuity, grounds, or open circuit conditions. U. Ensure that personnel are available to take measurements ani make tests. F. Operate each: 1. Service entrance switch. 2. Motor circuit. 3 . Light switch circuit breaker. 4 . Control circuit. 5. Fire alarm device (as applicable) . 1 . 15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE REQUEST A. The Contractor shall submit a Job Completion Form properly filled out at least 3 days prior to request for Substantial Completion acceptance of the electrical work. Substantial Completion project review will not be started until form is received by Engineer. END OF SECTION 16010 - 6 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16010PROVI1ONS 4 TIGARD BRANCH 1 . 11 DOCUMENTS AT JOB SITE the site in good condition a complete file of all A. reviewedn dodesign drawings and specification Theseia dra ngs, etc. , bearing Engineer's stamp. shop documentsdrawings, wkhall be acceptanceeemadeeavailablesite alluntil timesfinal foruse of of work and shall be i the Owner's rep 1. 12 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Conform with Specification Section 01700 "Contract Closeout" . made during the progress of the work B. shall benne and changescoon a set of prints kept readily shall recorded continuously construction. Accurately At available at the project during ab piping and stub-outs.locate all underground and ucQntractor shall furnish the Owner the completion of the a set of record prints. 1 . 13 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALSA. The Contractor shall prepare maintenance manuals for all eat equipment installed as a part of the construproject including electrical work provided under separate with the Own B. Conform with Specification Section 01700 "Contract Closeout" . "line" of the manufacturer. Where C. The information included must be he exact equipmentthe installed, not the complete other sheets show the equipment installed and olherlet e installed equipment shall be neatly information on Parts lists shall give full ordering assigneduch hebs. parts manufacturer. Manuals shrll by the original ing anderat contain shop drawings, wiring diagrams, operating maintenance instructions, and replacement parts lists, i Tent and systems equipment nameplate data aectr all Signaleequipment submittals installedallcontain under the project. description infrmton shall step-by-step with equipment designed to acquaint maintenance personnel operation in each mode of operation. system shall be complete drawings for the D. Diagrams for each "Typical" line specific system installed table unlessder the properlymarked to diagrams will not be scarp indicate the exact field installation. 16010 - 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS TIGARD BRANCH JOB COMPLETION FORM I m i a a��anc�—h---- DATE:__�--- PROJECT NAME: Washington Mut�a��� II PROJECT LOCATION: Inspector' s Final Acceptance_ Agency Date Electrical Insp Name II Acceptance Agency Date Fire Marshal' s Final Accep Name II A. The following systems have be'.n demonstrated to the Owner's representative: ' II 1. Distribution System_ Owner's Rep. Date- 2 . Security and Alarm System__ Owner's Rep. Date System Date i ii II 3 , ATM Sy Owner's Rep. steml�.----- Date 4 . Telephone Sy Owner's Rep. Lighting and Control System_ - Date 5. Owner's Rep. ' 6. Under Floor Duct Owner's Rep. Date B. Record Drawings: Quantity Attached Transmitted Previously To II Prints Reproducibles (Refer to Section 16700) Quantity C. Certifications� Transmitted Previously To Attached_ Operation Instructions: MaintP-' _nce Manuals: Quantity D. Op Transmittpri i-reviously To Attached_ E. Keys: Quandt; Attached Transmitted Previously To complete and in accordance with contract documents I/ F. Thed authorizedwotk p except for: Representative is ' and changesand the owner's (Time) requested to meet with: at: (Supervisor of Electrical Work) Date) . on Electrical Subcontractor's Representative's Signature Date II16010 - 7 1 I/ WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16050 TIGARD BRANCH BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS POWER CONTROL FURNISHED INSTALLED WIRING WIRING ITEM BY: BY: BY: BY: Magnetic Motor Starters: a. Automatically controlled with or. without HOA switches: E E E M b. Manually controlled: E E E E c. Furnished w/mech. equipment, factory- mounted. M M E M d. Furnished w/mech. equipment, for field mounting: Disconnect switches, manual motor starters, thermal overload switches: E E E -- Damper motors, other miscellaneous Division 15 controls: M M E M Thermostats (Lcw Voltage Electric) : M M -- M M - Division 15, Mechanical E - Division 16, Electrical 16050 - 2 0 1605 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL, GROUP BASIC MATERIALS AND SECTION N 16050 TIGARD BRANCH PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION ordination A. Thisesectionms for installatdes for ionic tomaccomplishoelectrical work. requirements fo 1. 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Workmanship: Workmanship is considered important and is subject to approval. Employ workmen skilled into theare rade, and familiar with particula ' 3crniqu applicable sections of work. B. Coordination: 1 . and efor installationical work with eandrforftimely execution and trades for proper failure to of construction. Any changes necessitated by properly coordinate with work of different trades shall be made at no increase in contract of informationmount. shown on 2 . Verify the type and adequacy approved electrical plans and shop drawings of equipment p items (motors, pumps, fans, etc. ) . This shall be done prior to installation and connection of equipment furnished or installed by others. 1 . 3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA Standards of Installation 1 . 4 MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL INTEPFACE s is t A. ttthe sf coperofbetween Conttrades ractand Documents. Ther following is within the scope proposed for assistance in bidding only. B. Unless otherwise indicated, mechanical equipment and controls are suggested to be furnished, installed, and wired in accordance with 15the following oil wing schedule; coordinate all work with Division 16050 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS TIGARD BRANCH C. Product Data, Design Data: 1. Bind in three-ring binder. Label front of binder with name of project, name of Owner, year of completion, title "ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS" , and names of Engineer and Electrical Contractor. Label back edge of binder with title, name of project, Owner, and year of completion. Fold drawings to 8-1/2" sizt and bind as above or place in pocket of folder. Provide index and dividers with identifying tabs, organized and labeled by specification Section, including catalog numbers or drawing numbers if appropriate. Bind index as first sheet of submittal . Submittal will not be accepted unless it conforms to these requirements. 2 . Provide submittal data on all materials and equipment. Do not fabricate or install until reviewed by A/E. Include descriptive bulletins, data sheets, catalog cuts, diagrams, complete dimensional drawings, and other additional information as required. D. Acceptance: The acceptance of a manufacturer ' s name or product by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the contract documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 GENERAL A. Install all material and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, instructions and installation drawings, unless otherwise indicated, and in accordance with NECA'S "Standards of Installation" . B. Seal penetrations to maintain structural , fire-resistive integrity, and watertightness. 3 . 2 CUTTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION A. Obtain permission from the Engineer prior to cutting. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. Cut concrete with core drills except where space limitations prevent the use of such drills and only as approved by the Engineer. B. All construction materials damaged or cut into during the installation of this work shall be repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials. I 16050 - 4 SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL CROUP TIGARDBRANCH PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL specified. All the quality herein of the best quality and free from A. materials materialssa mu be new, of designed to insure ualit san free ofr decs. Theylshallebe operation ' on and operation life lnrehbeinglronmental installed•conditions oherate a which will prevail where they quality. products of. Each type of material shall shallebefofthe thesame standardand p � B. production roof such Theman fac urels rfegularly engaged in the manufacturers reg equipment and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design. 2 .2 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS A. Conform with Section 01600, Material and Equipment. Any materials and systems indicated "no substitute"B. No Substitute: all be provided as specified. t 2 . 3 COMPLETE SYSTEMS in detail All the systems mentioned shall tea completebehme. nevery of A. specifically to Mentionbe construed certainrd a except where these specifications shall not relmatease els in thane furnishing such additional materials and performing it°allulaborirequired to provide a comp performing operable system. 2 . 4 SUBMITTALS Submittals. A. Conform with Section 01300, the Contractor is to supplementet by B. The purpose demonstrateosubmittals by of the design and hiCequipment' s knowledge h intends and installation which and material he to furnish indicatingdetailing the fa methodsrd istheland by intends to use. Items to be included in submittals are: panelboarda Wiring Devices and Materials Motor Control Lighting Fixtures Disconnects Division 16 Contract Under Floor Duct Eq Eqnd uipment vast Breakdown Fire Al Mmt (asngode required) Fire Alarm (as 16050 - 3 11 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS TIGARD BRANCH 3 . 8 SLEEVES, BLACKOUTS, AND CAST-IN-PLACE DEVICES 10 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (OR MASONRY) A. Sleeves: Contractor shall furnish sleeves to form assemblers (of Masons) and identify required placement location for placement by others. B. Blockouts: Contractor -;hall identify size and location for provision of blockouts ,,y others. C. Cast .'lace Sleeves and Devices: Contractor shall place (or identity placement location for permanent placement by others) as coordina'-ed. END OF SECTION 16050 - 6 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16050 TIGARD BRANCH BASIC MATERIALS AND r._ i:HODS 3 . 3 EXCAVATIONS A. Excavate, backfill , and compact per Section 02200, Earthwork. 3 . 4 PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ELEMENTS A. Fire Rated Floors and Walls: Utilize metal sleeves. Fill voids around exterior of raceway with glass fiber or rock wool . Grout top of void. Option: Cast raceways into concrete. B. Structural Steel Fire Proofing: Coordinate with general contractor for repair or damaged sur:aces or penetration for electrical system ;zupports, etc. C. Fire Rated Suspended Ceilings: Coordinate with general contractor for "tent" in:tallation over lighting fixtures by others. 3 . 5 PAINTING A. Painting in general will be covered uoder anothe,: Division of the specifications, except items furnished under this Divirion '-hat are scratched or marred in shipment or installation are to ha're finish repaired by the Division 16 Contractor. 3 .6 CLEAN OF A. Contractor shall continually remove debris, cuttings, crates, cartons, etc. , created by his work. Such clean up shall be done at sufficient frequency to eliminate hazard to the public, other workmen, the building or the Owner's employees. Before request for acceptance of the installation, Contractor shall carefully clean cabinets, panels, wiring devices, cover plates, etc. , to remove dirt, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, etc. 3 . 7 WORKMANSHIP AND OBSERVATION A. Workmanship shall be of the best quality. Skilled mechanics shall be employed under the supervision of a competent foreman. All completed work shall present a neat and professionally installed appearance. b. All work and materials shall be subject to observation at any and all times by representatives of the Owner. 16050 - 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16110 TIGARD BRANCH RACEWAYS 2 . 6 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. "One piece" formed steel type. Standard Factory painted finish. Wire mold $500, #700, or #1000 as required for cir.:uit conductors. B. Surface boxes, elbows, connectors, etc. shall be of same manufacture as surface wetal raceway system. 2 . 7 PLASTIC CONDUIT A. Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) type unless noted. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 1 GENERAL A. Instal ! Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS) concealed in construction unless noted o :herwise in the following, on the drawings, or unles3 specifically approved by the Engineer. Intermediate metal conduit is permitted as a substitute for rigid galvanized steel except where RGS is required by code. B. Interior: Route raceways parallel with building lines. (Exception: Raceways below grade or imbedded in concrete. ) C. Grounding: Raceway system serves as equipment ground; make all 'oints tight for minimum impedence. 3 . 2 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUI': (RGS) A. All connections shall be watertigh. . 3 . 3 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT A. May be used in lieu of steel raceways where run above grade inside of buildings ; rigid aluminum conduit not pormitted where raceways are in contact with earth, concrete or mascnr •. 1 . 4 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. May be substituted for RGS for circuits concealed in construction and for wiring in furred ceilings and above suspended ceilings. E. May be used for interior exposed work in unfinished areas where not ex; sed to physical damage. Raceways in traffic areas shall be considered exposed to physical damage where within 10 ft. of floor. 16110 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16110 TIGARD BRANCH --- PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide raceway system complete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) AND INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A. Hot dipped galvanized. B. Fittings. Galvanized malleable iron or noncorrosiveor alloy oy compatible with galvanized conduit. Running screw fittings not permitted (Exception: Erickson cokson couplings, . plings, watertight split couplings (OZ type or equivalent) 2 .2 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT A. Fittings copper free cast aluminum. 2 . 3 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Hot dip galvanized, electrogalvanized or sherardized, steel tubing. B. Couplings and Connectors: Raintight; steel or malleablE iro n type using a split corrugated compression ring and tightening nut or stainless steel locking disc or set screw. Indenter or die-cast fittings are not acceptable. 2 . 4 FLEXIBLE METALLIC TUBING A. Electrogalvanized or sherardized steel . 2 . 9 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT s. A. alaled flnxir steel , Thomasel for ry andoBettsn"squeeze"n type or Malleable iron o equal . B. Liquid Tight. PVC weatherproof cover over flexiblemste eel conduit for damp and wet locations. Fittings: Betts "Super-Tite" or equal . C. Use fittings approved for raceway ground continuity where a separate ground wire is not contained within the raceway. 16110 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS 3 . 12 FLEXIBLE RACEWAYS A. Provide flexible conduit connection to motors and equipment subject to vibration with 90 degree loop minimum to allow for isolation. Use liquid tight for pumps, for equipment which is regularly washed 0.uwn, and for equipment in damp locations. B. Flexible metallic tubing may only be used for final connection to lighting fixtures in suspended ceilings (as permitted by code) . C. Provide bonding jumper when required by code. 3 . 13 RACEWAYS IN EARTH OR UNDER SLABS ON GRADE. A. PVC raceway systems are permitted as a substitute for RGS conduits. Exception: Bends shall be R.G.S. B. RGS underground conduit raceway systems shall be coated with bitumastic paint. C. Raceway sizes indicated on plans are for rigid galvanized steel . Adjust PVC raceways to allow for addition of code required ground wire. D. Maintain 11-1/2-inches separation between parallel underground circuits in order to avoid the capacity derating required under NEC 310 for multiple buried ducts. 3 . 14 RACEWAYS IN CONCRETE A. Confer with structural concrete specifications for installation constraints. Raceway diameter shall not exceed one-third (1/3) the thickness of the concrete system in which it is embedded. RGS only. END OF SECTION 16110 - 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16110 TIGARD BRANCH RACEWAYS C. Grounding: Where raceway system serves as equipr.ent ground; make all joints tight for minimum impedence. 3 . 5 RACEWAYS THAT PENETRATE BUILDING EXTERIOR A. The section of the raceway within the wall or roof shall be sealed inside (sealing conduit body and sealant shall be UL approved for the application) and around raceway exterior using approved sealant. Refer to Section .:7900, Sealants. B. Raceway penetrations through roof shall be sealed using appropriately sized roof jacks. 3 . 6 BENDS A. Carefully made, to avoid injuring or flattening. Bends 1-1/4" and larger shall be factory elbows 21 formed utilizing an approved bending process. 3 .7 SECURING RACEWAYS A. Fasten to frame structures by means of clamps, screws, metal inserts or toggle bolts. Nails not permitted. 3 . 8 CAP RACEWAY A. Cap raceway, during construction, with manufactured seals, to prevent entrance of water or debris. Swab out all raceway before wires are pulled. 3 . 9 CONDENSATION F.. Install raceway so as to prevent trapping of seepage or condensation. Slope exterior raceways away ftom building. 3 . 10 HANGERS FOR RACEWAYS A. In suspended ceiling spaces Contractor may not attach raceways to the ceiling suspension system. 3 . 11 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. Permitted only as specifically approved by Engineer. B. Install parallel to a building surface (i . e. , wall , ceiling, floor) . Fasten to surface as recommended by manufacturer. Mount so raceway is in the least obvious location. 16110 - 3 I ON 16113 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION DTISYSTEM113 ' TIGARD BRANCH il 2 . 4 MARKER SCREWS p A. Brass or cadmium plated Walker 1/4-20 corrosion res ' stant with escutcheon in insert cap. Walker No. 414B or No. 414N as selected by Architect. 2 . 5 CHAIRS 1 A. Adjustable, designed for two ducts of height consistent with topping slab thickness. 2 . € UNDERFLOOR DUCTS A. Underfloor power duct shall be No. 2 , telephone and signal No. 4 . Ducts shall have 2 1/2" cpenings inserts 24 inches on center over the entire length of each duct except for blank duct. Full size ducts extensions to power panel and to a point directly under communications terminals shall be included. 2 . 7 TRENCH DUCT (not required) 2 . 8 JUNCTION BOXES A. Walker No. 22..S: Coordinate trim with floor finish. Furnish proper height to suit inserts. 2 . 9 CABINET TERMINAL BUSHINGS A. Manufacturer' s standard for duct connections to cabinets. 2 . 10 RESET INSERTS A. Walker #S20, Source II presets. Insert height shall be such that top of insert shall be 1/8 inch below the finished pour , line. B. Provide mud cap at all unused presets. 2 . 11 SERVICE OUTLET FITTINGS A. Service fitting flush type; service outlet fittings shall be of f the powermduct , Walkers Source IIn*S255 .d b1ack For datapolycarbonate. anufacture andtelephone Foe p duct, Walker Source II *S266. B. Telephone Company ServiceFittings:its Shall be of a type approved by telephone 16113 - 2 111111 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16113 UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 SCOPE A. Provide double cell underfloor duct system complete with service fittings for: 1. Power 2 . Telephone and other communications including se urity alarm and data communications. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop drawings and catalog cuts of the underfloor duct, junction boxes, supports, service outlet fittings, and other accessories shall be prepared by contractor and submitted for review by the Architect before work is started. 1 . 3 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record drawings shall include as-installed floor plans showing exact location of all underfloor ducts and junction boxes. Mount framed and rigid clear plastic covered copy in electrical room. B. Record drawings shall include location and circuiting of all power service outlet fittings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 COMPONENTS A. A complete duct system shall be furnished and installed as specified, and as indicated on the drawings. The system shall include all duct, junction boxes, fittings, supports, elbows, offsets, expansion joints, outlets, conduit, wiring (except telephone and data wiring) , connections, and any necessary accessories to form a complete installation. 2. 2 MANUFACTURER A. System shall be "Source II, Walker" or approved. Walker catalog numbers used for illustration. 2 . 3 SYSTEM A. Shall be single level type, and shall consist of two (2) single ducts as indicated. Duct system shall be located in the floor slab. 16113 - 1 11 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16113 TIGARD BRANCH UNDERFLOOR DICT SYSTEM 3 . 6 INSERTS A. Insert height shall be such that top of insert shall be 1/8 inch below the finished pour line. Inserts closest to junction box shall be not more than 12 inches from vertical faces of function boxes. Inserts shall be aligned on the same centers for all services, and for ducc rows. 3 . 7 JUNCTION BOXES A. Coverplates: Coverplates shall be leveled flush with the finished concrete floor. Square or rectangular plates shall be laid square with the wall lines. B. Protection: Boxes, plates, and rings shall be protected from damage, distortion, and entry of concrete at all times. Boxes, plates, or rings that become marred during placing of the floor shall be refinished equal to the original . Unused duct or conduit entrances to junction boxes shall be closed with blank closure plates or plugs. Termination of ducts at junction boxes shall be sealed against the ingress of concrete or fill . Boxes shall be held in place, and securely supported from the forms or rough slab, as applicable, during placing of concrete. 3 . 8 CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS A. Seal all joints and openings watertight prior to concrete pour. Concrete shall be vibrated to eliminate void areas and to assure a solid base under and alongside the duct. Care should be taken that the concrete is finished level along both sides. The Division 16 contractor shall cooperate with the concrete contractor to procure good workmanship where the concrete floor meets the duct. Do not remove coverplates until after concrete has hardened. 1 . 9 DUCT MARKERS A. Marker screws shall be used at inserts at the following locations. 1. In each insert adjacent to a junction box. 2 . In the last insert in each run of duct. 3 . At all changes of direction of duct run. 4 . Within one foot of walls installed over ducts. B. Marker screws shall be flush with the architectural floor finish material . Different type screws shall be used to distinguish between power, telephone and data/signal duct systems. 16113 - 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15113 TICARD BRANCH UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM 2 . 12 BLANKING PLATES A. Walker 11 S26BLK. Provide 10 each for future use by Owner. 2 . 13 BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING A. Type of wire shall be the same as that specified for the project. 2 . 14 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Provide at building expansion joints in the floor. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 1 LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT A. Refer to Architectural drawings for all dimensioning; where dimensions are not indicated on drawings, ducts shall be installed in approximate locations shown. Junction boxes and duct lines shall be located to clear permanent and future planned non-permanent partitions, and shall be coordinated with architectural modules. 3 . 2 UNDERFLOOR DUCT A. Duct shall be accurately aligned and leveled so that the top of the duct is the proper distance below the finished concrete floor. all ducts and junction boxes shall be aligned and leveled. Duct supports are to be used at 5 foot intervals. The top of the duct inserts shall be 1/8" ± 1/16" below the finished cement floor. 3 . 3 FLOOR TRENCH (not applicable) 3 . 4 DUCT SUPPORTS A. Coordinate with General contractor to provide subslab of sufficient extent to permit support of entire system prior to final pour. Metal duct supports shall be located as close as practicable to all duct joints, elbows, bends, termirations, within 30 inches on each side of junction boxes , and elsewhere at intervals of not over 5 feet. 3 . 5 DUCTS A. Blank duct may be used in lieu of insert duct for connecting ducts to panel boards and for stub up at communication terminals inside electrical room. 16113 - 3 1 t WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16113 TIGARD BRANCH UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM 3 . 10 SERVICE OUTLET FITTINGS A. Number: Underfloor duct fittings shall be furnished in the quantities indicated on drawings, installed at locations directed by the Architect. 3 . 11 CUTTING OF FLOORS A. All necessary cutting of floor for the installation of service f fittings shall be made in a neat workmanlike manner and as recommended by the duct manufacturer. Floor construction or finish damaged by the installation of fittings shall be patched or replaced as directed by the Architect. 3 . 12 GENERAL ' A. All active receptacle outlets shall be completely wired and connected at no additional cost to the Owner regardless of the selection of location by the Architect. Not more than eight ' 120 volt receptacle fittings shallbe connected to a single circuit unless explicitly otherwise indicated. Sufficient slack wire shall be left in junction boxes for future connection of outlets feeding from the same circuit. 3 . 13 SURPLUS FITTINGS ' A. Surplus service fittings and blanking plates, which the Architect does not direct to be installed, shall be turned over to the Owner for future use. Obtain receipt and include with "final submittal" documents. 3 . 14 FIELD OBSERVATION ' A. Upon completion of the underflcor duct system, and before ducts are covered, inspection must show all ducts, boxes, etc. , to be in place. Entire system must be free of obstructions and ' moisture after concrete is in place. All ducts shall be thoroughly swabbed out before floor finish is applied and before wiring is installed. END OF SECTION 1 16113 - 5 10, 1 II WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16120 I TIGARD BRANCH WIRES AND CABLES 2 . 6 COLOR CODING II A. Identify all service conductors, feeders and branch circuits by IIcolor code. Green must be used for grounding only. B. Color Coding Schedule shall be: 208Y/120V 3 Ph 4W I/ and 120/240V 3 Ph Delta 4W Phase A - Black II Phase B - Red Phase C - Blue Neutral - White II C. Use a wrap of appropriately colored plastic tape at all splices and terminations where standard cable assemblies are color I/coded differently. D. All other color coding to be approved by the Engineer . II PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION OF WIRING II A. Install all wiring in raceway unless specifically authorized otherwise. B. Refer to Specification 16700 for Signal and Communications 11systems circuits. 3 . 2 WIRE SIZE A. Number 12 AWG minimum for power and lighting circuits. II Exception: Where other sizes are indicated on plans or by specification. II P Longer Branch Circuits: Branch circuits indicated to be #12 AWG (by designation or standard symbol) on plans and which are greater in conductor length (measured from panelboard to I beginning of the last tap) than the following schedule shall be changed to #10 AWG: 1 . 120 volt: 75 ft. I 3 . 3 CONDUCTOR SIZES REFERENCED ON PLANS A. Copper, type THW unless noted. I 1 16120 - 2 II N WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16120 TIGARD BRANCH WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all wire and cable, complete. 1 . 2 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 16700, Communications, for limited energy systems and circuitry of less than 100 volts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 NONMETALLIC SHEATHED CABLE A. Not permitted. 2 . 2 WIRE AND CABLE IN RACEWAYS A. Copper or aluminum, insulated for 600V. B. Wires (as sized on drawings) are to be copper type THWN. (Type THW, THHN, RHW, XHHW, or aluminum, wire may be utilized at Contractor's option) . Wire and cable shall be delivered to jobsite in original containers bearing the Underwriters' label . Aluminum conductors permitted subject to raceway and conductor size adjustments and special terminations. 2 . 3 SPLICES A. Solderless type only. Preinsulated "twist-on" type (limited to size #10 and smaller) . Bolt-on corpression type with application preformed insulated cover, heat shrinkable tubing or plastic insulated tape. 2 . 4 TERMINATIONS A. Copper: Eye-type compressit.n lug when termination is to a bolt or screw terminal . B. Aluminum: Compression-type, oxide-inhibiting-compound-filled aluminum lugs. 2 . 5 CABLE TIES A. Nylon or equivalent, locking type. 16120 - 1 111 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 36120 TIGARD BRANCH WIRES AND CABLES 3 . 4 ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS A. Permitted in sizes #4 AWG and larger only. B. Aluminum conductors shall be terminated or spliced using compression-type, oxide-inhibiting-compound--filled aluminum lugs only. They shall not be terminated or spliced with bolted pressure fittings. Where a device is available with bolted lugs only, a short length of copper conductor may be spliced to the aluminum conductor and the copper connected to the bolted pressure lug. As an alternate, a special-type compression-set aluminum lug with aluminum or Copper "finger" manufactured for this purpose may be used. C. Compression fittings Fhall be sized for the conductor used and shall be set with a tool which assures a preset deformation before release. D. Aluminum lugs, where in contact with copper studs, bolts or bus, shall be plated. E. Bolted aluminum lugs shall be installed with a "Belleville" washer under nut unless specifically permitted otherwise. 3 . 5 TAPING A. Taping, if used, shall be half lapped synthetic; tape. END OF SECTION 16120 - 3 1 t mow 111:WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16130 TIGARD BRANCH BOXES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 CABINETS A. Mount rigidly and with proper alignment on building structure with top of cabinet 6-feet 6-inches above finished floor. B. Install cabinet inte_ior after all conduit connections are I/ made. C. Close all unused cabinet openings. 1 3 . 2 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Locate so that covers are €.ccessible at all times. Mount boxes for concealed conduit so covers are flush with surface of finished ceiling or wall . ' B. Contractor may provide pull boxes in addition to those shown on plans or required by codes, to facilitate installation of work . I 3 . 3 DEVICE BOXES A. Switches shall be located 6- inches minimum from door casing, or centered in spaces less than 12" . See Architectural Drawings for exceptions. Heights as shown on Architectural Drawings: For all dimensions, measure from the finished floor to the centerline of device. END OF SECTIONI/ I 11 16130 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16130 TIGARD BRANCH BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provision and installation of cabinets and boxes as required by other sections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL A. Construction: Code-gauge galvanized or painted sheet steel . Flush or surface mounting as indicated. B. Exposed Boxes Finish: Baked-On Gray Enamel, ANSI Z55. 1-1967 . C. Enclosure Rating - As follows: 1. NEMA 1: Indoor 2 . NEMA 3R or 4 : Damp or outdoor locations 2 . 2 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Construction: Welded and galvanized sheet steel of sizes required by N.E.C. B. Sheet steel gauge requirements: 1 . 24 inches or less: 14 USS gauge. 2 . 24 inches to 36 inches: 12 gauge. 3. 36 inches and greater: 10 gauge. 2 . 3 OUTLET BOXES A. General : Code grade steel ; size as required by code or as shown on the drawings. Allow extra space when splicing. B. Cover: Full access screwed covers mounted with corrosion resistant machine screws where device plates are not used. C. Cast Metal : 1 . Crouse Hinds with threaded hubs FS or FD or type RS. 2. Full gasketod r'ast plates. 3 . Size for devices including ganging requirements. 4 . Stainless mac, ine screws for Covers and side plates. 5. Threaded hU. I. 16130 - 1 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16144 TIGARD BRANCH WIRING DEVICES • PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide wiring devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL A. All wiring devices shall be new, UL approved, and rated for the service in which they are to be used. Devices with "Push-In" terminals are not acceptable. 2 . L SWITCHES - SIDE OP BACK WIRED A. Specification grade 20A, 120-277 VAC, white handle, silent type for all locations. Pass & Seymour 20AC1-I B. Specification grade 20A, 120-277 VAC, white handle, double pole, three-way as indicated on irawings. Pass & Seymour 420AC3-I . 2 . 3 RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Outlets . Side oT Back Wired: 1 . Specification Grade. ruplex grounding type with composition base and slots to accommodate parallel blade cord caps. Mount wi '_h grounding slot down. 20 ampere at 125 volts, NFMA 5-'JR. 2 . UL approved, self- grounding, certified to comply with NEMA Standards. Scre', terminals only. 3 . White color. (Exception: Gray for dedicated or designated circuit. ) 4 . Pass & Seymour 5352-I . B. Isolated Grourd: 1. Orange-colored devices similar to "2 . 3 A. " above, except with grrund terminal insulated from mounting yoke. 2 . Pass & Seymour 1G-6300. C. Special Purpose Outlets: 1 . Sprcification Grade siryle outlet grounding type. Flush mount with grounding hold sown. 2 . ".50V, Amperage as shown on drawings. 3 . Black color. 4. Match receptacle with plug of unit to be connected. E. u.F.C. I . Recepta :le N::MA 5-20R, white; Pass & Seymour 2091-Fl. 16144 - 1 IMO 0 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16144 TIGARD BRANCH WIRING DEVICES 2 . 4 PHOTO CELL AND LIGHTING CONTACTOR II A. Paragon CW201 Photocell . B. Lighting Contactor: Electrically held, silent, tungsten rated 20 amp contacts of the quantity required plus (2) spare, NEMA 1 enclosure. ' 2 . 5 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY PLUGGING STRIP A. Install as noted on plans complete with all fittings, end caps, entrance plates, as required for a completely finished job. I1iremold 2100. 2 . 5 DEVICE PLATES A. Provide U. L. listed, one-piece type, flush device plates, color to match device, of high-impact thermoplastic, countersunk head screws colored to match device plate and of rounded edge "streamline" design. Pass & Seymour 302 S-N Series. Provide galvanized device plates where exposed wiring is permuted. H. Weatherproof Plates: Provide stainless steel U. L. listed, self-cicsing weatherproof plates where shown. Duplex flap for duplex outlets. Each flap to open in an upward direction, not more than 90 degrees above the closed position. Aluminum covers with same features are appy wed. Pass & Seymour Inc. 4500 series, or approved equal . 2 . 7 DIMMERS 11 A. Lor Voltage Incandescent Manual : Lutron Nova NTLV series in standard white color. Wattage rating to be 125% (minimum) of total design lamp wattage. ' FART 3 - LIXECUTION 3 . 1 WIRING DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Refer to Section 16130 "Boxes" . ' B. Receptacle Grounding: Verify positive connection between ground terminal and conduit box. (Exception: Isolated ground I/ receptacles) . 111 16144 - 2 11 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP WIRING DEVICES TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16144 11 3 .2 LIGHTING CONTROL A. Peplace noisy lighting contactors with silent. type. 1 END OF SECTION 1 I I 1(144 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16170 TIGARD BRANCH CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS PART 1 -• GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all disconnects, fused and unfused, shown and required by Code for equipment furnished under this and other divisions of these specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. 1 DISCONNECTS A. Switch shall be heavy duty type, shall be quick-make quick- break and shall be suitably horsepower rated for motor loads. Switch shallhave blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors and in addition an auxiliary contact for each control circuit wire energized from a source not interrupted by the disconnect switch. Option: A separate switch for control circuits may be mounted immediately adjacent to the main power disconnect. Disconnects shall be single throw unless noted otherwise. B. Enclosure shall have interlocking cover to prevent opening door when switch is closed. Interlock shall include a defeating scheme. C. Enclosure shall be suitable for location in which mounted. D. Fusible disconnects shall be aq above with addition of fuse space and clips to accept only Class R fuses. 2 . 2 MANUFACTURER A. Same as listed in Section 16480. Exception: Disconnect Switches for Single (1) -Phase Motors: Pass & Seymour HP 20 or equal as manufactured by General Electric, Westinghouse, Square D, Sierra, Hubbell or other approved. 2 . 3 LABELS A. Include the following information on the labels: Load served and source of supply. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION A. Supports: Secure solidly to wall or approved mounting frame. Disconnects supported only by raceway are not acceptable. END OF SECTION 16170 - 1 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL G TIGARD BRANCH ROUP SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES I/ means of bolting or welding. Do not support loads from the bottom chord member of trusses or open web steel joists except where diagonal members attach to the bottom chord. Do not support loads frrm roof decking. i 3 . 2 DESIGN A. Design earthquake restraints and structural supports for all I equipment installed under this division of the work or obtain design from project structural engineer in accordance with Uniform Building Code requirements as required by the code authority having jurisdiction.. END OF SECTION I I I I I , I 16190 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16190 TIGARD BRANCH SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provision of supports and fastenings for properly mounting and anchoring all raceways, equipment, and fixtures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 STEEL SUPPORTS A. Provide brackets, tra'-_s, and hangers fabricated from standard rolled structural steel shapes or prefabricated structural system manufactured by one of the following: 1. Kindorf Electrical Products Company 2 . Powerstrut Division/Van Huffel Tube Corporation 3 . Unistrut Construction 4 . B•-Line Systems, Inc. B. Provide threaded steel rods, where required, 3/8 inch diameter or larger. Us': hot dip galvanized steel on installations exposed to the weather. Do not use chain except where specifically 'required. Do not use perforated strap or wire. 2 . 2 FASTENINGS A. Provide necessary fastenings in accordance with the following: 1. Bolts and nuts: ANSI B18.2 . 1 regular series, semi- finished, hexagon, galvanized. 2 . Lock washer: ANSI B18.21. 1 medium, spring type, galvanized. 3 . Beam clamps: Thomas beam and angle clamps. 4 . Wall anchors: Use 3/8 inch (minimum) toggle bolts in hollow tile and concrete block. Use 3/8 inch (minimum) taper plug drive anchors in solid masonry and concrete. Do not use fiber, lead, plastic, or wood plugs; do rot use expansion shields and lag bolts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATIOF A. Stmel Supports: Fabricate and install supports so that support installation does not weaken or overload the building structure. Do not impose the weight of electrical equipment, raceways, or fixtures on supports proviued for other trades or systems. Secure steel supports to *.he building structures by 16190 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16195 TIGARD BRANCH ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 3 - EXECUTION I 3 . 1 ATTACH WITH SCREWS A. Securely attach engraved labels and nameplates with screws. 3 . 2 TEMPORARY MARKINGS A. No temporary marking permitted on equipment. Remove all temporary marking where possible. Where markings cannot be removed, repaint trims, housing, etc. , to cover markings. Refinish defaced finishes. 3 . 3 ABBREVIATIONS A. Labeling abbreviations permitted only as approved . I END OF SECTION I I 1 I 1 16195 - 2 MUM 16195 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ELECTRICAL SECTIONIDECTIICATIO5 TIGARD BRANCH PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide labels, nameplates, directories and coding. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES A. Provide neatly typed schedule (odd numbered circuits on left side or top, even on right side or bottom) under plastic jacket or protective cover to protect the schedule from damage or dirt. Securely mount on inside face of panelboard door. Define briefly, but accurately, nature of connected load (i.e. , Lighting-Office, Receptacles-Mechanical/Electrical Room, etc. ) as approved. B. Use room numbers or designations actually installed, not those used on contract drawings, unless they are the same. C. Spare circuit breakers and space positions shall be noted in pencil . 2 . 2 NAMEPLATES A. Provide nameplates constructed of 1/16 inch thick plastic (black on white) laminated material engraved through black surface material to white sublayer. Provide nameplates for the following: B. Service Entrance Label ( 1/2" letters) . C. Motor Starter and Disconnect Labels ( 1/4" letters) . D. Special Equipment Outlet ( identified "DED" on drawings) Labels ( 1/4" letters) . F. Panelboard Labels ( 1/2" letters) . G. Switches where item controlled is not visible from switch ( 1/8" letters) . 2 . 3 EMPTY CONDUITS A. Provide labels with description of purpose, and location of oppos!.te end, on each end of conduits provided for future equipment. Paper or plastic handwritten tags are permissible. Note Accurately on as-build drawings. 16195 - 1 U WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16420 TIGARD BRANCH SERVICE ENTRANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide permanent service entrance complete. B. Coordinate with utility and extend circuits from the interface point. Pay for allutility charges. 1. 2 SHORT CIRCUI', FAULT DUTY A. All equipment and circuitry shall be rated for the maximum available symmetrical fualt current available from utility. B. "Downstream" equipment of lesser rating may be used where in conformance with manufacturer' s recommendations for series rated systems or where coordinated with current limiting overcurrent devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT A. (Underground) Provide raceways, conductors and metering per plans and the following. 2 . 2 PANELBOARDS A. Refer to Specification Section 16470. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 ARRANGEMENT A. Verify space available with equipment sizes and code required working clearances prior to submittal of shop drawings. Notify Engineer, prior to submission of shop drawings, if sufficient space has not been allowed. 3 . 2 METERING A. Provide current transformer, meter base, and metering conductors per utility requirements. 3 . 3 GROUNDING A. Refer to Specification Section 16450. 16420 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16420 - SERVICE ENTRANCE 3 . 4 LABELING A. Provide nameplate (see Section 16195) engraved with the following information: Project Name Electrical Contractor Engineer Year of Manufacture 3 . 5 WORK BY UTILITY A. Utility will provide: 1 . Distribution system to site complete including service lateral to transformer. 2. Transformer and transformer ground. 3 . Meters. 4 . Termination of service entrance circuit conductors. 3 . 6 WORK BY CONTRACTOR A. Contractor shall provide: 1. Service entrance circuit (racewa s site perimeter into building. y and conductors) from 2. Service ground at building. END OF EMOTION 16420 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16450 TIGARD BRANCH GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. Grounding electrodes. B. Grounding (bonding) of equipment and building steel . C. Grounding of building electrical service neutral . D. Communications ground. E. Isolated ground. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 CONDUCTORS A. #6 AWG and Larger: 1 . Stranded copper, bare, soft-drawn. B. #8 AWG and Smaller: 1 . Bare: Solid copper, soft-drawn. 2 . Insulated: Stranded copper with green insulation. 2 . 2 GROUND RODS A. 3/4" diameter, copper clad steel , minimum length 10 feet. 2 . 3 CONNECTOR AND LUGS A. Cable-to Cable (or Cable-to-Rod) Compression-Type, Copper. 1 . T & B 53500 series or 53000 series. 2 . Burndy type YGS or YGL. B. Cable-to-Flat: 1 . Compression-type copper lugs, with silicon bronze bolts. a . T & B 53200 series. b. Burndy Type YCA-2N. 2 . Bolted-type copper lugs, with silicon b, unze bolts. a. T & B 32000 series, tandom type. b. Burndy Type QQA, with 2-hale pad. 2 . 4 MARKING A. Connectors must be clearly and permanently marked with ':he information listed below. 1 . Symbol and/or logo. 2 . Catalog number. 16450 - 1 !lll WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16450 GROUNDING 3 . Conductors accommodated. 4 . Installation die index number or die catalog number, as required. 5. Underwriters Laboratories "Listing Mark". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 GROUNDING ELECTRODE A. Consult with code authority and conform to code requirements. Contact Engineer if code authority requirements appear to conflict with contract documents. B. Provide bonding conductor(s) between service neutral bus and building metallic plumbing systems. C. Installation of connectors shall be made in accordance with the connector manufacturer's recommendations. These should include; cable preparation if required, installation tools and dies and the required number of crimps. 3 . 2 I:OUTING OF GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Underground: Maintain at least 10 feet clearance between ground conductors and parallel underground metallic piping, and 5 feet clearance at points of crossin not possible at points o_ crossin ig When heck ouedrance is conductor for 5 feet on either side. nsulate the ground B. Above Ground, Exposed: Install ground cables in aluminum (non- ferromagnetic) raceway or route in a fashion to be protected from damage. 3 . 3 GROUND CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS ' ror A. Exothermic Welds: Exothermic weldingis cases where copper is connected to copper, for structull steel , provided the following conditions aremet: ral 1 . All surfaces to be jointed must be "bright clean" and thoroughly dry. 2. Install flared copper sleeves over stranded conOuctors. Note: Shim stock, wrap sleeves acceptable. or adapter sleeves are not 3 . Preheat Cadweld molds to at least 220F prior to use. 4 . Complete exothermic weld per manufacturer 's instructions. 5. Clean molds after each use and inspect for wear. molds which show excessive wear. No mold shall be Dusedrfor more than 15 welds. 16450 - WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16450 ----_ GROUNDING 6. Test each weld after removal of mold b with a hard surface and rapping the weld backing the weld ld with a hammer. B. Compression Fitting Installation: Where compression fittings are UF 'd in lieu of welds: 1 . Use a de-oxidant joint compound for all conductor connections. Burndy "Penetrax" or equivalent. 2 . Apply compression fittings with a tool designed for t 3 . purpose and approved by the fittings manufacturer. he Y the proper compression die, and leave joint showing die code number clearly embossed on each fittin . C. Bolted Connections: g are acceptable for all exposednorcoections accessible gwhenroperl connections except column grounds. r� 1ndingapplied, Belleville washer under lu Include lock washers or g bolts. 3 . 4 GROUNDING OF RACEWAYS, STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT A . Provide a low-impedance electricalovee p round return path from each equipment back to the buildng service The embec;ded piece of The detailed ground conducconductors to specific electricalgroequipment bus. ground conductors to meet the rePquirements additional exposed section , described in this B. Raceways: 1 . General : Separate grounding conductor trays or conduits used exclusivelyis cru necessary circuits, D-C circuits, for instrmentationy for rated 240 V to lighting circuits, or circuits ground or less. 2 . Conduit: Galvanized rigid steel conduit or EMT is acceptable as the equipment groundingc types of conduit or racewayta ondur_tor. Other se e equipment ground installed intheracewaynrate (green) C. Motor Connections: Use flexible conduit for motor connections. a bare copper bonding jumper between the rigid steel and the motor frade, using approvedgrounding fittings. not Where mod terminal box depermit internal teminatio install jumper spirally wound on exterior of flexible raceway. 1 . Motor mounting bolts may be used for connecting equipment ground to the fro,• equine. e of motors smaller than 213 fraconnectors rshallfbeme and fastened larger motors the shield bolt or bythe headrofnanng end tappe,l a suitable place of a 5/16" (min. ) bronze bolt terminals intohall nota be place on the motor frame soldered between bolt head end terminal luwasher shall be used g. 16450 - 3 G WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16450 TIGARD BRA'JCH GROUNDING 3 . 5 ISOLATED GROUNDS A. Conductors shall be routed in thie same raceway together with the associated branch circuit power conductors. B. Isolated ground conductors be effectively isulated from all conductive surfaces and systems except at the isolated ground bus in the electrical branch circuit panelboard. C. Refer to the following: 1 . Panelboards: Section 16470. 2 . Wiring Devices: Section 16144 . 3 . 6 INSPECTION A. Compression die index number must be permanently marked on connectors during crimping so that use of the correct crimping dies can be verified. B. Closed barrel connectors must have inspection holes at the appropriate location to verify proper -able insertion. 3 . 7 TELCO GROUND A. Connect a #6 AWG solid copper green insulated conductor to service ground bus (neutral) and extend to telephone service terminals in electrical room. B. :Abel "TELCO: Power Service Ground" . C Leave 8 foot coiled pigtail . Elm PT SECTION 16450 - 4 16200 S.W. PACIFIC HIGHWAY Of WASHINGTON MUIUAL,'iIGARD TOWN SQUARE 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16470 1IGARD BRANCH PANELBOARDS C . Where noted, provide spare breakers, comrlete for future I connection of wiring circuits. Where "Space" is indicated for breakers, provide all bussing and breaker mounting hardware in the panelboard, provide steel knockouts in dead front metal closure of unused part of panel . If any stsel knockouts are removed, provide breakers in such spaces or approved coverplates. Open spaces not permitted. D. Provide Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI ) breakers in panels or receptacles as noted on plans and panel schedules ( refer to Specification Section 16144 "Switches and Receptacles" for GF('I receptacles circuits) . 2 . 4 CABINET FOP EACH PANELBOARD A. Shall have flu. h, tight closing doors without play, when latched. Where two cabinets are located adjacent to each other in finished areas, provide matching trim of the same height . where a remote controlled switch or contactor is mounted in any panelboard, mount on same frame as panelboard interior with screw retained access door in dead front shield: common door over ,circuit breakers and remote controlled device. Panels 48" rr morn in height shall have door-in-door or hinged trim. B. Provide cabinet(s) of sufficient dimensions to allow for future expansion and addition of circuit breakers within the pinelboards as indicated on drawings. C. Provide lock for each cabinet door. All electrical distribution equipment locks to be keyed identically. D. Fasten panelhoard front with machine screws with oval counter- sunk heads, finish hardware quality, with escutcheons or approved trim clamps. Clamps accessible only when dead front door is open are acceptable. E. finish: Provide factory prime coat for cabinets to be located in finished areas. Where cabinets are located in unfinished areas, standard lacquer or enamel finish, gray or blue-gray in color, shall be substituted for factory prime coat . 2 . 5 SYSTEM OF NUMBERINC AND BUS ARRANGEMENT A. Shall be as shown on the Panel Schedules on the drawings. 2 . 6 ISOLATED GROUND BUS A. Provide wire termination bus similar to the standard panelboard neutral bus except effectively grounded systems. 164 !0 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16470 TIGARD BRANCH PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. "rovide all panelooard equipment, complete; dead front type. 1 . 2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. UL 66-1979 Panelboatds, Electrical B. UL 98-81 Switches, Enclosed C. UL 489-80 Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS A. Per Section 01300 on the following: Panelboards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4ANUFACTURER : General Electric, Siemens, Square D, Westinghouse or approved prior to bid. 2 . 2 PANELBOARD TYPE A. Panelboards shall be rated at proper voltage and current for intended use with bus bars of copper or aluminum. Panels shall be 3 phase, 4 wire , 100 percent neutral , unless ^^ted otherwise. Provide multiple lugs where conductors in parallel or "feed through" are shown on the drawings. B. Fault Duty: Fault withstand and interrupting rating shall be in conformance with code requirements for the short circuit ampacity available from the utility. Refer to Section 16420. 2 . 3 CIRCUIT RREAIERS A. Provide for the fault current determined in Section 1642G . The following interrupting capacity shall be considered minimum. Other ratings shall be as specified on the drawings. 120/240V Panelboards 10,0(0 AIC symmetr +cal H. Mount breakers in all panelboards so that break..: handles operate in a hor' .ontal plane. Bolt in type only (except Square D "I line") . Provide common trip on all multiple pole breakers. Square D "I-line" panelooards approved as exception to "bolt-in" requirement . 16470 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16470 TIGARD BRANCH PANELBOARDS PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 1 MOUNTING A. Secure in place with top of cibinet at 6 ' -6" unless otherwise noted. Top of cabinet and trim shall be level . ` 3 . 2 ISOLATED GROUND 1 I A. Provide 06 copper, green insulated (or green tape identified) isolated ground conductor connected between the electrical service grounding electrode and each pantlbnard isolated ground bus . Connection in a "looped" rather than "radial" fashion is Ipermitted. 3 . 3 CABINET PAINTING A. Cabinets furnished as prime painted shall be field painted to match color of adjacent wall (See Division-Painting) . =MD OF •IC?IOM 1 1 I I 16470 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 1647f. TIGARD BRANCH FUSES; PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all fuses as required . Fuses shall be UL Class R rejection type with characteristics noted below. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 FUSES A. All fuses shall be current limiting type unless specified otherwise. Class KIR for all except motor circuits , Class K°)P motor load type for motors. Provide 10 percent spare fuses . but not less than three (3) of any one size and type. Bussmann, Case-Shawmut , Economy , Gould, Littlefuse, or equal . 2 . 2 SPARE FUSE CABINET A. Provide a spare fuse cabinet for the above required spare fuses . Cabinet front lock shall match panelboard equipment specified elsewhere in specification. PART I - EXECUTION 1 . 1 INSTALLATION A. Fuses: Install in all fusible devices provided under this contract . B. Space Fuse Cabinet : Locate in main electrical room. IID Of •1 MON 11147$ - 1 IOU mem, !II 1648 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTIONMOCR C 16480 NTROL tTIGARD BRANCH ----- IPART 1 - GENERAL II 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Al? motors shown on the drawings or specified in otherturnished divisions of the specifications shall , in general , with the driven equipment and connected under Division 16 of IIthe specification or are existing. B. Provide motor controllers and motor control centers as II indicatad. 1 . 2 MOTOR VOLTAGE INFORMATION IIA. Voltages available are 208 volt , three ( 3 ) phase, or 115, single ( 1) phase. Circuits are designed ( in general) for II motors as follows: Smaller than 1/2 HP: 115 Volts, single ( 1 , phase 1/2 HP and Larger: 208 Volts, three ( 3 ) phase II200 volt rating is satisfactory for 208 volt circuits respectively unless recommended otherwise by motor IImanufacturer . B. Consult Electrical Drawings for the specific device. I C. Verify motor sizes and voltages provided under Division 15, other divisions, or by owner, and make proper electrical provisions accordingly . I1 . 3 RELATED WORK IA. Section 16170, Circuit and Motor Disconnects IPART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MANUFACTURER I A. Shall be the same as provided under Section 16470 or Allen Bradley . 7 . 2 GENERAL A. Pushbuttons, selector switches , pilot lights, etc. , shall be heavy duty "oil-tight" devices . B. Identification must include complete description of the 11 I equ .pment controlled. 16480 - 1 44 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16480 TIGARD BRANCH MOTOR CONTROL C. Minimum wire size for control circuits: 014 . 1 D. Separately mounted controls shall be located adjacent to the motor served; either wall mounted or mounted on a steel frame anchored to the floor. 2 . 1 INDIVIDUAL MOTOR STARTERS 1 A . Combination type switch (or circuit breaker) or "Motor Circuit Protector" incorporated into an enclosure common with magnetic starter equal to Square D, Class 8538 , fused switch type. Fuses shall be dual-element . Magnetic starters shall include all devices is specified below. B. Magnetic Motor Starters: Equal to Square D, Class 8536, with "Hand-Off- Auto" switch, unless otherwise indicated, with three ( 3) overloads (sized per Part 3 of this section) . Provide two (2) auxiliary contacts for pilot control , unless otherwise indicated. C. Manual Starters: Shall be equal to Square D, Class 2510 FG-1 , with pilot light , unless notes: otherwise, and over loads for all ungrounded circuit conductors sized per Part ) of this section. D. Enclosures : In general , shall be NEMA- 1 type, except where exposed to the weather they shall be NEMA 3R. Starters and/or motor switches in Kitchen and areas subject to washdown shall be NEMA 12 , drip-proof . F . Overload Relays: 5'hall be bi-metallic or eutectic alloy type. One device shall be provided for each phase. Provision shall be made for resetting the overload relays from outside the enclosure. Auto-reset devices are not acceptable. F. Starters: Shall be full voltage, non-reversing type. G. "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch. H. 120 Volt coil red running pilot light . I . Green "off" pilot light. .1 . Control transformer with fuses. K. Nameplate. L. Two (2) auxiliary contacts except where other pilot control is detailed or required by the plans. 16480 - 2 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL• FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16480 TIGARD BRANCH MOTOR CONTROL 2 . 4 DISCONNECT SWITCHES FOR MOTORS A. Shall be of the lockable type and horsepower-rated . Refer to Section 16170, Circuit and Motor Disconnects . 2 . ti NAMEPLATES A. Provide engraved phenolic type nameplates for each starter, indicating: 1 . Motor served . 2 . Horsepower. 3 . Voltage and phase . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 WIRING A. Wiring shall conform to applicable sections of these Specifications. Furnish and install wiring from branch circuit overcurrent device to starter to motor terminals, including installation of separately mounted starter furnished by others. Where individually mounted starters do not include an integral disconnect switch, an adjacent (or remote lockable) disconnect switch shall be provided. Provide conduit and conductors as noted on drawings for remote control , or interlock connections. 3 . 2 DISCONNECTS A. Disconnects shall be provided with in sight of and for every motor, regardless of its location in respect to the panelboard or motor control center. 3 . 3 COORDINATION A. Refer to Section 16050 for coordination between trades . 3 . 4 OVERLOAD SELECTION A. Provide overload thermal (heater) element sized by comparing actual (do not use contract drawing or code tablelated full load ampacity) motor nameplate full load amps with starter manufacturer 's recommended heater size. Change all heater elements to be in compliance with starter manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 16480 - 3 0 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 1650LIGHTI0G TIGARD BRANCH D. Exterior Fixtures: Provide fixtures designed for 0 degrees F with wet location label , and fully Basketed . The Contractor is responsible to provide fixtures of the proper voltage for the circuit provided and to provide the appropriate quantity . E. Provide fixtures of the appropriate voltage for the circuit from which supplied. 2 . 2 LIGHT TRANSMITTING COMPONENTS A. Flat plastic lens: Virgin acrylic ( . 125-inch thick overall minimum) or glass . Shall be contained in a steel frame which is hinged and latched and which remains attached to fixture when door is in open position. B. Other plastic lens: Virgin acrylic or polycarbonate . Thickness AF indicated or manufactlrer' s standard. 2 . 3 LAMPS A. Fluorescent Lamps : General Electric, type SP35, 3500 K - T12 . Rapid start or "U" as appropriate for the fixture. B. Provide other lamps and special purpose lamps as scheduled or required by fixture type specified. Incandescent lamps shall be Sylvania 130 volt 99-XI. ratec for 2 , 500 hours or approved . 2 . 4 BALLASTS A. Outdoor Ballasted Fixtures: Provide with appropriate ballasts and auxiliaries as required to ensure reliable starting and operation in temperatures of 0 degrees F. where ballasts are mounted outside . B. Indoor Ballasted Fixtures: Provide fluorescent entoffixtures sywith U. L. listed, certified CBM-ETL, high power saving ballasts with "A" sound rating. Universal watt reducer SLN or equal . 2 . 5 FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY BALLAST A. Provide fluorescent emergency ballast with high temperature nickel cadmium battery, charger, and electronic circuitry in one enclosure. B. Provide accessible test switch, charging indicator light, and all required installation hardware. 16500 - 2 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16500 LIGHTING TIGARp BRANCH PART 1 - GENERAL 11 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. General building lighting and outdoor lighting. 12 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. UL 57-72 Electrical Lighting Fixtures 11 B. UL 1570_79 Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures ting Fixtures C. UL 1571-79 Incandescent Ligh D. Fixtures Discharge Lighting UL 15' 2-80 High Intensity ' E. UL 773-74_74 Plug-In, hocking Type Photocontrols For Use With Area Lighting F . UBC Standard Sec. 47 . 1813 , Lighting Fixtures I1 1 SUBMITTALS r, Submit in accordance with Specification Section 0130, Shop duct Data and Samples on the following items: Drawings, ProFig►tures 1 . ;,ightinq which indicate Engineer) of light fixture submittals iodic to P Review (by toorify voltage of voltage toquantities ti nConbractorishaldl be approval to said voltage or quantities. ,,entities to be be suitable for circuit to which connected and q' as ir.dicated on drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 FIXTURES A. Provide in accordance with Lighting Fixture Schedule on drawings• approval of ceiling B. Verify exact type of all ceilings following pP submittals and order fixtures accordingly . mounting proper fitting flanges , mo accessory C. .sopor fixturesinluwith sloped ceiling adaptors , �,��pports, including .terns, UL listed for conditions of use. 16500 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16500 TIGARD BRANCH LIGHTING 2 . 8 LIGHT FIXTURE BASES (AS APPLICABLE) A. Light Poles: 1 . Precast concrete with conduit coupling, conduit bushing, and appropriate bolt circle. 2 . 24" square base, 120" deep with 24" exposed above grade . 3 . Utility Vault Co. 24-10-LB. B. Bollard Basc:s: 1 . Precast concrete base , 12" square, 42" deep with 6" exposed above grade . 2 . Provide with conduit and appropriate bolt circle. 3 . Utility Vault , custom made . PART 1 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Mount outlets to be readily accessible and at positions and heights tc clear ductwork, p.►ping, etc. 1 . Coordinate with work of all other trades. B. Fixture Structural Support: 1 . Set true, free of light leaks, •.+tirps dents or other irregularities . 2 . Adjust length of stems of suspended luminaires as required to hang all luminaires level and in same horizontal plane. 3 . Mount fixtures at heights shown on drawings. 4 . Obtain Structural Engineer 's design for surr.'rt of all lighting fixtures weighing 50 pounds or cure and conform with UBC requirement for Earthquakes (seismic analysis) . 5. Conform with UBC Standards , Sec . 41 . 1813 . C. Cleaning: Leave fixtures clean, free of fingerprints, exterior labels, etc. , especially on lenses ar.d reflectors. D Wiring: 1 . Protect wirinn with tape or 'binq at all points where abrasion is l : ;;ely to occur . 2 . Install branch circuit wiring only in fluorescent fixtures UL approved for use as caceways. F. Lay-in ceiling fixtures in suspended ceilings shall be independently supported per UBC Standard Sec . 41 . 1813 . Do not use suspended ceiling support wires. Contractor s1ial1 use 72" flexible wiring from J box (mounted to structure above ceiling) to lay in fixtures. 16500 - 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16500 TIGARD BRANCH LIGHTING 7. Ur.it shall be capable of providing 1100 to 1200 lumens to one lamp (or two if indicated on drawings or specifications) in emergency operation for a minimum of 90 minutes. D. Unit shall be UL listed; capable of full recharge within 24 hours, rated for 120/277 volt use with a fte (5) year warranty. F. Bodine B50 Series. i . � RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES A. All recessed incandescent l ghting fixtures shall be UL listed and categorized as one of the following types . Refer to NEC 410-65 (c) . Code authorities acceptance of the installed fixture is acceptable in lieu of this labeling. B. Thermally Protected: This type shall be equipped by the manufacturer with a temperature actuated switch (thermostat) which interrupts the fixture electrical supply when the temperature at the fixture exceeds the set point . Manual or auto reset is manufactuier ' s option. All fixtures installed in structural (other than suspended ceilings) shall be of this type as indicated in fixture schedule remarks as "Type TP" . C. Insulated Ceiling Approved: This type shall be designed to withstand "direct contact" with ceiling insulation. "Direct contact" with ceiling insulation is defined as insulation being closer than three inches ( 3") to the fixture at any point . This fixture is "Type DC-1C" . All recessed incandescent fixtures, in insulated ceilings, not indicated "TP" or "SC" in Fixture Schedule, shall be "DC-IC". D. Suspended Ceiling: Fixtures which are UL labeled "Suitable for use in suspended ceilings only" may be used only in suspended ceilings with no insulation in the vicinity. These fixtures are shown as "Type SC" in the lighting fixture remarks column. Use of these fixtures is permitted only in accordance with UL letter dated December 31, 1981 , and as tecugnize- by the code authority . 2 . ' EXIT SIGN WIRING A Fixtures shall be provided with at least two (2 ) lamps . B. Two ( 2 ) separate circuits; one for normal supply and one for emergency (one half of lamps served from each) shall be provided in all exit signs. 16500 - I weimmisimignammummminiumi__ _ _ _ WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16500 TIGARD BRANCH LIGHTING i . 2 LAMPS A. Provide all new lamps delivered to project in original manufacturer' s cartonr . Factory prelaaped fluorescent fixtures are approved for use. Clean fixtures and replace damaged or faulty lamps mnd eq+'.ipaent to provide proper operation not sore than 14 days pr7or to sul;stantial completion. 3 . 3 FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY BALLASTS A. Provide fluorescent emergency ballasts in all fixtures on emergency circuits and fixtures on split normal/emergency circuits. Exceptions as noted on cravings. 3 . 44 FIXTURES MOUNTED ADJACENT TO INS'7LATION A. Provide barrier to prevent insulation from coming in contact with fixture, unless fixture is approved for installation in contact with such insulation. Option: Coordinate with General Contractor for provision of barriers by others. 3 . 5 FIRE RATED STRUCTURE A. Cocrdinate with installer of suspended ceiling, fire rated wall etc . , such that electrical work does not compromise: the fire rating . Provide "tents" over light fixtures In ceilings unless these are provided by ceiling intaller . 3 . 6 SPACERS A. Provide as required by code and as recoaaendei by manufacturer. 3 . 7 LIGHT FIXTURE BASES A . Provide light pole base for pole light fixtures. END OF SECTION 16300 - X WASHINGTON "L.'TUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 167CC TIGARD BRANCH COIOIUNICATIONS f . 2 WIRING A. Provide raceways as required 11 code (refer specifically to the following) : NEC 300-22 : 'Miring in Ducts, Plenums, and oth air-handllog spaces' Mute: For this protect , wiling cavities are not used as plenums for return air. NEC 720: 'Circ'uits and Equipment - peratinq at less than SO volts' NEC 725: 'Class 1 , Class 2 . and Class 3 Pesote-Control . Signalling and Power-Limited Circuits' NEC 760: 'Fire Protective Signaling Systems' ID O► EECTI3N 16700 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16700 TIGARD BRANCH COMMUNICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. All signal communications and control systems such as fire alarm (with the exception of those designated as "Raceway" systems only) shall be furnished or provided by "signal system suppliers" or "signal system subcontractors" hereinafter cell "signal subcontractors" who maintain a staff of competent technicians in the project general area capable of providing maintenance and repair work for these systems on a contract or job order basis. Project general area shall be interpreted to mean within 150 miles. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 R[CEWAYS AND CONDUCTORS A . Same as specified hereinbefore, except conductor type and size shall be as required to suit the system involved. 1 . 2 CABINETS , ENCLOSURES , ETC. A As specified hereinbefore. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 1 SIGNAL. SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Determine the system raceway wiring and outlet box requirements prior to bidding and if different from those shown, notify Contractor of such requirements to allow required modifications to be included in the bid price without additional cost to the Owner . 1 . Conduct an instruction session during which installation instructions are given to contractor's installation crew. 2 . Identify all wire terminations and connections. 3 . Check all equipment . 4 . Arrsiu;e and supervise all tenting during and after installation a . Write letter of certification to the Architect at completion stating that system is complete and functioning in accordance with plans and specifications. 16700 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16740 TIGARD BRANCH TELEPHONE SYSTEM C. Bends: No more than (2) ; 24" minimum radius, schedule 80 PVC (or concrete encased schedule DB) . D. 4 ' -0" x 4 ' -0" terminal board (or as coordinated) required. 3 . 2 OWNER SYSTEM A. 4 ' -0" x 4 ' -0" terminal board. B. Provide (4) duplex convenience receptacle. C. Raceways for future wiring by others shall be run concealed, terminating in an insulating bushing at each end. A 14 gauge drag wire shall be pulled into each raceway and loft in place for the installation of wiring by others. 3 . 3 TERMINAL BOARDS A. Mount securely to structure; 30" above floor; label "Telco Communications use only" or "Owner use only" as applicable. B. Provide adjacent 20 amp 120 volt duplex convenience outlet. C. Provide copper ground wire power service ground - see Section 16450. D. Assure 36" minimum clearance in front of terminal board. END OF RECTION 16740 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16740 TIGARD BRANCH TELEPHONE SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Provide the following: 1 . Access through the building. 2 . Conductors. 3 . Raceways with pull wires in walls on floors where access through ceiling cavities is not possible. 4 . Telco service raceways and terminal board. 5. Owner terminal board. 1. 2 NOTIFICATION A. Contact Telco 45 days prior to date of service requirement. B. Conform with Telco requirements or pay any charges resulting from failure to do so. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 RACEWAYS A. Raceways shall be 3/4-inch EMT or larger as required and as noted otherwise on the drawings. 2 . 2 OUTLETS A. Outlets shall be 4-S box with single gang ring. 2 . 3 PLATES (None Required. ) 2 . 4 STATION WIRING (None Required. ) 2 . 5 TERMINAL BOARDS A. 3/4 inch fire retardant treated plywood 4 ' -0" x 4 ' -0" . Paint to match adjacent wall color. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 SERVICE RACEWAYS (TELCO) A. PVC schedule DB; mi_nimum 30" depth. B. Equipment with marked pull tape (so wall to wall cable length can be determined) . 16740 - 1 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16741 I — TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. Work 'ncluded: Provide all :,idterials, equipment, labor, and supplies necessary for the complete cable and terminal systems as shown on the drawings and specified herein including terminal strips. Instruments will be provided at a later date by Owner. B. Cabling by Owner shall be "plenum" rated and raceways will not be required within accessible ceilings or in unfinished accessible spaces. 1 . 2 RELATED WORK A. See Specification Section 16700 Communications and 16740 Telephone System. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 CABLE A. To be furnished by Owner. 2 . 2 TERMINAL BLOCKS A. To be furnished by Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION A. Open cables shall be supported PP 48" on center using "ty-raps" or "bridle" rings or approved. 3 . 2 TERMINALS A. Mount securely to terminal board. B. Provide adjacent double duplex convenience outlet . C. Provide #10 AWG copper ground wire from nearest accessible cold water plumbing pipe. D. Terminate and label all station cables utilizing room numbers for identification. END OF SECTION 16741 - 1 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16745 TIGARD BRANCH BANK SECURITY PART 3 - EXECUTION , 3 . 1 INSTALLATION A. Raceways shall be run concealed, terminating in a flush mounted outlet box with plate, at the locations shown on the drawings. Where cable is not required, a steel 10 gauge pull wire, or nylon cord, shall be pulled into each raceway and left in place for the installation of wiring by others. B. Comply with installation instructions. Obtain drawings from ' Allied Safe and Vault (Bank vault and security systems) and Diebold (Automatic Teller Machine) . Work shown ' here on to be performed by Owner or Contractor shall be included in bid. , END OF SECTION II I 111 1 1 16745 - 2 111111 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRA)(CH SECTION 16745 BANK SECURITY PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCI:IPTION A. Work Included: Provide all materials, equipment, labor, and supplies necessary for the complete raceway and cable systems as shown on the drawings and specified herein. The system consists of raceway, outlet: and junction boxes, conductors, cables, and plates only. Terminations, connections, and equipment will be provided at a later date by others. B. System - Components: Provide for communication, signalling, data transfer, and power to the following: 1. Vault monitoring and power. 2. Automatic Teller Machine (ATM) . 3 . Drive up pneumatic tube and communications. 4 . Drive up fare control signs. 5. Miscellaneous monitoring and alarm raceway and cabling systems. 1 . 2 RELATED WORK A. See Specification Section 16700, Communications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 RACEWAYS A. Raceways shall be 3/4-inch EMT, unless noted drawings, otherwise on the 2 . 2 OUTLETS A. (If not specified otherwise on drawings. ) minimum 4-S box with single g ) Outlets shall he 9 gang ring and blank plate. B. Refer to Specification Section 16130, Boxes. 2 . 3 PLATES A. (If no* specified otherwise on drawings. ) Plates shall be flush 4•.unted of the type and finish s e devices. R P 6144cified for w' efer to Specification Section 16144 .. 16745 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECl'ION 16950 TIGARD BRANCH TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. Perform test of the electrical installation to assure compliance with code and proper system operation. 1 . 2 DIVISION OF WORK A. The following shall be performed under this division of the work. 1 . Circuit Tests - Low Voltage 2 . Motor Tests 3 . Grounding 4 . Emergency Battery Test 5 . Test Fire Alarm System in Fi:e Marshal 's presence and obtain his approval for Owner occupancy. 6. Other systems as specified in the pertinent section. 7 . Submit these reports as required by Section 16010 1 . 3 TFST REPORTS A. Submit four copies of certified :est reports for all tests listed in this and other Division 16 secti0ns. Insert copy into O&M Manual . 1. 4 SCHEDULE A. Notify Engineer 10 working days prior to performance of any test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS AND INSTRUMENTATION A. All shall be provided by and remain the property of the Contractor or Testing Agency. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 CIRCUIT TESTS - LOW VOLTAGE A. Test all new feeders shown on schematic electrical schematic drawings. Test all wiring and connections for continuity and ground before any fixtures or other loads are connected. Tests shall be made with a 500V. minimum DC "Megger" type tester. If tests indicate faulty intdlation (less than 2 megohms) such defects shall be corrected and tested again. Contractor shall provide all apparatus and material required to make test and shall bear all expenses of required testing. 16950 - 1 Ci a 11 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16950 TIGARD BRANCH TESTING B. Tabulate test values on electrical distribution system megger tests and submit . 3 . 2 MOTOR TESTS A. Check all motors for proper rotation and for actual load current. Submit tabulation of motor currents (operating under available load) for all motors 1/2 HP or large after the HVAC system has been balanced. 11 3 . 3 TRANSFORMER AND POWER LINE CONDITIONER TAPS A. After facility is fully operational and all systems are on line, change taps or coordinate with utility for rated volt output. 3 . 4 FIRE ALARM (PINELAKE BRANCH ONLY. ) A. Refer to Section 16721. 3 . 5 SCHEDULE A. Notify Engineer 10 working dais prior to performance of any test. END OF RECTION 16950 - 2 Form 22 SUMMARY Projecti1, Protect name lG�lAN/N6fdN Mutla(AL ( For building agency use only 4 savw(s a rUK h 12. Protect address I l(Q/1ttiO gW Ver.All'thiiiki &Alamg permit number 3. City/town 4. Building arealslI I06,4Q6 O166041? jQ0Fl Plan checked by Approved by , Z. New construction Notes and comments E New addition l Interior remodel I Attached Compliance paths for new or alterations to Compliance path for new or alterations to lighting Forms exterior builrting envelope. Check only one systems: f✓C7� crr Form 3a �1'!- Form 5a Check Doses ro `—� Presotrve Path �i Interior Lighting Power ,ndscated Form 3b fv., Form 5b ' arached forms —. Component Performance Path Interior Switching and Luminaire Count Compliance path for new or alterations to MVACForm Sc and plumbing systems: 1. Exterior Lighting Form 4a 401 Systems Other (---- (a) (b) Docu- i h of Pages l ,( / ''Description of Document ments 3 ' U' V AI E CAU.' . iI J Enter an s u000n.ng calculationstest reports and catalog curs - I � 1 I i I � Applicant I MickAEL i �IdAcuS 5. Name of applicant i cru/R/CAN/ 8. Firm , company CoNSULTiIA/T S 6. Pepresentrng I MECH./El-EC , 1 9. Telephone number ; B — O Zoo 7. Signature . ' • 1' ' 110. Date 4/20 9z I 'w1 I A . Form 3a PRESCRIPTIVE PATH tildin(; 1. Root area ,st) 3 mve3-71. Walt area (st • 1Z (,� 2- 0 Areas —J 1 Q 2. Skylight area (St) U 15. Glazing area tsfi , 2 78 I-- — '3. Divide line 2 by line 1 Use ini5 '6. Divide line 5 oy line . se this 4 , Ivalue for your Actual percent Skylight ' 0 (value for your Actual Perci'rt Glazing, I Z po Climate Compliance Criteria I A 8 C C E F G Actual Zone 1 I , values Minimum I Single Double Single U-Vatuej Dc,,ore 'U-value U•Valuei See',cure 3a for Glazing Type I Glazed Glazed Glazed C 5 Glazed , 0 6 ' 0.5 e 7 I climate zones Maximum SC GlazingNM , N/A 0 6 0.5 N A 0 6 0 4 ,cooled buildings) :7 / SC. Shading Coe't+cient Maximum 9% 17% 18% 21% 2'°. 376/. ' 46•;. Percent Glazing \ Z 7 /e ,__ t _ R.. Total Wall Minimum Ri 5 5 10 S I 10 10 10 I S . ' Tnermai ResrsrThe Minimum R • Sum orf the 13 I 13 I 13 13 '.3 13 13 241 4-- me Roof without skylight) r l resistance for all r of the mdivdual Ceiling Minimum Rt I 17 17 17 17 1- 1' 17 �3 component,-of I (Up to 3%skylight) the assembly Slab-on- Minimum R Value .j 4 5' 4 5' 4.5' 4 5' 14 5' 4 5' I 4.5' L Grade (unheated slab) '5 8 for heated I t sac Floor Minimum R• 13 i 13 13 I13 13 13 13 r 17. Does design meet target' Enter one of the package letter (A. 't it all the components meet the I E criteria Otherwise try Form 35 � C Zone 2Climate Compliance Criteria A 1 B i C D ' E F G Actual1 1 Values Minimum I Single Double Single IU•Value; Double U-Value U-Value See figure 3a for 3laz.ng Type Glazed t Glazed Glazed 0 5 Glazed 0 6 0 5 c imate zones Glazing Maximum SC N'A I NiA 0 6 0 5 N A 0 6 0 4 f 1 ,cooled buildings) _ i Coefficient ing I Maximum I 5°1 96/. 15% 21% 24% 29°4 • 36°/. I Percent Glazing R . Torsi Tnermaf Wall Minimum R. , 5 5 10 5 10 10 10 Resistance The l i sum of the Minimum R: 16 I 16 16 16 15 16 16 i resistance for au of I Roof 1 ,without skylight) Inc inorviduai comconenrs of me I Ceiling Minimum Ri I ' 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 Iassembly UO TO 3°e skylight)hit I Slab-on• Minimum P-Value '8 2 for heated I Grade ; ,unheated slab) 5 8' 5 8' 5 8' 5 '' 5 8' S 8' S 8' siao t II Floor Minimum R. 13 13 ' 13 13 ' '3 13 13 `1 I I I 8. Does design meet target) Enter one of the package letter (A-G) if all the components meet the 1 criteria Otherwise try Form 3b Envelope Slab-on-Grade I Perimeter insulation installed with minimum total distance �G�!r N� A1, 1 Floor of 24 inches per the Code Section 5303(d) G _ (ter 'he Manufactured doors and windows are certified and building reierA-rice ro plans Air Leakage o•4iO �O ,Dints are sealed per the Code Section 53031e1 �. and soecificahons ___.1._....._.Moisture Control I Jailor barrier material is rated at ore perm or less and ��[ —_ .041 210— installed per the the Code Section 5303(1) M W,rkshPPt 3d AVERAGE THERMAL VALUES Gazing , (a) l (b) I (c) (d) (e) I (t) Values ( AreaMultiply Shading Multiply Glazing Type lad h) L U•Value..--4 Ib)by lc) Coe„rcrent' Ib)Dy lel' ws . : W,Nvo4/4/P &LA55 T+ecran.car ENVY W05 Low-E 37S 0, 7l 26e O, 73 76 c001e0 bwldins I i Only II 1 I I+ 7 . , . _ 1. Total columns Ibl. Id)& (I) 378 2-4 S 276— 2. Average thermal transmittance DrvrdelI(d) byljlb) e 7 ' Choc.box rc 3. Average shading cocnraent Divide'?(f)by?lb) , 73 snow source for From ASHRAE tables From test reports u•wlue and SC �' From Table 3d E ;J Wall ( (a) (b) j (C) (d) Values Area Divide Wall Type lsq It I RI Value (b)by (CI Total Therms' ResrsrahcefR -4+1 i I f� ,4- I v I Resistance OP�IQ�E EXT ►11//IC(L' spa �ENEER,� 111 is the sum of the Q resistance for all OPAQUE EXT, WALL — E I FS (ORYviT ) i 80 i 23. 8 8 of the,norvrauat components of the assembly OPAQUE EXT Pool( 2-1 1 , 6 7 13 — 4. Total columns lb) & (d) 2-84-2— I 0 Check boy to 5. Average Rt Divide 4 Ibl by 4 Id) ( 15, 6 show source for Pi value ❑ From worksheets 3a [-I From lest reports gr From ASHRAE methods Roof la) j (b) (c) (d) ValuesArea Divide Root 'ype (so ti I R:Value (bl by(ci /flJ5ULATEd GWo1 DEQK IAF 33/0 24, I 3 f 6. Total columns (b) & Id) 33 qo 1 3 q 7. Average RI Divide 6 (b)by 6 Id) ,:heck boy to SIVA,source ❑ From worksheets 3b ❑ From test reports K From ASHRAE methods or RI value -_10191Worksheets 3-15. Form 4a - Page 1 SYSTEMS • . .00ling (a, (b) (c) (d) with i Exceptions (from the Code. Section 5304 la) ') Outdoor Cooling With !Less th„n , Less than I Heat Air Fan System Fan System i Outdoor Air' 15.000 cfm''I 134 Mph/ i Recovery', Others Description (YrN) YiN) ;Y/N) (YIN) Eacn°an system gOOfWOT A C A r snag Of descried . 4 /V to use outdoor ail tor cooling f V See instructions for ACu- tl N systems•xemor from,'nese I ' requirements --- - f rV PUr --- From V F =-icN- 8J iLi (aNcUd ` 0.9(.7 gE0, i Simultane- RequirementsReference to Plans ous Type of System (from the Code Section 5304 (al 4) 1 and Specifications Heating and Multiple Zone with , Supplied air is automatically reset to the warmest temperature NOT doling ` Reheat' Possible _—_ APf[I(^e - Single Zone See instructions wnn Reheat Reheat and cooling is automatically seouencea for systems exempt► from Mts. Dualduct d Multizone ' Cold land hot)deck supply air is automatically reset to the requirements warmest land coolest)temperature possible All Systems Supplied air is automatically reset to the coolest temperature with Recool' possible 1 Concurrent Heat ar,c or concurrent operation to a space heating and cooling is `' Cooling automatically sequenced and heating is limited �r Equipment Requirements Reference to Plans Perform- Type of Equipment (from the Code. Section 5304) I and Specifications ance Mechanical Ventilation. Provided with a readily accessable shut-off to each System l mechanical ventilation system Unitary AC and lEfficiency rating in accordance with the Code Table 53-E Heat Pump Water Chilling • Efficiency rating in accordance with the Code Table 53 F ' ^ � . Pachages I`�/ Water Cooled Efficiencyratingin accordance with the Code Table 53-G Heat Pump _ Iv//� Package Terminal AC A iA and Heat Pump l Efficiency1V rating in accordance with the Code Table 53 H /1 — Heat Operated Cooling Equipment Efficiency rating,1 accordance with the Code. Table 53-1 N/A j Boilers Efficiency rating in accordance with the Code Table 53 J Ettl Furnaces Unit Heaters Duct Heaters i Efficiency rating in accordance with the Code. Table 53.J j An Heat Pumps Eq"ipped with controls to prevent heater to operate when the L hea,ing load can be met by the compressor only •I .EMMEMIh I Forel 4a - Page 2 SYSTEMS duct Insulation Duct System Duct Location Requirements Reference to Plans (from the Code. Section 5304(c)) and Specifications I ' Mearrnq zone in On root or /e near.ng°egret on exterior of bidg Q 6 3 wan a vapor•and weatherproof barrier • N A oars,P4001 Attics garages _ ' •arrow 4500 R-4 2 with a vapor battier 1. 450, ,o Bono • Cooling aha crawl space i 3.over BOOT System in walls within R•e 2 +rrrh a vapor barns, t;=1 floor ceiling spaces ; r See TaDte 53 K Concrete slab or 1 nom me Cope rot � under ground R•e or better other acceptable --- insulation apes On roof or Zone I R-2 I Zone 2 R-4 2 on exterior of bldc Zone 3 R-6 3 ,'Door:la'r,er Attics. garages material with 4 Zone t R•2.1. Zones 2 and 3 F4-4 2111 ::i Heating and crawl space perm'sung not System �In walls within erceeorng 0 5 /f'floor-ceiling spaces � Zone 1 R-2 1. Zones 2 and 3 R 4 2 e perm 411 rprnts to be sewed Concrete slab or under ground R-4 or better y System I Requirements Reference to Plans I Control Type 1 (from the Code. Section 5306) i and Specification ' Thermostatic Tembcratare range ',eating (55.75) cooling (70.85. and both heating Control and cooling (5585) with up to 10 degrees between full heating!cooling Humidifier & I Provided with Controls to prevent new energy to be used between 30 to Dehumidifier 1 60 percent relative humidity Temperature Thermostat for each HVAC system and floor Zoning Setback and Setback and shutoff controls for each HVAC system Dead band Shutoff thermostat for both heating and cooling system 168.75! Misc. Requirements Reference to Plans Piping and Type I (from the Code Section 5307 • 53081 and Specification, ' Plumbing Mechanical Thermally insulated in accordance with the Code Section 53C' i__ Pipmning Showers Provided with a flow•Control device to prevent flow over 3 gpm N A Provided with devices to prevent flow over 0 5 gpm and outlet Lavatory temperature of 110 degrees Circulation Thermally insulated in accordance with the Code Section 5308 lc) N/A System I Heating Piping Thermally insulated in accordance with the Code. Section 5308 lc) N/A I Hot Water Controls Hot water temperature is adjustable and automatically regulated Hot Water I Provided with a shut off devise to each hot water supply system System 1 electric • switch. gas or oil valve _ omments ! . J 7 4M'� - �14CQIAJLTAIfTf;,►.S_ - �I' -. C*CA�:aso 200suite PRaECT: T/G�1RD linft 9810�t" a-' 7._._. wt D NOTE:.20-0 "it +'� ti .� •_�• GATE: 10-01-90 - .i. .*�i - IT:: MAO Al.�• PAGE: 1 W VAL3 CAW..LAMM - PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ASSEMSL t ASSEMBLY MAMME AND DESCRIPTION: OPAL EXTERIOR WALL - BRICE VENEER REFERENCE/TYPE NO.: LIST OF CONSTRUCTION SECTION R-VALUE 1-VALUE COMPONENTS BETWEEN FRAMING AT FRAMING 1, OUTSIDE AIR FILM 0.17 0.17 2. 3.5» SRICE VENEER 0.39 (R•.11 PER INC() 0.39 3. 2" AIR :PACE 0.90 0.90 4• 2 X 6 WCCD STUDS 5.50 5. 1-19 BATTS ;NSUI 19.00 6. 5/8" GWB 0.56 0.56 7. e. 9. 10. INSIDE AIR FILM 0.68 0.68 Insulated Fraction: 0.8 TOTAL RESISTANCE (R); 21-70 8.20 Framed fraction; 0.2 U-VALUE (1/R): 0.046 0.122 U (avg) .(Insulated Fraction•Insulated U-Value) • (Framed Fraction•Framed U U-Value) 1 U (av9) a 0.061 7 . aC(AWS �IS(JLTANf�l�Ag4 Ave'P.S. PVOJECT PRO.; .0: 2038 018 1115 Oc-fdentat vea South, Satre 20u DATE: 6-11-90 Sea til'..NeiahitVtan 98104 BY: MAG PAGE: ' U-VALL• CALCULATORS • PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY ASSfMS . MAME &MO DESCRIPTIOY.: OPAOUE !NITRIC* WLL - E.I.F.i. (ORTVIT) REFER! :E/TYPE NO. LIST OF CONS/RUCTION R-vALUE P VALUE COWMEN'S SETUEEN FRAMING AT FRAMING SECTION ------- 1. OUTSIDE AIR FILM 0.'7 0.57 2. E.I.F.S. 1.5" 6.50 6.50 (ORTVIT) 0.45 0.45 3 ,5• GYP SNEATNIN; 0.91 0.91 4. C" AIR SPACE 5.50 5. 2 1 6 WOCO STUDS 6. R-19 BAITS 1NSUL 19.00 0.56 0.56 7. 5/B" Gut B. 9. 10. INSIDE AIR FILM 0.68 0.68 - 28.27 14.77Instils ed fraction: 0.8 TOTAL RESISTANCE (R): 0.2 U-VALUE (1/R)= 0.035 0.068 Framed erection: U (wig .(Insulated Fraction"Insulated U-Value) • (Framed Fraction•Framad U U-V.'.ue) U (avq . 0.042 = 1— = 2- 3 3" 7 111111111 ABACUS CONSULTANTS, P.S. PROJECT: 116148 316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 200 PROJ NO: 2038-018 ._Seattle,.Washington 98104 DATE: 5-14-90 BY: MAO PAGE: U-VALU CALCULATONS - PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY ASSEMB.Y NAME AND DESCRIPTION: ROOF I —r REFERE.CE/TYPE NO.: LIST OF CONSTRUCTION R-VALUE R-VALUE SECTION COMPONENTS BETWEEN FRAMING AT FRAMING 1. OUTSIDE AIR FILM 0.17 0.17 2. BUILT-UP ROOFING 0.33 0.33 3. R-30 RIGID INSULATION 30.00 4. 5/8" PLYWCO0 0.77 0.77 5. 7EAD AIR SPACE 0.84 0.84 6. .5" ACCUST TILE CEILING 1.19 1.19 7. 8. 9. 10. INSIDE AIR FILM 0.61 0.61 Insula-ed Fraction: 0.95 TOTAL RESISTANCE (R): 33.91 3.91 Framer. Fr ction: 0.05 J-VALUE (1/R): 0.029 0.256 U (avg) •(Insulated Fraction•Insulated U-Value) • (Fr med Frection•Framed U U-Value) U (Avg) • 0.041 "FRAMFJ FRACTION" OCCURS AT ROOF DRAINS AND MECHANICAL EOUIPMENT CURBS. uA v� ( f)i1Tl :)a INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER interior (a) (b) Floor Area Multiply Power Density Ml ti (d) IIs; Space Type (Ws!) (sI) Power Occupancy Group Budget B-2 Office 1 .7 3 391 5765 t 1. Total Interior Lighting Power Budget(W). Add amounts in column(e) M Optional Control Credits' Interior (a) (b) (c) (d) (I) ( 1 (g) (h1 (I) (!) Lighting Luminaire Descri.tion: Lunn- From Quantity Quantity Fixture aire Tab. of Power Lum. Lamps Power 5a' Lumi- Multiply Control PAF with Multiply (W) (YIN) nacres (c)by(e) Code Value Controls (e)x(h)x(1) 1.0. Ballasts (W) c'"- $ l lt' Columns(g) e.-A through )are Recessed Trof' er f .�frvt W 1' vU� S optional If 3-F32T8 107 26 2782 Qgwt`� .I 5" �g A '' controls are used. Ener• Savin• enter the rAf Recessed TrofI value from Control 2-F 40 U 14 1008 Cuda table below B Ener• Savin• if you have mare Recessed pow - lummmre l i•h t 1 . R1,6 6 5 6 390 rypesicontrols or I C N.A 'A' ,oms than can fit R e c_s , Wall 1 this form ole 1 8 1170 two or more forms D Wash 1 • R1 • 65 ' , A W �_ together as shown N A C . "x• j�µ�J 1 �' l$G' W below denary Fluor Dow - Y 2 68 1,;4+� each page by E l i•h t -1 5 circling the St, ndard �./� 4 aoprooreate rile Wail Fluor . 3 1U5 —'1 F 1 -F20 III I Standard Undercabinet 2 108 2 G Fluor. 1 -F40 ,----- Standard 3 4 11F1.11"..1 ill i 5 11111111111111111111111111 iiii 6 1 2. Total columns(t)& U) 5631 y from 2(f) 5631 3. Total Adjusted Lighting Power(W). Subtract 2(j) 8 Y 4. Does design meet target's Enter'V it line 3 is less than line 1. Otherwise, redesign. �'"— Daylight ght Sensing Code PAF Other Control Types Code PAF ode 0 0.10 Programmable Timing P 0..5 On/Ott Lumen Maintenance L O.tO Bbl Multi-Stepped Dimming M 0.20 Table Occupancy Sensor S 0.30 Continuous Dimming C 0.30 ,10/1,9, I • . i F,,nn ,1) INTERIOR SWITCHING & LUMINAIRE COUNT Note I C.iecx r (a) (b) (c1 (d) Count of Interior Non-exempted Luminaires and Control Type space,s underi 400 sl and has '' N N ; 1.0. I.D. 1.0. 1.0. 1.0. 1.0. 1.0. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D individual local b o g °'I ° = ( JrHII If It . 1I ( II II II II 11 I controls. ro c g g lore 2: Cnecr.r Room Number c , a 9f ; ow Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code space is over 4.70 or Description (./) (,/) (,/) f i f I f I ( I ( I f I f i f I ( I f I f I ( I f 1 st and has - controls to 6 decrease ggnr,ng 1 01 , 102, , X X 18 , _ - power by one-half, while 1 0 3 X 3 6 i t 1 -_ ma,ntrn,ng partial lighting thouQl'cutG Me space 104 X 3 6 Note 3• Check if 1 0 5 X 1 2. - space has windows and has 1 0 7 X 4 II controlsturn offO ►ixtfixturess nearest 1O 1 0 8 I XIIIIIII - windows IMIIIIIIMI 11111 Column(el,enter 1 1 0 the lumrntion 1 IIII� �■■ denhhcan°n 1 1 1 X number if ._— 111111lighting control is used.enter the 1 1 3 X I - control code from I Control Code 1 1 4 1 X1 —_,__ 1. 1 l - Table below If you nave more ` 1 1 5 I X1 luminaire Npestontrols Jr 1 1 6 X 1 1 rooms thin can fit . on this to.Tn. tile 1 1 7 X 2 two or more torms - I 'ogether as shown below. 1 1 8 X 2 Identify each11111111102 page by crn.linq the apprnoreate tile. ■ ■ to 18 IC ` 12A 28 2C 3A 38 3C I IIIiiii-' --J- 14A 148 4C ` 1. Total luminaires 26 14 6 18 1 �ontrol Deyiight Sensing T Code Other Control Types Code 1 I Code On,On 0 Programmable Timing P Table Multi-Stepned Dimming M Liimen Maintenance L Continuous Dimming C Occupancy Sensor S J •,vea, Form 5c EXTERIOR LIGHTING Lighting 1. Length of building perimeter(ft) 237 Power ,Budget 2. Total Extenor Lighting Power Budget(W). Multiply line 1 by 7.5 1 7 7 5 ( c) Exterior (a) (b) Count of Exterior Non-exempted Luminaires Luminaire Automatic Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Type of OL1IItControls? I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I D. I.D. I.D. 1.0. Exterior Lighting (Y/N)' ( I ( I 11 ( 1 ( 1 ( 1 1 1 .Allre luminaires must nava auromatrc Drive — Thru 119611111111111111111111 controls Signs . 1111 -- 3. Total luminaires 1010 d (I) (t) Exterior CO (b) Luminaire Description! (c) From Power Fixture Luminaire luminLightingaireL�ntnaire Lamps (W) (YIN) of Luminaires (c)by(a) I.D. ---" 142 Y 4 568 • • 100 N 2 Exempt - • 1111• iiUe 142 Y 284 „ . 0100 • • 142 Y 2 284 K � Iu . . cir nna- a-`r`—' . 4 Exempt Signs 500 N —., column(1l in t tab 4. Tota' Exterior Lighting Paver(W). Total amounts __ S. Does design meet target' Enter•Y'it line 4 is less than line 2. Otherwise,redesign. Farm 6303 1041101th' nom OO COOF 1968 FOITION 13 '� 4 Slalr-un•grade flours.I rn.I.el,on geade Moos,IIs Is non-u a,11 Ih1 1I, 1 I Ileallnh!Ocelot for flans mr, unhrnitcl spares. I hr floor of a hrnled dull Ice ills dated with a u,ateoat havuog it Maim:{n•slslam, +.rho III uo1 Ira` Taff located.,set an onhcarrd 51101,'shall Iin11'a 1h,,nlal transnuhane value than those specified in l:d+le NII 11 A I I h)not exceeding 11 ON The Insulation shall rstnnl downward from Ila lop of the shit 111111Iwnnlmnl 4 bleating criteria for alah-on-grade floors. I or slah on grade floors,the ihstance of 24 inches in downaiad to die inci!.ln of the only Mee Ianlronlnlly peeimetrr of 11w Rena shall 1r insulated with a material having a then-•I rr.oss beneath the stab fon a minmahn haat distance it 21 nu Iris tante value I R I not less than Ihnse specie iris in 7Mhle No SI A t=4,7 FX('Fpl ION:I,.,10011.1111111 11111111,11.11111111.1111111411.111C101141411111.1.1.111.111 the insulation shall extend downward from the top c(the alai for a mimnlnm VincI11.11 al IIst flan h,lite i ,i ltnn of the OM`e1M11 edge dnlance of 24 inches on downward to the bosom of the slab,there hormonally II Other Rulldings.Ike e following provisions shall mp,ly to all huil,hngs and beneath the stab for a minimum told distance of 24 inches atlurlulr. tn Notions llicreoLcatrillthemec,vicect!withinSulite(tomb.kilse - FX('F-PI ION!l or minrlhehir 1110. 1111.msulanon shall ellen,'downward two, 1,1(UN1(IN:Ilu11doigs Ihnt 1 ou1p1)a 11h 11M had'seitmg 11114111111a wiener Ihr lop of the Blah to the Mnloln of the nus krises edge mems In 1Nde Nil SI 11 sol atilt tote it the 111einanvr en•nior 0.111 pro Mgrs in S Cooling criteria for walls.All I-oblongs and structures,or portions thereof, Vale No 11('shall IS decals-di.noel Ib,'Irynler nMllH til 111 vd.v Inn1 that are nits t/anlcaliy Cooled shall have an oserall the,nl:I hamlet value Int Ihr Component leyuuehlcnto apply la Ihr cities.'willful Whale 1111111614 the noel, gross area of exteriro wall'not exceeding iluo.e specified in 1MMe No 5.1 A I h1 wall or floor have an k,,dor def leered from urin'1 pile ts,nn 11vn.gW Ilnnl It s alas. 11140 all thermal transfer value,()ITV,for the guns mien of catcra%walls is In bn shall be delei mined using the *righted montage technique suns ei in l'ymlion computed using Fqualion 51 4 x.1.3. Awdl x II e& 4 IA, • Sr' a SCI I WI a AI x A I r Ra ' 1) (PITY ., .._. --^ - ---- IA1iR1)4 (Ayi14)1 , WIIF.RF;: (51 41 Ra a weighted am,,age loud R teal it•111 cnhn•+s alt roof of floor NO)E.:Where MOM than one type of wall nndhn fenestration is used.the let no area shall he e'I ended into subs.lemenlo.as Aa w the gross.ora 1111.11111e.0411,cool 111 lllnr A5,A1,etc, w area alcashp.,u n u 00 111.. v A * 111 1 IU etc. R I,R1,els, w total R value of emu part Ip) ..n Aasn1 a rTb..ob1. 11111.1417.! Ilealingerherlaforwalls,AllbuildingsnaJaenclueo.to)nnhon,Ilerrod, OT1V levet all lh,,malhansl,,valor • that ane heated shall have a combined nKr mal nnnsuullame value(Us1 Ion the Ilwxr the thermal trammihame of all elements of the opaque wall area. gross area of exterior walls trill r seceding Ihosc aprcified in(hide No 53 A -(he Iha'h/h r/r 3 combined!hernial transmittance value(1111 Is to hr computed using h.,lunnnn .w - opaque wall area.h 11 I (rnrshation area,ft 7 Whr,e wails of masons y m rola/IC C111111111111011(aa,ir(nn d in('h:1,tr1 14 ar My) - value given In Table No 11 d) 26),having a mitt renter Ihnn 2S hounds per situate Not area pmt of the building S(' - shading ci.ellh lent of the female mom envelope,the thermal rrsislnnre value of the Henson( mall shall he.b,ulelyd In A. - gross area of es lerior wall'.,ft / account for the thermal capacity of the wall AT - lempeiature ddferrnce between et ether Irl interior design condi ,hernial resistance rcyhllenlcnts of walls 111.11 Ice Iuuair r(dined if Iwlysls tions,'1 autharlred In Section 5.01 Ici shows lower annual energy eonannptiun Sr - solar factor value given kto'h at /ISfc fable Nn 53-A.) 2 Nesting erlterla for roof/trill'''.All Imilihngs and aim liars,or potions thereof,that are heated shall have a cnnhbtd flint nnl hnnsnhhnm e valor Ill„) foot roof/ceiling utlenthlles not esreellillg flame spedhail In Ill.l'•No SI A I Ir• 6 Cooling rrllrrla for cast/ceilings.All horse a p,and structures,a pillions lnhshttsed Ihet11111 transnl11an,e value(ll,,)Is to Inc computed ening repiniion tan,,v,that am mrchanu roily cooled shall hour a u,d In Sed thermal transmit !]•2. tante value III.)fir rad/ceiling assemhhca as.,,•,,tied In Section 3101 hd11 for heating fA,te Il �•i 766 II 4 •r • 1' y IIIIIIIIIIIII 5303 , 111411 ORM dull O114n COPE petit EDITION 1 fel Alr Leakage. I he Iryunrun•ulc til fins sidise,rutin;boll•,•,1 6J02 ,tip and structure%and Apply 11"indoor bier ? I urvnn win,of I r Y„rely to,.it ba awns umrkan aud,lt•nt new hudde w ,Knot louse n vnpn barrier isatin'•d when snndrhuns!luta,Intra lute spat cg!halm,.heated"t pen's Iia ally r rush,:md'•uc nn diction!llip rnWlM l„n is installed I he Warn,sae vntnn harrier shall have 1 "";iii applicable to srpaunr,m of ustrnot%pates loom in,h rdhr! (innphathe as Ill,the �p s,ufl rating our k{s criteria for air leakage shall be dro'rnnpeis by tests based nn apt•hurhle engineer 1 Ru,U mg pnnr r,spies its ceding In all valet rutting.wdhnul m!attic;pate shove an op floored vapor has net having a o 4 perm t tip rating its less shall he installed on Ihr I.Acceptancetrlterin.Whirr urr•,!riot,c,rr,plim,t c w oll,ail Odilltnu,w,cilli-. Warm Un wintry)side of the m%ulahon I he vapor barrier for allealerior lancg d11w. swl�anlg,Lnnvuol{fr11ulauu,, is,a,nahnllbrsrsl,lir,1 pail of the insulation material In Ion•ceiling. Ihmges shall ie lappedpe th using ASTM I! and2U ",tendand lest AIellio l{lin kale of Air I eak are litllgagll flaming mnnM n See Set Min 1 out at the n 1 (el for required seniii tion Exterior WlndOWlr Curtain Walls:mil Ito tools" hist.shall be tannins led a1., a -FPI ':Whin lmul■!aro us in Set i)ti s t m an nhung tar our lure differential pressure of 15 7 pounds per situate foal(equivnlcnl to 24 mph wind MI vein dal rt prn,odrd■. condition) fn., in Set cowl 1711{Irl.a vary,!Korner nerd n��r M moaned • Rnldrnllnl Rulldlnns: 4 I Irmo%of both new and etsnng buildings shill has installed an approved %quitar tics N1n11nws -O.3 cher peer batt of sash t rut A untilI by rutty! 11 pima.and ll e',manikin rail a an,,battierrm dry cup lining Or need nN he less in caro,part of the snwinter) sulnrurn 11 31 cfm per(peel of{ash u ria k dleu sola t Swinging arnica-123tfinpet winnerfnsofdontmen untilIMtcomer 11, nunrnal 1455,and O ui t fon per 5 c(iii tout of o'fu walk-mallet Ihcs'alh•, 4.5141110k Si ill on grade than,neer)nor hair a w■rrn side vaprn harm; Sliding doors—dllflrlmper'qu;peer,nN,If,lisaareatuuuhlll'11'IIIIM'1 11, t flroluildsagsrshall h.-inslallednnthe lrullmlint rawl{pac for Midi new and I VAA,old 0 17 cfm per square had of donut sutra thereafter eslabng buildings when eiune from is'atlnlled I inmml sutra shall he n.md host k (11herRulidlnns. p'lyethstem iii;Act approvedmalellalnfequlvalenrperm rating Ground cover shall he lapped 11 inches at all joints and cover the entire surface area extending 17 chi,pe U S*Till pts a,A he gado c1,1tA till Iku'l,ll 'I II, IaaN,unit lull width and length of the crawl space and turn to inches up the foundation wall 0 17 cfm feet frN of sorb r,;n k lhrfcnhro (hound cover of ii Swinging,rdvolvine or Ultima dines sfl.ult not r.crcd I I s Ito pct Meal fool pound toll uniting of an n flpnrvcd equal(that n as durable) of door crack shall h•mtUllcd on the pontiff hewed'concrete floor shills Warm air Healing,Ventilating and Alr-condllioning Systeme 2 4HRn,required. itsserlrr horst.mound is maims and door frames,he Iween wall cavities nod alndnw ar door frank,,hplaera wall 111111 foundathm, (All Occupancies S Eacepl Group R, 1lull,to 3 (cup between wall and omf,hNwecii wall panels,al Ia•ntlmhdr.s I,r wilily NCI vices vihrbugh wall)%floors and roel,nn11 all other ups rings in the eureka envelope Ser. 5,10/, Sstu the ibis .cellon al/dim our air Burl System,employing I 'shall be seared IA a manner nppswe,l by the build ng off icinl. mechanical means for the 11rsystem l of au,sed!or warm per hyalin ventilation,air conditioning systems, abausl systems n. s IA fY ciattol�tOrllrnl. lid cissa Ike of frcti.eue.r of invlLdlnn unnrn,ds noir Y ems■ltd,on,lnnanan heating 4 reduce the herald of dere%nod soba ak•geae:dine dote ler condrnm,i"n*onus Ihr and air conditioning systems,racepl that this arc urn shall not apply to.,.lent. • •o structure,111e following mnlurnr control nrentus•%shall he in;hided in all butyl for the remosal of flammable vapors per rcadurs per In.,suns for conveying dust %ni s or refute by Mans al flit currents • Ings and ittucIU t n pnhnns Ihtocod rcgut.ncd by this i hnplrr Ihr special applications such as hmpila ui Inru processes, thermally sensitive flip bblldldp:One perm raga barriers.boll he mastoid rill the W11/q1 side equipment,emnpnlrr ronin and 111Nnl lurlmmg guesses,the design cons cps HA*Inter)in all%!Merin%floors,wails and ceilings of heated buildings and enpaergy levels shall conform In Ihr rrgnirnnroli of elk nppllnlion at minimum kXCtNMtiler 1 Shah un rade Odors spied nen house■w■rul tide voi„n l+v rnrrgy levels Ike I Design Par omelets.See Scclinn 31(1.1 tat 2 the handing fiftl,Int may tegmte rh,rgncil rnn,sture runnel ryacrnt fin refrigerated hulldings,wunitunn pooh our vmllar budding*Oh unuuml plrnlnl 2 tooling ng w ith ercenOutdtrle Air.Each fan sy.icnl shall he owith to use up u, for mnlaure dimmer and including((Cl percent of the fan system capacity fun cooling with ouldrnor an 3 this Mdlding nffir lad tiny norpt drsynrl uwnst^,ennm,l s r ileus*lin lnnny requireautomad untie whenever nevttilxp r will result in lower usage"(energy pecan would he int twit yap,!harder.,venolouon.drh,onhlilit anon required under its normal operation Realdenllt ap,,,hullh ngst n u rmlNlmaunnt erred Fn(I.dt tom:cocaine a ith outdoor air s nen regnwrd tinder any of the follow I.Vapor battier,s11n11 he inUnlled an 111C win 111 vile Iia*n11111.4 all insulation Ing nmdlbdros is Specifier!In this suMec thin I Ian Wars Cornell,less than 5,Itei s bu of I Il.1aa1 111101 heal cooling u 111.11 capeo'n r I). 1 y:•' gag.t 3 S. ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS•INC CONSUL«o INGINN S -- yv 'A11,I Jr. SUBJECT {sH r N. A.sC-S-\ K.\LKM W `c } Ei J �" uL L 6 1 oIJ ItN`IEv `te‘4.41H11111"1:11:1)164.:---A 4 PH„1E( I AT- ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. ( (O4W(I1Nf F116M1l�s ` k , 1 - SEAT TI F WA ANCHORAGE Ar 1n�\ q. „SAY ���� � 4U8JEC 1 SHT'NO L.cx ,,S = RF-6 - f /US vL -- I - z I P' e 7.= PSS r c,a L../ 7) (.7 C(4 2_0') ■ 1 ANDERSEN•SJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. r'k()Trc t ArTi r wn cor�wirwcMsss S ANC HORAr.F A Sh I(A .{� l\ft‘t\ L AP 7—Ye 26‘ JO( 1? " -Th ( S3 co((cb) - 0 ?l= dr lT— -r Z (6. z_67')/5- = Z�� / co Pum Za 22 IU =- A it /93� /vrr (4A Mrar = ! 7 `LI's 41- f rSr ri '�- /(_e-: T3 13Sc\x CPZ' 77a 5 b, FL Jdc-t- E l l 17. ic,riT)/S'.1a I ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. I AT/E Z (O 1WIlw0 FNGMrRIS I Q I ' 8 /� CD47 _ ANCHOR* AM Lr tiN NC� I WA SUBJECT � / ----------------- L"s. 4 ° j C L s LU = Z (71&S) Z s } 7 = ( 13 L PL F (4.)u_ = �zd2N) z )u P L`~ c_..n4 SZ l. � 1 M - 1,1 ) L = 81. J C r I(S- ((Z _ 3n 2.4aAl- R _ (,13z.LJZ - 13,E Prr _ ilc, (, S) _ /67 0,((oc- LI C/) 1 y Pi y ,(-0--L— ��,' = (, f �z z. � z r s Pci ‘ z r, liy: GI - - 2-,i ,k� ) — 7 ` (.t ,. %Plr' s,( cr Gc__ — j (.-- I /Z b-rt = 1, 1(<7,$)3s " — 2,1i lords —_ II V'N�i 1F - � ANDERSEN•SJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOSS,INC. UA1 ' COMwuINO fsa01111es V ti(Aiil f WA AH(.11(MAi,i A� ` � 1 �.J� � 1f 4.4e1. }� SfIBJECT (� SH No CzL s , icr7/ 2._`fe1,( :) — (.\3 c(0. ) ,( )(.13 ((O. ) _ 2r 0.s S� arms (' 3 ( .( 1 Cv,c) ( 3 171 vim) (ori) �.A.� - (57 t T (U3) = c7r PLS Jc.Y CC.y..j C C i 2) lo, S. .- ice,' 6z) 4? 3 (3-0 T) UJ /OCqc2) + ,Ce6) c 6.zc PAF = o,ro i Cce% 2.71 5 . z .77 &t\ 2_2.y R = 04z ?'"f- (° (( ) e_e.s PROJECT ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOSS,INC. CONIUMNO MgINI+ Ai OR ( 1 1 '- s ��` 'A WILE WA ANCHORAGE AI, Ujti �V► I�r SUBJECT TATTT�����_A S�NO c.# id4Q _ t ,( ZCz4"6 z a'? ' J z . Z ; IZ ` Use (4--1c !'�_. f,1lu'I ; tATA ANDERSEN BJOFNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. 14_ cONwtTwG A.pw.Nt Sk r, I + ^ j S 1 � : "mp PI II F WA � �• �"" 't " l, � 1V\ Y SUBJECT �qT c ------- SN7 NO YV / '_ G —r-o-stA (#ut1/4 . =--- 6,'q2.6..5) .cr 1- zr4,7(, ), ,_._ /8..qJ( if' _ _ _ � I.UM� 'eoF = I__�s 6371 f- t b<<6)] Z = 72.1( Top '4. ---C1t)4_= (z.YY)66'.(7. =_ cr- (<-. /(c, 7 l U 1 r_ C- 6,.cf aCA--N I (I C S4'F-11- 1 ._ wh1 - (JM U4j6 WALL PIE. IO d.. cc-- G. T4-r 4 c 0 - ' Iv P20 CO "(,1•c. (Z/c> P( t ) S 2. 79 6,"ar. (3w) F- 5z, y"e),c. (ii( �l w Z`t7 (� �c. (3 AB) LO NN A- - i ,'r •f, L 't1ILG LAS ,GIt in Gas = ( (6 9)_ 3.7'r i F,y .: ( (( / (c¼ /ro ( t ... i i 17<n 1j V ,� en 1 f I t . . ___, 1--- . i (PO pt-r- A 21 G ML1' N w 214 nL 11 ./ .1 '01 7 r- i ). I L.___--�— ---Z r— I o 41 PROJECT `, c. ( z. An Z ANDERSEN•BJORNS TAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. Q` (/rj I 1 Y.n }-� Al.I AI (��L(J J',f,\�lr^\ --' U)V Sllfi If/� � ANI 1.1 il7 SH NO ` = r W c4,, (\.)eAr r-rrh_f Hc50-10(\ w4 ‘i/ U y ac 662d) ' 4i`tf?_.c.` L /(J 0,2)s = vac"(/6)z1-@,o(rk C--- 1‘ ?-6 ) = (oZ4` r 4, S.3 (c, 1 .a r)j1 ��1� - C ` wv‘L ct Lw = U= �(Z7,,) , 2_2_3? e - f , clb-r Z . 2_2(') ► f 4,57 Lk., (LI t.7 (/6,)t t (0,6(c)= 1,c,D3'tAit4 (.<�? �� G. c1 `� ' �. bblS PROJECT J ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. 'L I ()MUM INC.FNCMMNS L ' SEATTLE,VIA e.,, nn�. .r nr VQ SUBJECT SN Io Lam= Z? _ C_Szfl) (c-ic N\61- '/LKC7`) = 13( 4,9.S DL - n ii;.S{/ z- au S t (0(Z2\04)('.] = %-C (�aAe..4 kr74, (0 t - _ 0,7 `` (ALA_ 1>Z. Wezi- Luclq 1? (7(Z r� = �z��t t. Mter Lf.2- 0‘7c.) se7 , S f)(..;:-. 17 ().9 -)-r--' 22 ( 1.c`.CO` � '� cclt� (L.ac = S r - sr Yak QIP 'L